diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 26725-8.txt | 4687 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 26725-8.zip | bin | 0 -> 76830 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 26725-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 648893 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 26725-h/26725-h.htm | 5431 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 26725-h/images/image001.jpg | bin | 0 -> 37514 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 26725-h/images/image002.jpg | bin | 0 -> 47421 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 26725-h/images/image003.jpg | bin | 0 -> 93065 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 26725-h/images/image004.png | bin | 0 -> 67271 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 26725-h/images/image005.png | bin | 0 -> 60636 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 26725-h/images/image006.png | bin | 0 -> 77306 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 26725-h/images/image007.png | bin | 0 -> 57051 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 26725-h/images/image008.png | bin | 0 -> 62929 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 26725-h/images/image009.png | bin | 0 -> 61016 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 26725.txt | 4687 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 26725.zip | bin | 0 -> 76834 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 |
18 files changed, 14821 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/26725-8.txt b/26725-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d1bb1d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/26725-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,4687 @@ +The Project Gutenberg eBook, Two Little Confederates, by Thomas Nelson Page + + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + + + + +Title: Two Little Confederates + + +Author: Thomas Nelson Page + + + +Release Date: September 29, 2008 [eBook #26725] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + + +***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TWO LITTLE CONFEDERATES*** + + +E-text prepared by Juliet Sutherland, Diane Monico, and the Project +Gutenberg Online Distributed Proofreading Team (https://www.pgdp.net) + + + +Note: Project Gutenberg also has an HTML version of this + file which includes the original illustrations. + See 26725-h.htm or 26725-h.zip: + (https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/6/7/2/26725/26725-h/26725-h.htm) + or + (https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/6/7/2/26725/26725-h.zip) + + + + + +TWO LITTLE CONFEDERATES + + * * * * * + +BOOKS FOR YOUNG READERS +BY THOMAS NELSON PAGE + +Tommy Trot's Visit to Santa Claus + +Santa Claus's Partner + +A Captured Santa Claus + +Among the Camps + +Two Little Confederates + +The Page Story Book + + +CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS + + * * * * * + +TWO LITTLE CONFEDERATES + +by + +THOMAS NELSON PAGE + +Illustrated + + + + + + + +[Illustration: "I'M IN COMMAND," SAID THE GENTLEMAN, SMILING AT HIM +OVER THE TOWEL.] + + + +New York +Charles Scribner's Sons +1929 + +Copyright, 1888, by +Charles Scribner's Sons + +Copyright, 1916, by +Thomas Nelson Page + +Printed in the United States of America + + + + +TO MY MOTHER + + + + +LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS + + +"I'm in command," said the gentleman, +smiling at him over the towel _Frontispiece_ + + PAGE +The old man walked up to the door, and +standing on one side, flung it open 29 + +"Gentlemen, marsters, don't teck my horses, +ef you please," said Uncle Balla 69 + +Frank and Willy capture a member of the +conscript-guard 95 + +The boy faced his captor, who held a strap +in one hand 129 + +"Look! Look! They are running. They are +beating our men!" exclaimed the boys 143 + +The boys sell their cakes to the Yankees 159 + +Some of the servants came back to their old home 167 + + + + +TWO LITTLE CONFEDERATES. + + + + +CHAPTER I. + + +The "Two Little Confederates" lived at Oakland. It was not a handsome +place, as modern ideas go, but down in Old Virginia, where the +standard was different from the later one, it passed in old times as +one of the best plantations in all that region. The boys thought it +the greatest place in the world, of course excepting Richmond, where +they had been one year to the fair, and had seen a man pull fire out +of his mouth, and do other wonderful things. It was quite secluded. It +lay, it is true, right between two of the county roads, the +Court-house Road being on one side, and on the other the great +"Mountain Road," down which the large covered wagons with six horses +and jingling bells used to go; but the lodge lay this side of the one, +and "the big woods," where the boys shot squirrels, and hunted +'possums and coons, and which reached to the edge of "Holetown," +stretched between the house and the other, so that the big gate-post +where the semi-weekly mail was left by the mail-rider each Tuesday +and Friday afternoon was a long walk, even by the near cut through the +woods. The railroad was ten miles away by the road. There was a nearer +way, only about half the distance, by which the negroes used to walk +and which during the war, after all the horses were gone, the boys, +too, learned to travel; but before that, the road by Trinity Church +and Honeyman's Bridge was the only route, and the other was simply a +dim bridle-path, and the "horseshoe-ford" was known to the initiated +alone. + +The mansion itself was known on the plantation as "the great-house," +to distinguish it from all the other houses on the place, of which +there were many. It had as many wings as the angels in the vision of +Ezekiel. + +These additions had been made, some in one generation, some in +another, as the size of the family required; and finally, when there +was no side of the original structure to which another wing could be +joined, a separate building had been erected on the edge of the yard +which was called "The Office," and was used as such, as well as for a +lodging-place by the young men of the family. The privilege of +sleeping in the Office was highly esteemed, for, like the _toga +virilis_, it marked the entrance upon manhood of the youths who were +fortunate enough to enjoy it. There smoking was admissible, there the +guns were kept in the corner, and there the dogs were allowed to +sleep at the feet of their young masters, or in bed with them, if they +preferred it. + +In one of the rooms in this building the boys went to school whilst +small, and another they looked forward to having as their own when +they should be old enough to be elevated to the coveted dignity of +sleeping in the Office. Hugh already slept there, and gave himself +airs in proportion; but Hugh they regarded as a very aged person; not +as old, it was true, as their cousins who came down from college at +Christmas, and who, at the first outbreak of war, all rushed into the +army; but each of these was in the boys' eyes a Methuselah. Hugh had +his own horse and the double-barrelled gun, and when a fellow got +those there was little material difference between him and other men, +even if he did have to go to the academy,--which was really something +like going to school. + +The boys were Frank and Willy; Frank being the eldest. They went by +several names on the place. Their mother called them her "little men," +with much pride; Uncle Balla spoke of them as "them chillern," which +generally implied something of reproach; and Lucy Ann, who had been +taken into the house to "run after" them when they were little boys, +always coupled their names as "Frank 'n' Willy." Peter and Cole did +the same when their mistress was not by. + +When there first began to be talk at Oakland about the war, the boys +thought it would be a dreadful thing; their principal ideas about war +being formed from an intimate acquaintance with the Bible and its +accounts of the wars of the Children of Israel, in which men, women +and children were invariably put to the sword. This gave a vivid +conception of its horrors. + +One evening, in the midst of a discussion about the approaching +crisis, Willy astonished the company, who were discussing the merits +of probable leaders of the Union armies, by suddenly announcing that +he'd "bet they didn't have any general who could beat Joab." + +Up to the time of the war, the boys had led a very uneventful, but a +very pleasant life. They used to go hunting with Hugh, their older +brother, when he would let them go, and after the cows with Peter and +Cole. Old Balla, the driver, was their boon comrade and adviser, and +taught them to make whips, and traps for hares and birds, as he had +taught them to ride and to cobble shoes. + +He lived alone (for his wife had been set free years before, and lived +in Philadelphia). His room over "the old kitchen" was the boys' +play-room when he would permit them to come in. There were so many +odds and ends in it that it was a delightful place. + +Then the boys played blindman's-buff in the house, or hide-and-seek +about the yard or garden, or upstairs in their den, a narrow alcove +at the top of the house. + +The little willow-shadowed creek, that ran through the meadow behind +the barn, was one of their haunts. They fished in it for minnows and +little perch; they made dams and bathed in it; and sometimes they +played pirates upon its waters. + +Once they made an extended search up and down its banks for any +fragments of Pharaoh's chariots which might have been washed up so +high; but that was when they were younger and did not have much +sense. + + + + +CHAPTER II. + + +There was great excitement at Oakland during the John Brown raid, and +the boys' grandmother used to pray for him and Cook, whose pictures +were in the papers. + +The boys became soldiers, and drilled punctiliously with guns which +they got Uncle Balla to make for them. Frank was the captain, Willy +the first lieutenant, and a dozen or more little negroes composed the +rank and file, Peter and Cole being trusted file-closers. + +A little later they found their sympathies all on the side of peace +and the preservation of the Union. Their uncle was for keeping the +Union unbroken, and ran for the Convention against Colonel Richards, +who was the chief officer of the militia in the county, and was as +blood-thirsty as Tamerlane, who reared the pyramid of skulls, and as +hungry for military renown as the great Napoleon, about whom the boys +had read. + +There was immense excitement in the county over the election. Though +the boys' mother had made them add to their prayers a petition that +their Uncle William might win, and that he might secure the +blessings of peace; and, though at family prayers, night and morning, +the same petition was presented, the boys' uncle was beaten at the +polls by a large majority. And then they knew there was bound to be +war, and that it must be very wicked. They almost felt the "invader's +heel," and the invaders were invariably spoken of as "cruel," and the +heel was described as of "iron," and was always mentioned as engaged +in the act of crushing. They would have been terribly alarmed at this +cruel invasion had they not been reassured by the general belief of +the community that one Southerner could whip ten Yankees, and that, +collectively, the South could drive back the North with pop-guns. When +the war actually broke out, the boys were the most enthusiastic of +rebels, and the troops in Camp Lee did not drill more continuously nor +industriously. + +Their father, who had been a Whig and opposed secession until the very +last, on Virginia's seceding, finally cast his lot with his people, +and joined an infantry company; and Uncle William raised and equipped +an artillery company, of which he was chosen captain; but the infantry +was too tame and the artillery too ponderous to suit the boys. + +They were taken to see the drill of the county troop of cavalry, with +its prancing horses and clanging sabres. It was commanded by a cousin; +and from that moment they were cavalrymen to the core. They flung +away their stick-guns in disgust; and Uncle Balla spent two grumbling +days fashioning them a stableful of horses with real heads and "sure +'nough" leather bridles. + +Once, indeed, a secret attempt was made to utilize the horses and +mules which were running in the back pasture; but a premature +discovery of the matter ended in such disaster to all concerned that +the plan was abandoned, and the boys had to content themselves with +their wooden steeds. + +The day that the final orders came for their father and uncle to go to +Richmond,--from which point they were ordered to "the Peninsula,"--the +boys could not understand why every one was suddenly plunged into such +distress. Then, next morning, when the soldiers left, the boys could +not altogether comprehend it. They thought it was a very fine thing to +be allowed to ride Frank and Hun, the two war-horses, with their new, +deep army saddles and long bits. They cried when their father and +uncle said good-bye, and went away; but it was because their mother +looked so pale and ill, and not because they did not think it was all +grand. They had no doubt that all would come back soon, for old Uncle +Billy, the "head-man," who had been born down in "Little York," where +Cornwallis surrendered, had expressed the sentiment of the whole +plantation when he declared, as he sat in the back yard surrounded by +an admiring throng and surveyed the two glittering sabres which he had +no one but himself to polish, that "Ef them Britishers jest sees dese +swodes dee'll run!" The boys tried to explain to him that these were +not British, but Yankees,--but he was hard to convince. Even Lucy Ann, +who was incurably afraid of everything like a gun or fire-arm, partook +of the general fervor, and boasted effusively that she had actually +"tetched Marse John's big pistils." + +Hugh, who was fifteen, and was permitted to accompany his father to +Richmond, was regarded by the boys with a feeling of mingled envy and +veneration, which he accepted with dignified complacency. + +Frank and Willy soon found that war brought some immunities. The house +filled up so with the families of cousins and friends who were +refugees that the boys were obliged to sleep in the Office, and thus +they felt that, at a bound, they were almost as old as Hugh. + +There were the cousins from Gloucester, from the Valley, and families +of relatives from Baltimore and New York, who had come south on the +declaration of war. Their favorite was their Cousin Belle, whose +beauty at once captivated both boys. This was the first time that the +boys knew anything of girls, except their own sister, Evelyn; and +after a brief period, during which the novelty gave them pleasure, +the inability of the girls to hunt, climb trees, or play knucks, etc., +and the additional restraint which their presence imposed, caused them +to hold the opinion that "girls were no good." + + + + +CHAPTER III. + + +In course of time they saw a great deal of "the army,"--which meant +the Confederates. The idea that the Yankees could ever get to Oakland +never entered any one's head. It was understood that the army lay +between Oakland and them, and surely they could never get by the +innumerable soldiers who were always passing up one road or the other, +and who, day after day and night after night, were coming to be fed, +and were rapidly eating up everything that had been left on the place. +By the end of the first year they had been coming so long that they +made scarcely any difference; but the first time a regiment camped in +the neighborhood it created great excitement. + +It became known one night that a cavalry regiment, in which were +several of their cousins, was encamped at Honeyman's Bridge, and the +boys' mother determined to send a supply of provisions for the camp +next morning; so several sheep were killed, the smoke-house was +opened, and all night long the great fires in the kitchen and +wash-house glowed; and even then there was not room, so that a big +fire was kindled in the back yard, beside which saddles of mutton +were roasted in the tin kitchens. Everybody was "rushing." + +The boys were told that they might go to see the soldiers, and as they +had to get off long before daylight, they went to bed early, and left +all "the other boys"--that is, Peter and Cole and other colored +children--squatting about the fires and trying to help the cooks to +pile on wood. + +It was hard to leave the exciting scene. + +They were very sleepy the next morning; indeed, they seemed scarcely +to have fallen asleep when Lucy Ann shook them; but they jumped up +without the usual application of cold water in their faces, which Lucy +Ann so delighted to make; and in a little while they were out in the +yard, where Balla was standing holding three horses,--their mother's +riding-horse; another with a side-saddle for their Cousin Belle, whose +brother was in the regiment; and one for himself,--and Peter and Cole +were holding the carriage-horses for the boys, and several other men +were holding mules. + +Great hampers covered with white napkins were on the porch, and the +savory smell decided the boys not to eat their breakfast, but to wait +and take their share with the soldiers. + +The roads were so bad that the carriage could not go; and as the boys' +mother wished to get the provisions to the soldiers before they broke +camp, they had to set out at once. In a few minutes they were all in +the saddle, the boys and their mother and Cousin Belle in front, and +Balla and the other servants following close behind, each holding +before him a hamper, which looked queer and shadowy as they rode on in +the darkness. + +The sky, which was filled with stars when they set out, grew white as +they splashed along mile after mile through the mud. Then the road +became clearer; they could see into the woods, and the sky changed to +a rich pink, like the color of peach-blossoms. Their horses were +covered with mud up to the saddle-skirts. They turned into a lane only +half a mile from the bridge, and, suddenly, a bugle rang out down in +the wooded bottom below them, and the boys hardly could be kept from +putting their horses to a run, so fearful were they that the soldiers +were leaving, and that they should not see them. Their mother, +however, told them that this was probably the reveille, or +"rising-bell," of the soldiers. She rode on at a good sharp canter, +and the boys were diverting themselves over a discussion as to who +would act the part of Lucy Ann in waking the regiment of soldiers, +when they turned a curve, and at the end of the road, a few hundred +yards ahead, stood several horsemen. + +"There they are," exclaimed both boys. + +"No, that is a picket," said their mother; "gallop on, Frank, and +tell them we are bringing breakfast for the regiment." + +Frank dashed ahead, and soon they saw a soldier ride forward to meet +him, and, after a few words, return with him to his comrades. Then, +while they were still a hundred yards distant, they saw Frank, who had +received some directions, start off again toward the bridge, at a hard +gallop. The picket had told him to go straight on down the hill, and +he would find the camp just the other side of the bridge. He +accordingly rode on, feeling very important at being allowed to go +alone to the camp on such a mission. + +As he reached a turn in the road, just above the river, the whole +regiment lay swarming below him among the large trees on the bank of +the little stream. The horses were picketed to bushes and stakes, in +long rows, the saddles lying on the ground, not far off; and hundreds +of men were moving about, some in full uniform and others without coat +or vest. A half-dozen wagons with sheets on them stood on one side +among the trees, near which several fires were smoking, with men +around them. + +As Frank clattered up to the bridge, a soldier with a gun on his arm, +who had been standing by the railing, walked out to the middle of the +bridge. + +"Halt! Where are you going in such a hurry, my young man?" he said. + +"I wish to see the colonel," said Frank, repeating as nearly as he +could the words the picket had told him. + +"What do you want with him?" + +Frank was tempted not to tell him; but he was so impatient to deliver +his message before the others should arrive, that he told him what he +had come for. + +"There he is," said the sentinel, pointing to a place among the trees +where stood at least five hundred men. + +Frank looked, expecting to recognize the colonel by his noble bearing, +or splendid uniform, or some striking marks. + +"Where?" he asked, in doubt; for while a number of the men were in +uniform, he knew these to be privates. + +"There," said the sentry, pointing; "by that stump, near the yellow +horse-blanket." + +Frank looked again. The only man he could fix upon by the description +was a young fellow, washing his face in a tin basin, and he felt that +this could not be the colonel; but he did not like to appear dull, so +he thanked the man and rode on, thinking he would go to the point +indicated, and ask some one else to show him the officer. + +He felt quite grand as he rode in among the men, who, he thought, +would recognize his importance and treat him accordingly; but, as he +passed on, instead of paying him the respect he had expected, they +began to guy him with all sorts of questions. + +"Hullo, bud, going to jine the cavalry?" asked one. "Which is oldest; +you or your horse?" inquired another. + +"How's pa--and ma?" "Does your mother know you're out?" asked others. +One soldier walked up, and putting his hand on the bridle, proceeded +affably to ask him after his health, and that of every member of his +family. At first Frank did not understand that they were making fun of +him, but it dawned on him when the man asked him solemnly: + +"Are there any Yankees around, that you were running away so fast just +now?" + +"No; if there were I'd never have found _you_ here," said Frank, +shortly, in reply; which at once turned the tide in his favor and +diverted the ridicule from himself to his teaser, who was seized by +some of his comrades and carried off with much laughter and slapping +on the back. + +"I wish to see Colonel Marshall," said Frank, pushing his way through +the group that surrounded him, and riding up to the man who was still +occupied at the basin on the stump. + +"All right, sir, I'm the man," said the individual, cheerily looking +up with his face dripping and rosy from its recent scrubbing. + +"You the colonel!" exclaimed Frank, suspicious that he was again being +ridiculed, and thinking it impossible that this slim, rosy-faced +youngster, who was scarcely stouter than Hugh, and who was washing in +a tin basin, could be the commander of all these soldierly-looking +men, many of whom were old enough to be his father. + +"Yes, I'm the lieutenant-colonel. I'm in command," said the gentleman, +smiling at him over the towel. + +Something made Frank understand that this was really the officer, and +he gave his message, which was received with many expressions of +thanks. + +"Won't you get down? Here, Campbell, take this horse, will you?" he +called to a soldier, as Frank sprang from his horse. The orderly +stepped forward and took the bridle. + +"Now, come with me," said the colonel, leading the way. "We must get +ready to receive your mother. There are some ladies coming--and +breakfast," he called to a group who were engaged in the same +occupation he had just ended, and whom Frank knew by instinct to be +officers. + +The information seemed to electrify the little knot addressed; for +they began to rush around, and in a few moments they all were in their +uniforms, and surrounding the colonel, who, having brushed his hair +with the aid of a little glass hung on a bush, had hurried into his +coat and was buckling on his sword and giving orders in a way which at +once satisfied Frank that he was every inch a colonel. + +"Now let us go and receive your mother," said he to the boy. As he +strode through the camp with his coat tightly buttoned, his soft hat +set jauntily on the side of his head, his plumes sweeping over its +side, and his sword clattering at his spurred heel, he presented a +very different appearance from that which he had made a little before, +with his head in a tin basin, and his face covered with lather. In +fact, Colonel Marshall was already a noted officer, and before the end +of the war he attained still higher rank and reputation. + +The colonel met the rest of the party at the bridge, and introduced +himself and several officers who soon joined him. The negroes were +directed to take the provisions over to the other side of the stream +into the camp, and in a little while the whole regiment were enjoying +the breakfast. The boys and their mother had at the colonel's request +joined his mess, in which was one of their cousins, the brother of +their cousin Belle. + +The gentlemen could eat scarcely anything, they were so busy attending +to the wants of the ladies. The colonel, particularly, waited on their +cousin Belle all the time. + +As soon as they had finished the colonel left them, and a bugle blew. +In a minute all was bustle. Officers were giving orders; horses were +saddled and brought out; and by what seemed magic to the boys, the +men, who just before were scattered about among the trees laughing +and eating, were standing by their horses all in proper order. The +colonel and the officers came and said good-bye. + +Again the bugle blew. Every man was in his saddle. A few words by the +colonel, followed by other words from the captains, and the column +started, turning across the bridge, the feet of the horses thundering +on the planks. Then the regiment wound up the hill at a walk, the men +singing snatches of a dozen songs of which "The Bonnie Blue Flag," +"Lorena," and "Carry Me Back to Old Virginia Shore," were the chief +ones. + +It seemed to the boys that to be a soldier was the noblest thing on +earth; and that this regiment could do anything. + + + + +CHAPTER IV. + + +After this it became a common thing for passing regiments to camp near +Oakland, and the fire blazed many a night, cooking for the soldiers, +till the chickens were crowing in the morning. The negroes all had +hen-houses and raised their own chickens, and when a camp was near +them they used to drive a thriving trade on their own account, selling +eggs and chickens to the privates while the officers were entertained +in the "gret house." + +It was thought an honor to furnish food to the soldiers. Every soldier +was to the boys a hero, and each young officer might rival Ivanhoe or +Coeur de Lion. + +It was not a great while, however, before they learned that all +soldiers were not like their favorite knights. At any rate, thefts +were frequent. The absence of men from the plantations, and the +constant passing of strangers made stealing easy; hen-roots were +robbed time after time, and even pigs and sheep were taken without any +trace of the thieves. The boys' hen-house, however, which was in the +yard, had never been troubled. It was about their only possession, and +they took great pride in it. + +One night the boys were fast asleep in their room in the office, with +old Bruno and Nick curled up on their sheep-skins on the floor. Hugh +was away, so the boys were the only "men" on the place, and felt that +they were the protectors of the plantation. The frequent thefts had +made every one very suspicious, and the boys had made up their minds +to be on the watch, and, if possible, to catch the thief. + +The negroes said that the deserters did the stealing. + +On the night in question, the boys were sound asleep when old Bruno +gave a low growl, and then began walking and sniffing up and down the +room. Soon Nick gave a sharp, quick bark. + +Frank waked first. He was not startled, for the dogs were in the habit +of barking whenever they wished to go out-of-doors. Now, however, they +kept it up, and it was in a strain somewhat different from their usual +signal. + +"What's the matter with you? Go and lie down, Bruno," called Frank. +"Hush up, Nick!" But Bruno would not lie down, and Nick would not keep +quiet, though at the sound of Frank's voice they felt less +responsibility, and contented themselves with a low growling. + +After a little while Frank was on the point of dropping off to sleep +again, when he heard a sound out in the yard, which at once thoroughly +awakened him. He nudged Willy in the side. + +"Willy--Willy, wake up; there's some one moving around outdoors." + +"Umm-mm," groaned Willy, turning over and settling himself for another +nap. + +The sound of a chicken chirping out in fright reached Frank's ear. + +"Wake up, Willy!" he called, pinching him hard. "There's some one at +the hen-house." + +Willy was awake in a second. The boys consulted as to what should be +done. Willy was sceptical. He thought Frank had been dreaming, or that +it was only Uncle Balla, or "some one" moving about the yard. But a +second cackle of warning reached them, and in a minute both boys were +out of bed pulling on their clothes with trembling impatience. + +"Let's go and wake Uncle Balla," proposed Willy, getting himself all +tangled in the legs of his trousers. + +"No; I'll tell you what, let's catch him ourselves," suggested Frank. + +"All right," assented Willy. "We'll catch him and lock him up; suppose +he's got a pistol? your gun maybe won't go off; it doesn't always +burst the cap." + +"Well, your old musket is loaded, and you can hold him, while I snap +the cap at him, and get it ready." + +"All right--I can't find my jacket--I'll hold him." + +"Where in the world is my hat?" whispered Frank. "Never mind, it must +be in the house. Let's go out the back way. We can get out without his +hearing us." + +"What shall we do with the dogs? Let's shut them up." + +"No, let's take 'em with us. We can keep them quiet and hold 'em in, +and they can track him if he gets away." + +"All right;" and the boys slowly opened the door, and crept stealthily +out, Frank clutching his double-barrelled gun, and Willy hugging a +heavy musket which he had found and claimed as one of the prizes of +war. It was almost pitch-dark. + +They decided that one should take one side of the hen-house, and one +the other side (in such a way that if they had to shoot, they would +almost certainly shoot one another!) but before they had separated +both dogs jerked loose from their hands and dashed away in the +darkness, barking furiously. + +"There he goes round the garden," shouted Willy, as the sound of +footsteps like those of a man running with all his might came from the +direction which the dogs had taken. + +"Come on," and both started; but, after taking a few steps, they +stopped to listen so that they might trace the fugitive. + +A faint noise behind them arrested their attention, and Frank tiptoed +back toward the hen-house. It was too dark to see much, but he heard +the hen-house door creak, and was conscious even in the darkness that +it was being pushed slowly open. + +"Here's one, Willy," he shouted, at the same time putting his gun to +his shoulder and pulling the trigger. The hammer fell with a sharp +"click" just as the door was snatched to with a bang. The cap had +failed to explode, or the chicken-eating days of the individual in the +hen-house would have ended then and there. + +The boys stood for some moments with their guns pointed at the door of +the hen-house expecting the person within to attempt to burst out; but +the click of the hammer and their hurried conference without, in which +it was promptly agreed to let him have both barrels if he appeared, +reconciled him to remaining within. + +After some time it was decided to go and wake Uncle Balla, and confer +with him as to the proper disposition of their captive. Accordingly, +Frank went off to obtain help, while Willy remained to watch the +hen-house. As Frank left he called back: + +"Willy, you take good aim at him, and if he pokes his head out--let +him have it!" + +This Willy solemnly promised to do. + +Frank was hardly out of hearing before Willy was surprised to hear the +prisoner call him by name in the most friendly and familiar manner, +although the voice was a strange one. + +"Willy, is that you?" called the person inside. + +"Yes." + +"Where's Frank?" + +"Gone to get Uncle Balla." + +"Did you see that other fellow?" + +"Yes." + +"I wish you'd shot him. He brought me here and played a joke on me. He +told me this was a house I could sleep in, and shut me up in +here,--and blest if I don't b'lieve it's nothin' but a hen-house. Let +me out here a minute," he continued, after a pause, cajolingly. + +"No, I won't," said Willy firmly, getting his gun ready. + +There was a pause, and then from the depths of the hen-house issued +the most awful groan: + +"Umm! Ummm!! Ummmm!!!" + +Willy was frightened. + +"Umm! Umm!" was repeated. + +"What's the matter with you?" asked Willy, feeling sorry in spite of +himself. + +"Oh! Oh! Oh! I'm so sick," groaned the man in the hen-house. + +"How? What's the matter?" + +"That man that fooled me in here gave me something to drink, and it's +pizened me; oh! oh! oh! I'm dying." + +It was a horrible groan. + +Willy's heart relented. He moved to the door and was just about to +open it to look in when a light flashed across the yard from Uncle +Balla's house, and he saw him coming with a flaming light-wood knot in +his hand. + + + + +CHAPTER V. + + +Instead of opening the door, therefore, Willy called to the old man, +who was leisurely crossing the yard: "Run, Uncle Balla. Quick, run!" + +At the call Old Balla and Frank set out as fast as they could. + +"What's the matter? Is he done kill de chickens? Is he done got away?" +the old man asked, breathlessly. + +"No, he's dyin'," shouted Willy. + +"Hi! is you shoot him?" asked the old driver. + +"No, that other man's poisoned him. He was the robber and he fooled +this one," explained Willy, opening the door and peeping anxiously in. + +"Go 'long, boy,--now, d'ye ever heah de better o' dat?--dat man's +foolin' wid you; jes' tryin' to git yo' to let him out." + +"No, he isn't," said Willy; "you ought to have heard him." + +But both Balla and Frank were laughing at him, so he felt very +shamefaced. He was relieved by hearing another groan. + +"Oh, oh, oh! Ah, ah!" + +"You hear that?" he asked, triumphantly. + +"I boun' I'll see what's the matter with him, the roscol! Stan' right +dyah, y' all, an' if he try to run shoot him, but mine you don' hit +_me_," and the old man walked up to the door, and standing on one side +flung it open. "What you doin' in dyah after dese chillern's +chickens?" he called fiercely. + +"Hello, old man, 's 'at you? I's mighty sick," muttered the person +within. Old Balla held his torch inside the house, amid a confused +cackle and flutter of fowls. + +"Well, ef 'tain' a white man, and a soldier at dat!" he exclaimed. +"What you doin' heah, robbin' white folks' hen-roos'?" he called, +roughly. "Git up off dat groun'; you ain' sick." + +"Let me get up, Sergeant,--hic--don't you heah the roll-call?--the +tent's mighty dark; what you fool me in here for?" muttered the man +inside. + +The boys could see that he was stretched out on the floor, apparently +asleep, and that he was a soldier in uniform. Balla stepped inside. + +"Is he dead?" asked both boys as Balla caught him by the arms, lifted +him, and let him fall again limp on the floor. + +"Nor, he's dead-drunk," said Balla, picking up an empty flask. "Come +on out. Let me see what I gwi' do wid you?" he said, scratching his +head. + +[Illustration: THE OLD MAN WALKED UP TO THE DOOR, AND STANDING ON ONE +SIDE FLUNG IT OPEN.] + +"I know what I gwi' do wid you. I gwi' lock you up right whar you is." + +"Uncle Balla, s'pose he gets well, won't he get out?" + +"Ain' _I_ gwi' lock him up? Dat's good from you, who was jes' gwi' let +'im out ef me an' Frank hadn't come up when we did." + +Willy stepped back abashed. His heart accused him and told him the +charge was true. Still he ventured one more question: + +"Hadn't you better take the hens out?" + +"Nor; 'tain' no use to teck nuttin' out dyah. Ef he comes to, he know +we got 'im, an' he dyahson' trouble nuttin'." + +And the old man pushed to the door and fastened the iron hasp over the +strong staple. Then, as the lock had been broken, he took a large nail +from his pocket and fastened it in the staple with a stout string so +that it could not be shaken out. All the time he was working he was +talking to the boys, or rather to himself, for their benefit. + +"Now, you see ef we don' find him heah in the mornin'! Willy jes' gwi' +let you get 'way, but a _man_ got you now, wha'ar' been handlin' +horses an' know how to hole 'em in the stalls. I boun' he'll have to +butt like a ram to git out dis log hen-house," he said, finally, as he +finished tying the last knot in his string, and gave the door a +vigorous rattle to test its strength. + +Willy had been too much abashed at his mistake to fully appreciate all +of the witticisms over the prisoner, but Frank enjoyed them almost as +much as Unc' Balla himself. + +"Now y' all go 'long to bed, an' I'll go back an' teck a little nap +myself," said he, in parting. "Ef he gits out that hen-house I'll give +you ev'y chicken I got. But he am' _gwine_ git out. A _man's_ done +fasten him up dyah." + +The boys went off to bed, Willy still feeling depressed over his +ridiculous mistake. They were soon fast asleep, and if the dogs barked +again they did not hear them. + +The next thing they knew, Lucy Ann, convulsed with laughter, was +telling them a story about Uncle Balla and the man in the hen-house. +They jumped up, and pulling on their clothes ran out in the yard, +thinking to see the prisoner. + +Instead of doing so, they found Uncle Balla standing by the hen-house +with a comical look of mystification and chagrin; the roof had been +lifted off at one end and not only the prisoner, but every chicken was +gone! + +The boys were half inclined to cry; Balla's look, however, set them to +laughing. + +"Unc' Balla, you got to give me every chicken you got, 'cause you said +you would," said Willy. + +"Go 'way from heah, boy. Don' pester me when I studyin' to see which +way he got out." + +"You ain't never had a horse get through the roof before, have you?" +said Frank. + +"Go 'way from here, I tell you," said the old man, walking around the +house, looking at it. + +As the boys went back to wash and dress themselves, they heard Balla +explaining to Lucy Ann and some of the other servants that "the man +them chillern let git away had just come back and tooken out the one +he had locked up"; a solution of the mystery he always stoutly +insisted upon. + +One thing, however, the person's escape effected--it prevented Willy's +ever hearing any more of his mistake; but that did not keep him now +and then from asking Uncle Balla "if he had fastened his horses +well." + + + + +CHAPTER VI. + + +These hens were not the last things stolen from Oakland. Nearly all +the men in the country had gone with the army. Indeed, with the +exception of a few overseers who remained to work the farms, every man +in the neighborhood, between the ages of seventeen and fifty, was in +the army. The country was thus left almost wholly unprotected, and it +would have been entirely so but for the "Home Guard," as it was +called, which was a company composed of young boys and the few old men +who remained at home, and who had volunteered for service as a local +guard, or police body, for the neighborhood of their homes. + +Occasionally, too, later on, a small detachment of men, under a leader +known as a "conscript-officer," would come through the country hunting +for any men who were subject to the conscript law but who had evaded +it, and for deserters who had run away from the army and refused to +return. + +These two classes of troops, however, stood on a very different +footing. The Home Guard was regarded with much respect, for it was +composed of those whose extreme age or youth alone withheld them from +active service; and every youngster in its ranks looked upon it as a +training school, and was ready to die in defence of his home if need +were, and, besides, expected to obtain permission to go into the army +"next year." + +The conscript-guard, on the other hand, were grown men, and were +thought to be shirking the very dangers and hardships into which they +were trying to force others. + +A few miles from Oakland, on the side toward the mountain road and +beyond the big woods, lay a district of virgin forest and old-field +pines which, even before the war, had acquired a reputation of an +unsavory nature, though its inhabitants were a harmless people. No +highways ran through this region, and the only roads which entered it +were mere wood-ways, filled with bushes and carpeted with pine-tags; +and, being travelled only by the inhabitants, appeared to outsiders +"to jes' peter out," as the phrase went. This territory was known by +the unpromising name of Holetown. + +Its denizens were a peculiar but kindly race known to the boys as +"poor white folks," and called by the negroes, with great contempt, +"po' white trash." Some of them owned small places in the pines; but +the majority were simply tenants. They were an inoffensive people, and +their worst vices were intemperance and evasion of the tax-laws. + +They made their living--or rather, they existed--by fishing and +hunting; and, to eke it out, attempted the cultivation of little +patches of corn and tobacco near their cabins, or in the bottoms where +small branches ran into the stream already mentioned. + +In appearance they were usually so thin and sallow that one had to +look at them twice to see them clearly. At best, they looked vague and +illusive. + +They were brave enough. At the outbreak of the war nearly all of the +men in this community enlisted, thinking, as many others did, that war +was more like play than work, and consisted more of resting than of +laboring. Although most of them, when in battle, showed the greatest +fearlessness, yet the duties of camp soon became irksome to them, and +they grew sick of the restraint and drilling of camp-life; so some of +them, when refused a furlough, took it, and came home. Others stayed +at home after leave had ended, feeling secure in their stretches of +pine and swamp, not only from the feeble efforts of the +conscript-guard, but from any parties who might be sent in search of +them. + +In this way it happened, as time went by, that Holetown became known +to harbor a number of deserters. + +According to the negroes, it was full of them; and many stories were +told about glimpses of men dodging behind trees in the big woods, or +rushing away through the underbrush like wild cattle. And, though the +grown people doubted whether the negroes had not been startled by some +of the hogs, which were quite wild, feeding in the woods, the boys +were satisfied that the negroes really had seen deserters. + +This became a certainty when there came report after report of these +wood-skulkers, and when the conscript-guard, with the brightest of +uniforms, rode by with as much show and noise as if on a fox-hunt. +Then it became known that deserters were, indeed, infesting the piny +district of Holetown, and in considerable numbers. + +Some of them, it was said, were pursuing agriculture and all their +ordinary vocations as openly as in time of peace, and more +industriously. They had a regular code of signals, and nearly every +person in the Holetown settlement was in league with them. + +When the conscript-guard came along, there would be a rush of +tow-headed children through the woods, or some of the women about the +cabins would blow a horn lustily; after which not a man could be found +in all the district. The horn told just how many men were in the +guard, and which path they were following; every member of the troop +being honored with a short, quick "toot." + +"What are you blowing-that horn for?" sternly asked the guard one +morning of an old woman,--old Mrs. Hall who stood out in front of her +little house blowing like Boreas in the pictures. + +"Jes' blowin' fur Millindy to come to dinner," she said, sullenly. +"Can't y' all let a po' 'ooman call her gals to git some'n' to eat? +You got all her boys in d'army, killin' 'em; whyn't yo' go and git +kilt some yo'self, 'stidder ridin' 'bout heah tromplin' all over po' +folk's chickens?" + +When the troop returned in the evening, she was still blowing; +"blowin' fur Millindy to come home," she said, with more sharpness +than before. But there must have been many Millindys, for horns were +sounding all through the settlement. + +The deserters, at such times, were said to take to the swamps, and +marvellous rumors were abroad of one or more caves, all fitted up, +wherein they concealed themselves, like the robbers in the stories the +boys were so fond of reading. + +After a while thefts of pigs and sheep became so common that they were +charged to the deserters. + +Finally it grew to be such a pest that the ladies in the neighborhood +asked the Home Guard to take action in the matter, and after some +delay it became known that this valorous body was going to invade +Holetown and capture the deserters or drive them away. Hugh was to +accompany them, of course; and he looked very handsome, as well as +very important, when he started out on horseback to join the troop. +It was his first active service; and with his trousers in his boots +and his pistol in his belt he looked as brave as Julius Cæsar, and +quite laughed at his mother's fears for him, as she kissed him +good-bye and walked out with him to his horse, which Balla held at the +gate. + +The boys asked leave to go with him; but Hugh was so scornful over +their request, and looked so soldierly as he galloped away with the +other men that the boys felt as cheap as possible. + + + + +CHAPTER VII. + + +When the boys went into the house they found that their Aunt Mary had +a headache that morning, and, even with the best intentions of doing +her duty in teaching them, had been forced to go to bed. Their mother +was too much occupied with her charge of providing for a family of +over a dozen white persons, and five times as many colored dependents, +to give any time to acting as substitute in the school-room, so the +boys found themselves with a holiday before them. It seemed vain to +try to shoot duck on the creek, and the perch were averse to biting. +The boys accordingly determined to take both guns and to set out for a +real hunt in the big woods. + +They received their mother's permission, and after a lunch was +prepared they started in high glee, talking about the squirrels and +birds they expected to kill. + +Frank had his gun, and Willy had the musket; and both carried a +plentiful supply of powder and some tolerably round slugs made from +cartridges. + +They usually hunted in the part of the woods nearest the house, and +they knew that game was not very abundant there; so, as a good long +day was before them, they determined to go over to the other side of +the woods. + +They accordingly pushed on, taking a path which led through the +forest. They went entirely through the big woods without seeing +anything but one squirrel, and presently found themselves at the +extreme edge of Holetown. They were just grumbling at the lack of game +when they heard a distant horn. The sound came from perhaps a mile or +more away, but was quite distinct. + +"What's that? Somebody fox-hunting?--or is it a dinner-horn?" asked +Willy, listening intently. + +"It's a horn to warn deserters, that's what 'tis," said Frank, pleased +to show his superior knowledge. + +"I tell you what to do:--let's go and hunt deserters," said Willy, +eagerly. + +"All right. Won't that be fun!" and both boys set out down the road +toward a point where they knew one of the paths ran into the +pine-district, talking of the numbers of prisoners they expected to +take. + +In an instant they were as alert and eager as young hounds on a trail. +They had mapped out a plan before, and they knew exactly what they had +to do. Frank was the captain, by right of his being older; and Willy +was lieutenant, and was to obey orders. The chief thing that troubled +them was that they did not wish to be seen by any of the women or +children about the cabins, for they all knew the boys, because they +were accustomed to come to Oakland for supplies; then, too, the boys +wished to remain on friendly terms with their neighbors. Another thing +worried them. They did not know what to do with their prisoners after +they should have captured them. However, they pushed on and soon came +to a dim cart-way, which ran at right-angles to the main road and +which went into the very heart of Holetown. Here they halted to +reconnoitre and to inspect their weapons. + +Even from the main road, the track, as it led off through the +overhanging woods with thick underbrush of chinquapin bushes, appeared +to the boys to have something strange about it, though they had at +other times walked it from end to end. Still, they entered boldly, +clutching their guns. Willy suggested that they should go in Indian +file and that the rear one should step in the other's footprints as +the Indians do; but Frank thought it was best to walk abreast, as the +Indians walked in their peculiar way only to prevent an enemy who +crossed their trail from knowing how many they were; and, so far from +it being any disadvantage for the deserters to know _their_ number, it +was even better that they should know there were two, so that they +would not attack from the rear. Accordingly, keeping abreast, they +struck in; each taking the woods on one side of the road, which he +was to watch and for which he was to be responsible. + +The farther they went the more indistinct the track became, and the +wilder became the surrounding woods. They proceeded with great +caution, examining every particularly thick clump of bushes; peeping +behind each very large tree; and occasionally even taking a glance up +among its boughs; for they had themselves so often planned how, if +pursued, they would climb trees and conceal themselves, that they +would not have been at all surprised to find a fierce deserter, armed +to the teeth, crouching among the branches. + +Though they searched carefully every spot where a deserter could +possibly lurk, they passed through the oak woods and were deep in the +pines without having seen any foe or heard a noise which could +possibly proceed from one. A squirrel had daringly leaped from the +trunk of a hickory-tree and run into the woods, right before them, +stopping impudently to take a good look at them; but they were hunting +larger game than squirrels, and they resisted the temptation to take a +shot at him,--an exercise of virtue which brought them a distinct +feeling of pleasure. They were, however, beginning to be embarrassed +as to their next course. They could hear the dogs barking farther on +in the pines, and knew they were approaching the vicinity of the +settlement; for they had crossed the little creek which ran through a +thicket of elder bushes and "gums," and which marked the boundary of +Holetown. Little paths, too, every now and then turned off from the +main track and went into the pines, each leading to a cabin or bit of +creek-bottom deeper in. They therefore were in a real dilemma +concerning what to do; and Willy's suggestion, to eat lunch, was a +welcome one. They determined to go a little way into the woods, where +they could not be seen, and had just taken the lunch out of the +game-bag and were turning into a by-path, when they met a man who was +coming along at a slow, lounging walk, and carrying a long +single-barrelled shot-gun across his arm. + +When first they heard him, they thought he might be a deserter; but +when he came nearer they saw that he was simply a countryman out +hunting; for his old game-bag (from which peeped a squirrel's tail) +was over his shoulder, and he had no weapon at all, excepting that old +squirrel-gun. + +"Good morning, sir," said both boys, politely. + +"Mornin'! What luck y' all had?" he asked good-naturedly, stopping and +putting the butt of his gun on the ground, and resting lazily on it, +preparatory to a chat. + +"We're not hunting; we're hunting deserters." + +"Huntin' deserters!" echoed the man with a smile which broke into a +chuckle of amusement as the thought worked its way into his brain. +"Ain't you see' none?" + +"No," said both boys in a breath, greatly pleased at his friendliness. +"Do you know where any are?" + +The man scratched his head, seeming to reflect. + +"Well, 'pears to me I hearn tell o' some, 'roun' to'des that-a-ways," +making a comprehensive sweep of his arm in the direction just opposite +to that which the boys were taking. "I seen the conscrip'-guard a +little while ago pokin' 'roun' this-a-way; but Lor', that ain' the way +to ketch deserters. I knows every foot o' groun' this-a-way, an' ef +they was any deserters roun' here I'd be mighty apt to know it." + +This announcement was an extinguisher to the boys' hopes. Clearly, +they were going in the wrong direction. + +"We are just going to eat our lunch," said Frank; "won't you join us?" + +Willy added his invitation to his brother's, and their friend politely +accepted, suggesting that they should walk back a little way and find +a log. This all three did; and in a few minutes they were enjoying the +lunch which the boys' mother had provided, while the stranger was +telling the boys his views about deserters, which, to say the least, +were very original. + +"I seen the conscrip'-guard jes' this mornin', ridin' 'round whar they +knowd they warn' no deserters, but ole womens and children," he said +with his mouth full. "Whyn't they go whar they knows deserters _is_?" +he asked. + +"Where are they? We heard they had a cave down on the river, and we +were going there," declared the boys. + +"Down on the river?--a cave? Ain' no cave down thar, without it's +below Rockett's mill; fur I've hunted and fished ev'y foot o' that +river up an' down both sides, an' 'tain' a hole thar, big enough to +hide a' ole hyah, I ain' know." + +This proof was too conclusive to admit of further argument. + +"Why don't _you_ go in the army?" asked Willy, after a brief +reflection. + +"What? Why don't _I_ go in the army?" repeated the hunter. "Why, I's +_in_ the army! You didn' think I warn't in the army, did you?" + +The hunter's tone and the expression of his face were so full of +surprise that Willy felt deeply mortified at his rudeness, and began +at once to stammer something to explain himself. + +"I b'longs to Colonel Marshall's regiment," continued the man, "an' +I's been home sick on leave o' absence. Got wounded in the leg, an' +I's jes' gettin' well. I ain' rightly well enough to go back now, but +I's anxious to git back; I'm gwine to-morrow mornin' ef I don' go this +evenin'. You see I kin hardly walk now!" and to demonstrate his +lameness, he got up and limped a few yards. "I ain' well yit," he +pursued, returning and dropping into his seat on the log, with his +face drawn up by the pain the exertion had brought on. + +"Let me see your wound. Is it sore now?" asked Willy, moving nearer to +the man with a look expressive of mingled curiosity and sympathy. + +"You can't see it; it's up heah," said the soldier, touching the upper +part of his hip; "an' I got another one heah," he added, placing his +hand very gently to his side. "This one's whar a Yankee run me through +with his sword. Now, that one was where a piece of shell hit me,--I +don't keer nothin' 'bout that," and he opened his shirt and showed a +triangular, purple scar on his shoulder. + +"You certainly must be a brave soldier," exclaimed both boys, +impressed at sight of the scar, their voices softened by fervent +admiration. + +"Yes, I kep' up with the bes' of 'em," he said, with a pleased smile. + +Suddenly a horn began to blow, "toot--toot--toot," as if all the +"Millindys" in the world were being summoned. It was so near the boys +that it quite startled them. + +"That's for the deserters, now," they both exclaimed. + +Their friend looked calmly up and down the road, both ways. + +"Them rascally conscrip'-guard been tellin' you all that, to gi' 'em +some excuse for keepin' out o' th' army theyselves--that's all. Th' +ain' gwine ketch no deserters any whar in all these parts, an' you kin +tell 'em so. I'm gwine down thar an' see what that horn's a-blowin' +fur; hit's somebody's dinner horn, or somp'n'," he added, rising and +taking up his game-bag. + +"Can't we go with you?" asked the boys. + +"Well, nor, I reckon you better not," he drawled; "thar's some right +bad dogs down thar in the pines,--mons'us bad; an' I's gwine cut +through the woods an' see ef I can't pick up a squ'rr'l, gwine 'long, +for the ole 'ooman's supper, as I got to go 'way to-night or +to-morrow; she's mighty poorly." + +"Is she poorly much?" asked Willy, greatly concerned. "We'll get mamma +to come and see her to-morrow, and bring her some bread." + +"Nor, she ain' so sick; that is to say, she jis' poorly and 'sturbed +in her mind. She gittin' sort o' old. Here, y' all take these +squ'rr'ls," he said, taking the squirrels from his old game-bag and +tossing them at Willy's feet. Both boys protested, but he insisted. +"Oh, yes; I kin get some mo' fur her. + +"Y' all better go home. Well, good-bye, much obliged to you," and he +strolled off with his gun in the bend of his arm, leaving the boys to +admire and talk over his courage. + +They turned back, and had gone about a quarter of a mile, when they +heard a great trampling of horses behind them. They stopped to listen, +and in a little while a squadron of cavalry came in sight. The boys +stepped to one side of the road to wait for them, eager to tell the +important information they had received from their friend, that there +were no deserters in that section. In a hurried consultation they +agreed not to tell that they had been hunting deserters themselves, as +they knew the soldiers would only have a laugh at their expense. + +"Hello, boys, what luck?" called the officer in the lead, in a +friendly manner. + +They told him they had not shot anything; that the squirrels had been +given to them; and then both boys inquired: + +"You all hunting for deserters?" + +"You seen any?" asked the leader, carelessly, while one or two men +pressed their horses forward eagerly. + +"No, th' ain't any deserters in this direction at all," said the boys, +with conviction in their manner. + +"How do you know?" asked the officer. + +"'Cause a gentleman told us so." + +"Who? When? What gentleman?" + +"A gentleman who met us a little while ago." + +"How long ago? Who was he?" + +"Don't know who he was," said Frank. + +"When we were eating our snack," put in Willy, not to be left out. + +"How was he dressed? Where was it? What sort of man was he?" eagerly +inquired the leading trooper. + +The boys proceeded to describe their friend, impressed by the intense +interest accorded them by the listeners. + +"He was a sort of man with red hair, and wore a pair of gray breeches +and an old pair of shoes, and was in his shirt-sleeves." Frank was the +spokesman. + +"And he had a gun--a long squirrel-gun," added Willy, "and he said he +belonged to Colonel Marshall's regiment." + +"Why, that's Tim Mills. He's a deserter himself," exclaimed the +captain. + +"No, he ain't--_he_ ain't any deserter," protested both at once. "He +is a mighty brave soldier, and he's been home on a furlough to get +well of a wound on his leg where he was shot." + +"Yes, and it ain't well yet, but he's going back to his command +to-night or to-morrow morning; and he's got another wound in his side +where a Yankee ran him through with his sword. We know _he_ ain't any +deserter." + +"How do you know all this?" asked the officer. + +"He told us so himself, just now--a little while ago, that is," said +the boys. + +The man laughed. + +"Why, he's fooled you to death. That's Tim himself, that's been doing +all the devilment about here. He is the worst deserter in the whole +gang." + +"We saw the wound on his shoulder," declared the boys, still doubting. + +"I know it; he's got one there,--that's what I know him by. Which way +did he go,--and how long has it been?" + +"He went that way, down in the woods; and it's been some time. He's +got away now." + +The lads by this time were almost convinced of their mistake; but they +could not prevent their sympathy from being on the side of their late +agreeable companion. + +"We'll catch the rascal," declared the leader, very fiercely. "Come +on, men,--he can't have gone far;" and he wheeled his horse about and +dashed back up the road at a great pace, followed by his men. The boys +were half inclined to follow and aid in the capture; but Frank, after +a moment's thought, said solemnly: + +"No, Willy; an Arab never betrays a man who has eaten his salt. This +man has broken bread with us; we cannot give him up. I don't think we +ought to have told about him as much as we did." + +This was an argument not to be despised. + +A little later, as the boys trudged home, they heard the horns blowing +again a regular "toot-toot" for "Millindy." It struck them that +supper followed dinner very quickly in Holetown. + +When the troop passed by in the evening the men were in very bad +humor. They had had a fruitless addition to their ride, and some of +them were inclined to say that the boys had never seen any man at all, +which the boys thought was pretty silly, as the man had eaten at least +two-thirds of their lunch. + +Somehow the story got out, and Hugh was very scornful because the boys +had given their lunch to a deserter. + + + + +CHAPTER VIII. + + +As time went by the condition of things at Oakland changed--as it did +everywhere else. The boys' mother, like all the other ladies of the +country, was so devoted to the cause that she gave to the soldiers +until there was nothing left. After that there was a failure of the +crops, and the immediate necessities of the family and the hands on +the place were great. + +There was no sugar nor coffee nor tea. These luxuries had been given +up long before. An attempt was made to manufacture sugar out of the +sorghum, or sugar-cane, which was now being cultivated as an +experiment; but it proved unsuccessful, and molasses made from the +cane was the only sweetening. The boys, however, never liked anything +sweetened with molasses, so they gave up everything that had molasses +in it. Sassafras tea was tried as a substitute for tea, and a drink +made out of parched corn and wheat, of burnt sweet potato and other +things, in the place of coffee; but none of them were fit to drink--at +least so the boys thought. The wheat crop proved a failure; but the +corn turned out very fine, and the boys learned to live on corn bread, +as there was no wheat bread. + +The soldiers still came by, and the house was often full of young +officers who came to see the boys' cousins. The boys used to ride the +horses to and from the stables, and, being perfectly fearless, became +very fine riders. + +Several times, among the visitors, came the young colonel who had +commanded the regiment that had camped at the bridge the first year of +the war. It did not seem to the boys that Cousin Belle liked him, for +she took much longer to dress when he came; and if there were other +officers present she would take very little notice of the colonel. + +Both boys were in love with her, and after considerable hesitation had +written her a joint letter to tell her so, at which she laughed +heartily and kissed them both and called them her sweethearts. But, +though they were jealous of several young officers who came from time +to time, they felt sorry for the colonel,--their cousin was so mean to +him. They were on the best terms with him, and had announced their +intention of going into his regiment if only the war should last long +enough. When he came there was always a scramble to get his horse; +though of all who came to Oakland he rode the wildest horses, as both +boys knew by practical experience. + +At length the soldiers moved off too far to permit them to come on +visits, and things were very dull. So it was for a long while. + +But one evening in May, about sunset, as the boys were playing in the +yard, a man came riding through the place on the way to Richmond. His +horse showed that he had been riding hard. He asked the nearest way to +"Ground-Squirrel Bridge." The Yankees, he said, were coming. It was a +raid. He had ridden ahead of them, and had left them about Greenbay +depot, which they had set on fire. He was in too great a hurry to stop +and get something to eat, and he rode off, leaving much excitement +behind him; for Greenbay was only eight miles away, and Oakland lay +right between two roads to Richmond, down one or the other of which +the party of raiders must certainly pass. + +It was the first time the boys ever saw their mother exhibit so much +emotion as she then did. She came to the door and called: + +"Balla, come here." Her voice sounded to the boys a little strained +and troubled, and they ran up the steps and stood by her. Balla came +to the portico, and looked up with an air of inquiry. He, too, showed +excitement. + +"Balla, I want you to know that if you wish to go, you can do so." + +"Hi, Mistis----" began Balla, with an air of reproach; but she cut him +short and kept on. + +"I want you all to know it." She was speaking now so as to be heard by +the cook and the maids who were standing about the yard listening to +her. "I want you all to know it--every one on the place! You can go if +you wish; but, if you go, you can never come back!" + +"Hi, Mistis," broke in Uncle Balla, "whar is I got to go? I wuz born +on dis place an' I 'spec' to die here, an' be buried right _yonder_;" +and he turned and pointed up to the dark clumps of trees that marked +the graveyard on the hill, a half mile away, where the colored people +were buried. "Dat I does," he affirmed positively. "Y' all sticks by +us, and we'll stick by you." + +"I know I ain't gwine nowhar wid no Yankees or nothin'," said Lucy +Ann, in an undertone. + +"Dee tell me dee got hoofs and horns," laughed one of the women in the +yard. + +The boys' mother started to say something further to Balla, but though +she opened her lips, she did not speak; she turned suddenly and walked +into the house and into her chamber, where she shut the door behind +her. The boys thought she was angry, but when they softly followed her +a few minutes afterward, she got up hastily from where she had been +kneeling beside the bed, and they saw that she had been crying. A +murmur under the window called them back to the portico. It had begun +to grow dark; but a bright spot was glowing on the horizon, and on +this every one's gaze was fixed. + +"Where is it, Balla? What is it?" asked the boys' mother, her voice +no longer strained and harsh, but even softer than usual. + +"It's the depot, madam. They's burnin' it. That man told me they was +burnin' ev'ywhar they went." + +"Will they be here to-night?" asked his mistress. + +"No, marm; I don' hardly think they will. That man said they couldn't +travel more than thirty miles a day; but they'll be plenty of 'em here +to-morrow--to breakfast." He gave a nervous sort of laugh. + +"Here,--you all come here," said their mistress to the servants. She +went to the smoke-house and unlocked it. "Go in there and get down the +bacon--take a piece, each of you." A great deal was still left. +"Balla, step here." She called him aside and spoke earnestly in an +undertone. + +"Yes'm, that's so; that's jes' what I wuz gwine do," the boys heard +him say. + +Their mother sent the boys out. She went and locked herself in her +room, but they heard her footsteps as she turned about within, and now +and then they heard her opening and shutting drawers and moving +chairs. + +In a little while she came out. + +"Frank, you and Willy go and tell Balla to come to the chamber door. +He may be out in the stable." + +They dashed out, proud to bear so important a message. They could not +find him, but an hour later they heard him, coming from the stable. +He at once went into the house. They rushed into the chamber, where +they found the door of the closet open. + +"Balla, come in here," called their mother from within. "Have you got +them safe?" she asked. + +"Yes'm; jes' as safe as they kin be. I want to be 'bout here when they +come, or I'd go down an' stay whar they is." + +"What is it?" asked the boys. + +"Where is the best place to put that?" she said, pointing to a large, +strong box in which, they knew, the finest silver was kept; indeed, +all excepting what was used every day on the table. + +"Well, I declar', Mistis, that's hard to tell," said the old driver, +"without it's in the stable." + +"They may burn that down." + +"That's so; you might bury it under the floor of the smoke-house?" + +"I have heard that they always look for silver there," said the boys' +mother. "How would it do to bury it in the garden?" + +"That's the very place I was gwine name," said Balla, with flattering +approval. "They can't burn _that_ down, and if they gwine dig for it +then they'll have to dig a long time before they git over that big +garden." He stooped and lifted up one end of the box to test its +weight. + +"I thought of the other end of the flower-bed, between the big +rose-bush and the lilac." + +"That's the very place I had in my mind," declared the old man. "They +won' never fine it dyah!" + +"We know a good place," said the boys both together; "it's a heap +better than that. It's where we bury our treasures when we play +'Black-beard the Pirate.'" + +"Very well," said their mother; "I don't care to know where it is +until after to-morrow, anyhow. I know I can trust you," she added, +addressing Balla. + +"Yes'm, you know dat," said he, simply. "I'll jes' go an' git my hoe." + +"The garden hasn't got a roof to it, has it, Unc' Balla?" asked Willy, +quietly. + +"Go 'way from here, boy," said the old man, making a sweep at him with +his hand. "That boy ain' never done talkin' 'bout that thing yit," he +added, with a pleased laugh, to his mistress. + +"And you ain't ever given me all those chickens either," responded +Willy, forgetting his grammar. + +"Oh, well, I'm _gwi'_ do it; ain't you hear me say I'm gwine do it?" +he laughed as he went out. + +The boys were too excited to get sleepy before the silver was hidden. +Their mother told them they might go down into the garden and help +Balla, on condition that they would not talk. + +"That's the way we always do when we bury the treasure. Ain't it, +Willy?" asked Frank. + +"If a man speaks, it's death!" declared Willy, slapping his hand on +his side as if to draw a sword, striking a theatrical attitude and +speaking in a deep voice. + +"Give the 'galleon' to us," said Frank. + +"No; be off with you," said their mother. + +"That ain't the way," said Frank. "A pirate never digs the hole until +he has his treasure at hand. To do so would prove him but a novice; +wouldn't it, Willy?" + +"Well, I leave it all to you, my little Buccaneers," said their +mother, laughing. "I'll take care of the spoons and forks we use every +day. I'll just hide them away in a hole somewhere." + +The boys started off after Balla with a shout, but remembered their +errand and suddenly hushed down to a little squeal of delight at being +actually engaged in burying treasure--real silver. It seemed too good +to be true, and withal there was a real excitement about it, for how +could they know but that some one might watch them from some +hiding-place, or might even fire into them as they worked? + +They met the old fellow as he was coming from the carriage-house with +a hoe and a spade in his hands. He was on his way to the garden in a +very straightforward manner, but the boys made him understand that to +bury treasure it was necessary to be particularly secret, and after +some little grumbling, Balla humored them. + +The difficulty of getting the box of silver out of the house secretly, +whilst all the family were up, and the servants were moving about, was +so great that this part of the affair had to be carried on in a manner +different from the usual programme of pirates of the first water. Even +the boys had to admit this; and they yielded to old Balla's advice on +this point, but made up for it by additional formality, ceremony, and +secrecy in pointing out the spot where the box was to be hid. + +Old Balla was quite accustomed to their games and fun--their "pranks," +as he called them. He accordingly yielded willingly when they marched +him to a point at the lower end of the yard, on the opposite side from +the garden, and left him. But he was inclined to give trouble when +they both reappeared with a gun, and in a whisper announced that they +must march first up the ditch which ran by the spring around the foot +of the garden. + +"Look here, boys; I ain' got time to fool with you chillern," said the +old man. "Ain't you hear your ma tell me she 'pend on me to bury that +silver what yo' gran'ma and gran'pa used to eat off o'--an' don' wan' +nobody to know nothin' 'bout it? An' y' all comin' here with guns, +like you huntin' squ'rr'ls, an' now talkin' 'bout wadin' in the +ditch!" + +"But, Unc' Balla, that's the way all buccaneers do," protested Frank. + +"Yes, buccaneers always go by water," said Willy. + +"And we can stoop in the ditch and come in at the far end of the +garden, so nobody can see us," added Frank. + +"Bookanear or bookafar,--I's gwine in dat garden and dig a hole wid my +hoe, an' I is too ole to be wadin' in a ditch like chillern. I got the +misery in my knee now, so bad I'se sca'cely able to stand. I don't +know huccome y' all ain't satisfied with the place you' ma an' I done +pick, anyways." + +This was too serious a mutiny for the boys. So it was finally greed +that one gun should be returned to the office, and that they should +enter by the gate, after which Balla was to go with the boys by the +way they should show him, and see the spot they thought of. + +They took him down through the weeds around the garden, crouching +under the rose-bushes, and at last stopped at a spot under the slope, +completely surrounded by shrubbery. + +"Here is the spot," said Frank in a whisper, pointing under one of the +bushes. + +"It's in a line with the longest limb of the big oak-tree by the +gate," added Willy, "and when this locust bush and that cedar grow to +be big trees, it will be just half-way between them." + +As this seemed to Balla a very good place, he set to work at once to +dig, the two boys helping him as well as they could. It took a great +deal longer to dig the hole in the dark than they had expected, and +when they got back to the house everything was quiet. + +The boys had their hats pulled over their eyes, and had turned their +jackets inside out to disguise themselves. + +"It's a first-rate place! Ain't it, Unc' Balla?" they said, as they +entered the chamber where their mother and aunt were waiting for them. + +"Do you think it will do, Balla?" their mother asked. + +"Oh, yes, madam; it's far enough, an' they got mighty comical ways to +get dyah, wadin' in ditch an' things--it will do. I ain' sho' I kin +fin' it ag'in myself." He was not particularly enthusiastic. Now, +however, he shouldered the box, with a grunt at its weight, and the +party went slowly out through the back door into the dark. The glow of +the burning depot was still visible in the west. + +Then it was decided that Willy should go before--he said to +"reconnoitre," Balla said "to open the gate and lead the way,"--and +that Frank should bring up the rear. + +They trudged slowly on through the darkness, Frank and Willy watching +on every side, old Balla stooping under the weight of the big box. + +After they were some distance in the garden they heard, or thought +they heard, a sound back at the gate, but decided that it was nothing +but the latch clicking; and they went on down to their hiding place. + +In a little while the black box was well settled in the hole, and the +dirt was thrown upon it. The replaced earth made something of a mound, +which was unfortunate. They had not thought of this; but they covered +it with leaves, and agreed that it was so well hidden, the Yankees +would never dream of looking there. + +"Unc' Balla, where are your horses?" asked one of the boys. + +"That's for me to know, an' them to find out what kin," replied the +old fellow with a chuckle of satisfaction. + +The whole party crept back out of the garden, and the boys were soon +dreaming of buccaneers and pirates. + + + + +CHAPTER IX. + + +The boys were not sure that they had even fallen asleep when they +heard Lucy Ann call, outside. They turned over to take another nap. +She was coming up to the door. No, for it was a man's step, it must be +Uncle Balla's; they heard horses trampling and people talking. In a +second the door was flung open, and a man strode into the room, +followed by one, two, a half-dozen others, all white and all in +uniform. They were Yankees. The boys were too frightened to speak. +They thought they were arrested for hiding the silver. + +"Get up, you lazy little rebels," cried one of the intruders, not +unpleasantly. As the boys were not very quick in obeying, being really +too frightened to do more than sit up in bed, the man caught the +mattress by the end, and lifting it with a jerk emptied them and all +the bedclothes out into the middle of the floor in a heap. At this all +the other men laughed. A minute more and he had drawn his sword. The +boys expected no less than to be immediately killed. They were almost +paralyzed. But instead of plunging his sword into them, the man began +to stick it into the mattresses and to rip them up; while others +pulled open the drawers of the bureau and pitched the things on the +floor. + +The boys felt themselves to be in a very exposed and defenceless +condition; and Willy, who had become tangled in the bedclothes, and +had been a little hurt in falling, now that the strain was somewhat +over, began to cry. + +In a minute a shadow darkened the doorway and their mother stood in +the room. + +"Leave the room instantly!" she cried. "Aren't you ashamed to frighten +children!" + +"We haven't hurt the brats," said the man with the sword +good-naturedly. + +"Well, you terrify them to death. It's just as bad. Give me those +clothes!" and she sprang forward and snatched the boys' clothes from +the hands of a man who had taken them up. She flung the suits to the +boys, who lost no time in slipping into them. + +They had at once recovered their courage in the presence of their +mother. She seemed to them, as she braved the intruders, the grandest +person they had ever seen. Her face was white, but her eyes were like +coals of fire. They were very glad she had never looked or talked so +to them. + +When they got outdoors the yard was full of soldiers. They were upon +the porches, in the entry, and in the house. The smoke-house was open +and so were the doors of all the other outhouses, and now and then a +man passed, carrying some article which the boys recognized. + +In a little while the soldiers had taken everything they could carry +conveniently, and even things which must have caused them some +inconvenience. They had secured all the bacon that had been left in +the smoke-house, as well as all other eatables they could find. It was +a queer sight, to see the fellows sitting on their horses with a ham +or a pair of fowls tied to one side of the saddle and an engraving or +a package of books, or some ornament, to the other. + +A new party of men had by this time come up from the direction of the +stables. + +"Old man, come here!" called some of them to Balla, who was standing +near expostulating with the men who were about the fire. + +"Who?--me?" asked Balla. + +"B'ain't you the carriage driver?" + +"Ain't I the keridge driver?" + +"Yes, _you_; we know you are, so you need not be lying about it." + +"Hi! yes; I the keridge driver. Who say I ain't?" + +"Well, where have you hid those horses? Come, we want to know, quick," +said the fellow roughly, taking out his pistol in a threatening way. + +The old man's eyes grew wide. "Hi! befo' de Lord! Marster, how I know +anything of the horses ef they ain't in the stable,--there's where we +keep horses!" + +"Here, you come with us. We won't have no foolin' 'bout this," said +his questioner, seizing him by the shoulder and jerking him angrily +around. "If you don't show us pretty quick where those horses are, +we'll put a bullet or two into you. March off there!" + +He was backed by a half-a-dozen more, but the pistol, which was at old +Balla's head, was his most efficient ally. + +"Hi! Marster, don't pint dat thing at me that way. I ain't ready to +die yit--an' I ain' like dem things, no-ways," protested Balla. + +There is no telling how much further his courage could have withstood +their threats, for the boys' mother made her appearance. She was about +to bid Balla show where the horses were, when a party rode into the +yard leading them. + +"Hi! there are Bill and John, now," exclaimed the boys, recognizing +the black carriage-horses which were being led along. + +"Well, ef dee ain't got 'em, sho' 'nough!" exclaimed the old driver, +forgetting his fear of the cocked pistols. + +"Gentlemen, marsters, don't teck my horses, ef you _please_," he +pleaded, pushing through the group that surrounded him, and +approaching the man who led the horses. + +They only laughed at him. + +[Illustration: "GENTLEMEN, MARSTERS, DON'T TECK MY HORSES, EF YOU +PLEASE," SAID UNCLE BALLA.] + +Both the boys ran to their mother, and flinging their arms about her, +burst out crying. + +In a few minutes the men started off, riding across the fields; and in +a little while not a soldier was in sight. + +"I wish Marse William could see you ridin' 'cross them fields," said +Balla, looking after the retiring troop in futile indignation. + +Investigation revealed the fact that every horse and mule on the +plantation had been carried off, except only two or three old mules, +which were evidently considered not worth taking. + + + + +CHAPTER X. + + +After this, times were very hard on the plantation. But the boys' +mother struggled to provide as best she could for the family and +hands. She used to ride all over the county to secure the supplies +which were necessary for their support; one of the boys usually being +her escort and riding behind her on one of the old mules that the +raiders had left. In this way the boys became acquainted with the +roads of the county and even with all the bridle-paths in the +neighborhood of their home. Many of these were dim enough too, running +through stretches of pine forest, across old fields which were little +better than jungle, along gullies, up ditches, and through woods mile +after mile. They were generally useful only to a race, such as the +negroes, which had an instinct for direction like that shown by some +animals but the boys learned to follow them unerringly, and soon +became as skilful in "keepin' de parf" as any night-walker on the +plantation. + +As the year passed the times grew harder and harder, and the +expeditions made by the boys' mother became longer and longer, and +more and more frequent. + +The meat gave out, and, worst of all, they had no hogs left for next +year. The plantation usually subsisted on bacon; but now there was not +a pig left on the place--unless the old wild sow in the big woods (who +had refused to be "driven up" the fall before) still survived, which +was doubtful; for the most diligent search was made for her without +success, and it was conceded that even she had fallen prey to the +deserters. Nothing was heard of her for months. + +One day, in the autumn, the boys were out hunting in the big woods, in +the most distant and wildest part, where they sloped down toward a +little marshy branch that ran into the river a mile or two away. + +It was a very dry spell and squirrels were hard to find, owing, the +boys agreed, to the noise made in tramping through the dry leaves. +Finally, they decided to station themselves each at the foot of a +hickory and wait for the squirrels. They found two large hickory trees +not too far apart, and took their positions each on the ground, with +his back to a tree. + +It was very dull, waiting, and a half-whispered colloquy was passing +between them as to the advisability of giving it up, when a faint +"cranch, cranch, cranch," sounded in the dry leaves. At first the boys +thought it was a squirrel, and both of them grasped their guns. Then +the sound came again, but this time there appeared to be, not one, +but a number of animals, rustling slowly along. + +"What is it?" asked Frank of Willy, whose tree was a little nearer the +direction from which the sound came. + +"'Tain't anything but some cows or sheep, I believe," said Willy, in a +disappointed tone. The look of interest died out of Frank's face, but +he still kept his eyes in the direction of the sound, which was now +very distinct. The underbrush, however, was too thick for them to see +anything. At length Willy rose and pushed his way rapidly through the +bushes toward the animals. There was a sudden "oof, oof," and Frank +heard them rushing back down through the woods toward the marsh. + +"Somebody's hogs," he muttered, in disgust. + +"Frank! Frank!" called Willy, in a most excited tone. + +"What?" + +"It's the old spotted sow, and she's got a lot of pigs with her--great +big shoats, nearly grown!" + +Frank sprang up and ran through the bushes. + +"At least six of 'em!" + +"Let's follow 'em!" + +"All right." + +The boys, stooping their heads, struck out through the bushes in the +direction from which the yet retreating animals could still be heard. + +"Let's shoot 'em." + +"All right." + +On they kept as hard as they could. What great news it was! What royal +game! + +"It's like hunting wild boars, isn't it?" shouted Willy, joyfully. + +They followed the track left by the animals in the leaves kicked up in +their mad flight. It led down over the hill, through the thicket, and +came to an end at the marsh which marked the beginning of the swamp. +Beyond that it could not be traced; but it was evident that the wild +hogs had taken refuge in the impenetrable recesses of the marsh which +was their home. + + + + +CHAPTER XI. + + +After circling the edge of the swamp for some time the boys, as it was +now growing late, turned toward home. They were full of their valuable +discovery, and laid all sorts of plans for the capture of the hogs. +They would not tell even their mother, as they wished to surprise her. +They were, of course, familiar with all the modes of trapping game, as +described in the story books, and they discussed them all. The easiest +way to get the hogs was to shoot them, and this would be the most +"fun"; but it would never do, for the meat would spoil. When they +reached home they hunted up Uncle Balla and told him about their +discovery. He was very much inclined to laugh at them. The hogs they +had seen were nothing, he told them, but some of the neighbors' hogs +which had wandered into the woods. + +When the boys went to bed they talked it over once more, and +determined that next day they would thoroughly explore the woods and +the swamp also, as far as they could. + +The following afternoon, therefore, they set out, and made immediately +for that part of the woods where they had seen and heard the hogs the +day before. One of them carried a gun and the other a long +jumping-pole. After finding the trail they followed it straight down +to the swamp. + +Rolling their trousers up above their knees, they waded boldly in, +selecting an opening between the bushes which looked like a hog-path. +They proceeded slowly, for the briers were so thick in many places +that they could hardly make any progress at all when they neared the +branch. So they turned and worked their way painfully down the stream. +At last, however, they reached a place where the brambles and bushes +seemed to form a perfect wall before them. It was impossible to get +through. + +"Let's go home," said Willy. "'Tain't any use to try to get through +there. My legs are scratched all to pieces now." + +"Let's try and get out here," said Frank, and he turned from the wall +of brambles. They crept along, springing from hummock to hummock. +Presently they came to a spot where the oozy mud extended at least +eight or ten feet before the next tuft of grass. + +"How am I to get the gun across?" asked Willy, dolefully. + +"That's a fact! It's too far to throw it, even with the caps off." + +At length they concluded to go back for a piece of log they had seen, +and to throw this down so as to lessen the distance. + +They pulled the log out of the sand, carried it to the muddy spot, and +threw it into the mud where they wanted it. + +Frank stuck his pole down and felt until he had what he thought a +secure hold on it, fixed his eye on the tuft of grass beyond, and +sprang into air. + +As he jumped the pole slipped from its insecure support into the miry +mud, and Frank, instead of landing on the hummock for which he had +aimed, lost his direction, and soused flat on his side with a loud +"spa-lash," in the water and mud three feet to the left. + +He was a queer object as he staggered to his feet in the quagmire; but +at the instant a loud "oof, oof," came from, the thicket, not a dozen +yards away, and the whole herd of hogs, roused, by his fall, from +slumber in their muddy lair, dashed away through the swamp with "oofs" +of fear. + +"There they go, there they go!" shouted both boys, eagerly,--Willy, in +his excitement, splashing across the perilous-looking quagmire, and +finding it not so deep as it had looked. + +"There's where they go in and out," exclaimed Frank, pointing to a low +round opening, not more than eighteen inches high, a little further +beyond them, which formed an arch in the almost solid wall of +brambles surrounding the place. + +As it was now late they returned home, resolving to wait until the +next afternoon before taking any further steps. There was not a pound +of bacon to be obtained anywhere in the country for love or money, and +the flock of sheep was almost gone. + +Their mother's anxiety as to means for keeping her dependents from +starving was so great that the boys were on the point of telling her +what they knew; and when they heard her wishing she had a few hogs to +fatten, they could scarcely keep from letting her know their plans. At +last they had to jump up, and run out of the room. + +Next day the boys each hunted up a pair of old boots which they had +used the winter before. The leather was so dry and worn that the boots +hurt their growing feet cruelly, but they brought the boots along to +put on when they reached the swamp. This time, each took a gun, and +they also carried an axe, for now they had determined on a plan for +capturing the hogs. + +"I wish we had let Peter and Cole come," said Willy, dolefully, +sitting on the butt end of a log they had cut, and wiping his face on +his sleeve. + +"Or had asked Uncle Balla to help us," added Frank. + +"They'd be certain to tell all about it." + +"Yes; so they would." + +They settled down in silence, and panted. + +"I tell you what we ought to do! Bait the hog-path, as you would for +fish." This was the suggestion of the angler, Frank. + +"With what?" + +"Acorns." + +The acorns were tolerably plentiful around the roots of the big oaks, +so the boys set to work to pick them up. It was an easier job than +cutting the log, and it was not long before each had his hat full. + +As they started down to the swamp, Frank exclaimed, suddenly, "Look +there, Willy!" + +Willy looked, and not fifty yards away, with their ends resting on old +stumps, were three or four "hacks," or piles of rails, which had been +mauled the season before and left there, probably having been +forgotten or overlooked. + +Willy gave a hurrah, while bending under the weight of a large rail. + +At the spot where the hog-path came out of the thicket they commenced +to build their trap. + +First they laid a floor of rails; then they built a pen, five or six +rails high, which they strengthened with "outriders." When the pen was +finished, they pried up the side nearest the thicket, from the bottom +rail, about a foot; that is, high enough for the animals to enter. +This they did by means of two rails, using one as a fulcrum and one +as a lever, having shortened them enough to enable the work to be done +from inside the pen. + +The lever they pulled down at the farther end until it touched the +bottom of the trap, and fastened it by another rail, a thin one, run +at right-angles to the lever, and across the pen. This would slip +easily when pushed away from the gap, and needed to be moved only +about an inch to slip from the end of the lever and release it; the +weight of the pen would then close the gap. Behind this rail the +acorns were to be thrown; and the hogs, in trying to get the bait, +would push the rail, free the lever or trigger, and the gap would be +closed by the fall of the pen when the lever was released. + +It was nearly night when the boys finished. + +They scattered a portion of the acorns for bait along the path and up +into the pen, to toll the hogs in. The rest they strewed inside the +pen, beyond their sliding rail. + +They could scarcely tear themselves away from the pen; but it was so +late they had to hurry home. + +Next day was Sunday. But Monday morning, by daylight, they were up and +went out with their guns, apparently to hunt squirrels. They went, +however, straight to their trap. As they approached they thought they +heard the hogs grunting in the pen. Willy was sure of it; and they ran +as hard as they could. But there were no hogs there. After going every +morning and evening for two weeks, there never had been even an acorn +missed, so they stopped their visits. + +Peter and Cole found out about the pen, and then the servants learned +of it, and the boys were joked and laughed at unmercifully. + +"I believe them boys is distracted," said old Balla, in the kitchen; +"settin' a pen in them woods for to ketch hogs,--with the gap open! +Think hogs goin' stay in pen with gap open--ef any wuz dyah to went +in!" + +"Well, you come out and help us hunt for them," said the boys to the +old driver. + +"Go 'way, boy, I ain' got time foolin' wid you chillern, buildin' pen +in swamp. There ain't no hogs in them woods, onless they got in dyah +sence las' fall." + +"You saw 'em, didn't you, Willy?" declared Frank. + +"Yes, I did." + +"Go 'way. Don't you know, ef that old sow had been in them woods, the +boys would have got her up las' fall--an' ef they hadn't, she'd come +up long befo' this?" + +"Mister Hall ketch you boys puttin' his hogs up in pen, he'll teck you +up," said Lucy Ann, in her usual teasing way. + +This was too much for the boys to stand after all they had done. Uncle +Balla must be right. They would have to admit it. The hogs must have +belonged to some one else. And their mother was in such desperate +straits about meat! + +Lucy Ann's last shot, about catching Mr. Hall's hogs, took effect; and +the boys agreed that they would go out some afternoon and pull the pen +down. + +The next afternoon they took their guns, and started out on a +squirrel-hunt. + +They did not have much luck, however. + +"Let's go by there, and pull the old pen down," said Frank, as they +started homeward from the far side of the woods. + +"It's out of the way,--let the old thing rip." + +"We'd better pull it down. If a hog were to be caught there, it +wouldn't do." + +"I wish he would!--but there ain't any hogs going to get caught," +growled Willy. + +"He might starve to death." + +This suggestion persuaded Willy, who could not bear to have anything +suffer. + +So they sauntered down toward the swamp. + +As they approached it, a squirrel ran up a tree, and both boys were +after it in a second. They were standing, one on each side of the +tree, gazing up, trying to get a sight of the little animal among the +gray branches, when a sound came to the ears of both of them at the +same moment. + +"What's that?" both asked together. + +"It's hogs, grunting." + +"No, they are fighting. They are in the swamp. Let's run," said Willy. + +"No; we'll scare them away. They may be near the trap," was Frank's +prudent suggestion. "Let's creep up." + +"I hear young pigs squealing. Do you think they are ours?" + +The squirrel was left, flattened out and trembling on top of a large +limb, and the boys stole down the hill toward the pen. The hogs were +not in sight, though they could be heard grunting and scuffling. They +crept closer. Willy crawled through a thick clump of bushes, and +sprang to his feet with a shout. "We've got 'em! We've got 'em!" he +cried, running toward the pen, followed by Frank. + +Sure enough! There they were, fast in the pen, fighting and snorting +to get out, and tearing around with the bristles high on their round +backs, the old sow and seven large young hogs; while a litter of eight +little pigs, as the boys ran up, squeezed through the rails, and, +squealing, dashed away into the grass. + +The hogs were almost frantic at the sight of the boys, and rushed +madly at the sides of the pen; but the boys had made it too strong to +be broken. + +After gazing at their capture awhile, and piling a few more outriders +on the corners of the pen to make it more secure, the two trappers +rushed home. They dashed breathless and panting into their mother's +room, shouting, "We've got 'em!--we've got 'em!" and, seizing her, +began to dance up and down with her. + +In a little while the whole plantation was aware of the capture, and +old Balla was sent out with them to look at the hogs to make sure they +did not belong to some one else,--as he insisted they did. The boys +went with him. It was quite dark when he returned, but as he came in +the proof of the boys' success was written on his face. He was in a +broad grin. To his mistress's inquiry he replied, "Yes'm, they's got +'em, sho' 'nough. They's the beatenes' boys!" + +For some time afterward he would every now and then break into a +chuckle of amused content and exclaim, "Them's right smart chillern." +And at Christmas, when the hogs were killed, this was the opinion of +the whole plantation. + + + + +CHAPTER XII. + + +The gibes of Lucy Ann, and the occasional little thrusts of Hugh about +the "deserter business," continued and kept the boys stirred up. At +length they could stand it no longer. It was decided between them that +they must retrieve their reputations by capturing a real deserter and +turning him over to the conscript-officer whose office was at the +depot. + +Accordingly, one Saturday they started out on an expedition, the +object of which was to capture a deserter though they should die in +the attempt. + +The conscript-guard had been unusually active lately, and it was said +that several deserters had been caught. + +The boys turned in at their old road, and made their way into +Holetown. Their guns were loaded with large slugs, and they felt the +ardor of battle thrill them as they marched along down the narrow +roadway. They were trudging on when they were hailed by name from +behind. Turning, they saw their friend Tim Mills, coming along at the +same slouching gait in which he always walked. His old single-barrel +gun was thrown across his arm, and he looked a little rustier than on +the day he had shared their lunch. The boys held a little whispered +conversation, and decided on a treaty of friendship. + +"Good-mornin'," he said, on coming up to them. "How's your ma?" + +"Good-morning. She's right well." + +"What y' all doin'? Huntin' d'serters agin?" he asked. + +"Yes. Come on and help us catch them." + +"No; I can't do that--exactly;--but I tell you what I _can_ do. I can +tell you whar one is!" + +The boys' faces glowed. "All right!" + +"Let me see," he began, reflectively, chewing a stick. "Does y' all +know Billy Johnson?" + +The boys did not know him. + +"You _sure_ you don't know him? He's a tall, long fellow, 'bout forty +years old, and breshes his hair mighty slick; got a big nose, and a +gap-tooth, and a mustache. He lives down in the lower neighborhood." + +Even after this description the boys failed to recognize him. + +"Well, he's the feller. I can tell you right whar he is, this minute. +He did me a mean trick, an' I'm gwine to give him up. Come along." + +"What did he do to you?" inquired the boys, as they followed him down +the road. + +"Why--he--; but 't's no use to be rakin' it up agin. You know he +always passes hisself off as one o' the conscrip'-guards,--that's his +dodge. Like as not, that's what he's gwine try and put off on y' all +now; but don't you let him fool you." + +"We're not going to," said the boys. + +"He rigs hisself up in a uniform--jes' like as not he stole it, +too,--an' goes roun' foolin' people, meckin' out he's such a soldier. +If he fools with me, I'm gwine to finish him!" Here Tim gripped his +gun fiercely. + +The boys promised not to be fooled by the wily Johnson. All they asked +was to have him pointed out to them. + +"Don't you let him put up any game on you 'bout bein' a +conscrip'-guard hisself," continued their friend. + +"No, indeed we won't. We are obliged to you for telling us." + +"He ain't so very fur from here. He's mighty tecken up with John +Hall's gal, and is tryin' to meck out like he's Gen'l Lee hisself, an' +she ain't got no mo' sense than to b'lieve him." + +"Why, we heard, Mr. Mills, she was going to marry _you_." + +"Oh, no, _I_ ain't a good enough soldier for her; she wants to marry +_Gen'l Lee_." + +The boys laughed at his dry tone. + +As they walked along they consulted how the capture should be made. + +"I tell you how to take him," said their companion. "He is a monstrous +coward, and all you got to do is jest to bring your guns down on him. +I wouldn't shoot him--'nless he tried to run; but if he did that, when +he got a little distance I'd pepper him about his legs. Make him give +up his sword and pistol and don't let him ride; 'cause if you do, +he'll git away. Make him walk--the rascal!" + +The boys promised to carry out these kindly suggestions. + +They soon came in sight of the little house where Mills said the +deserter was. A soldier's horse was standing tied at the gate, with a +sword hung from the saddle. The owner, in full uniform, was sitting on +the porch. + +"I can't go any furder," whispered their friend; "but that's +him--that's 'Gen'l Lee'--the triflin' scoundrel!--loafin' 'roun' here +'sted o' goin' in the army! I b'lieve y' all is 'fraid to take him," +eyeing the boys suspiciously. + +"No, we ain't; you'll see," said both boys, fired at the doubt. + +"All right; I'm goin' to wait right here and watch you. Go ahead." + +The boys looked at the guns to see if they were all right, and marched +up the road keeping their eyes on the enemy. It was agreed that Frank +was to do the talking and give the orders. + +They said not a word until they reached the gate. They could see a +young woman moving about in the house, setting a table. At the gate +they stopped, so as to prevent the man from getting to his horse. + +The soldier eyed them curiously. "I wonder whose boys they is?" he +said to himself. "They's certainly actin' comical! Playin' soldiers, I +reckon." + +"Cock your gun--easy," said Frank, in a low tone, suiting his own +action to the word. + +Willy obeyed. + +"Come out here, if you please," Frank called to the man. He could not +keep his voice from shaking a little, but the man rose and lounged out +toward them. His prompt compliance reassured them. + +They stood, gripping their guns and watching him as he advanced. + +"Come outside the gate!" He did as Frank said. + +"What do you want?" he asked impatiently. + +"You are our prisoner," said Frank, sternly, dropping down his gun +with the muzzle toward the captive, and giving a glance at Willy to +see that he was supported. + +"Your _what_? What do you mean?" + +"We arrest you as a deserter." + +How proud Willy was of Frank! + +"Go 'way from here; I ain't no deserter. I'm a-huntin' for deserters, +myself," the man replied, laughing. + +Frank smiled at Willy with a nod, as much as to say, "You see,--just +what Tim told us!" + +"Ain't your name Mr. Billy Johnson?" + +"Yes; that's my name." + +"You are the man we're looking for. March down that road. But don't +run,--if you do, we'll shoot you!" + +As the boys seemed perfectly serious and the muzzles of both guns were +pointing directly at him, the man began to think that they were in +earnest. But he could hardly credit his senses. A suspicion flashed +into his mind. + +"Look here, boys," he said, rather angrily, "I don't want any of your +foolin' with me. I'm too old to play with children. If you all don't +go 'long home and stop giving me impudence, I'll slap you over!" He +started angrily toward Frank. As he did so, Frank brought the gun to +his shoulder. + +"Stand back!" he said, looking along the barrel, right into the man's +eyes. "If you move a step, I'll blow your head off!" + +The soldier's jaw fell. He stopped and threw up his arm before his +eyes. + +"Hold on!" he called, "don't shoot! Boys, ain't you got better sense +'n that?" + +"March on down that road. Willy, you get the horse," said Frank, +decidedly. + +The soldier glanced over toward the house. The voice of the young +woman was heard singing a war song in a high key. + +"Ef Millindy sees me, I'm a goner," he reflected. "Jes' come down the +road a little piece, will you?" he asked, persuasively. + +"No talking,--march!" ordered Frank. + +He looked at each of the boys; the guns still kept their perilous +direction. The boys' eyes looked fiery to his surprised senses. + +"Who is y' all?" he asked. + +"We are two little Confederates! That's who we are," said Willy. + +"Is any of your parents ever--ever been in a asylum?" he asked, as +calmly as he could. + +"That's none of your business," said Captain Frank. "March on!" + +The man cast a despairing glance toward the house, where "The years" +were "creeping slowly by, Lorena," in a very high pitch,--and then +moved on. + +"I hope she ain't seen nothin'," he thought. "If I jest can git them +guns away from 'em----" + +Frank followed close behind him with his old gun held ready for need, +and Willy untied the horse and led it. The bushes concealed them from +the dwelling. + +As soon as they were well out of sight of the house, Frank gave the +order: + +"Halt!" They all halted. + +"Willy, tie the horse." It was done. + +"I wonder if those boys is thinkin' 'bout shootin' me?" thought the +soldier, turning and putting his hand on his pistol. + +As he did so, Frank's gun came to his shoulder. + +"Throw up your hands or you are a dead man." The hands went up. + +"Willy, keep your gun on him, while I search him for any weapons." +Willy cocked the old musket and brought it to bear on the prisoner. + +"Little boy, don't handle that thing so reckless," the man +expostulated. "Ef that musket was to go off, it might kill me!" + +"No talking," demanded Frank, going up to him. "Hold up your hands. +Willy, shoot him if he moves." + +Frank drew a long pistol from its holster with an air of business. He +searched carefully, but there was no more. + +The fellow gritted his teeth. "If she ever hears of _this_, Tim's got +her certain," he groaned; "but she won't never hear." + +At a turn in the road his heart sank within him; for just around the +curve they came upon Tim Mills sitting quietly on a stump. He looked +at them with a quizzical eye, but said not a word. + +The prisoner's face was a study when he recognized his rival and +enemy. As Mills did not move, his courage returned. + +"Good mornin', Tim," he said, with great politeness. + +The man on the stump said nothing; he only looked on with complacent +enjoyment. + +"Tim, is these two boys crazy?" he asked slowly. + +"They're crazy 'bout shootin' deserters," replied Tim. + +"Tim, tell 'em I ain't no deserter." His voice was full of entreaty. + +"Well, if you ain't a d'serter, what you doin' outn the army?" + +"You know----" began the fellow fiercely; but Tim shifted his long +single-barrel lazily into his hand and looked the man straight in the +eyes, and the prisoner stopped. + +"Yes, I know," said Tim with a sudden spark in his eyes. "An' _you_ +know," he added after a pause, during which his face resumed its usual +listless look. "An' my edvice to you is to go 'long with them boys, if +you don't want to git three loads of slugs in you. They _may_ put 'em +in you anyway. They's sort of 'stracted 'bout d'serters, and I can +swear to it." He touched his forehead expressively. + +"March on!" said Frank. + +[Illustration: FRANK AND WILLY CAPTURE A MEMBER OF THE +CONSCRIPT-GUARD.] + +The prisoner, grinding his teeth, moved forward, followed by his +guards. + +As the enemies parted each man sent the same ugly look after the +other. + +"It's all over! He's got her," groaned Johnson. As they passed out of +sight, Mills rose and sauntered somewhat briskly (for him) in the +direction of John Hall's. + +They soon reached a little stream, not far from the depot where the +provost-guard was stationed. On its banks the man made his last stand; +but his obstinacy brought a black muzzle close to his head with a +stern little face behind it, and he was fain to march straight through +the water, as he was ordered. + +Just as he was emerging on the other bank, with his boots full of +water and his trousers dripping, closely followed by Frank brandishing +a pistol, a small body of soldiers rode up. They were the +conscript-guard. Johnson's look was despairing. + +"Why, Billy, what in thunder----? Thought you were sick in bed!" + +Another minute and the soldiers took in the situation by instinct--and +Johnson's rage was drowned in the universal explosion of laughter. + +The boys had captured a member of the conscript-guard. + +In the midst of all, Frank and Willy, overwhelmed by their ridiculous +error, took to their heels as hard as they could, and the last sounds +that reached them were the roars of the soldiers as the scampering +boys disappeared in a cloud of dust. + +Johnson went back, in a few days, to see John Hall's daughter; but the +young lady declared she wouldn't marry any man who let two boys make +him wade through a creek; and a month or two later she married Tim +Mills. + +To all the gibes he heard on the subject of his capture, and they were +many, Johnson made but one reply: + +"Them boys's had parents in a a--sylum, _sure_!" + + + + +CHAPTER XIII. + + +It was now nearing the end of the third year of the war. Hugh was +seventeen, and was eager to go into the army. His mother would have +liked to keep him at home; but she felt that it was her duty not to +withhold anything, and Colonel Marshall offered Hugh a place with him. +So a horse was bought, and Hugh went to Richmond and came back with a +uniform and a sabre. The boys truly thought that General Lee himself +was not so imposing or so great a soldier as Hugh. They followed him +about like two pet dogs, and when he sat down they stood and gazed at +him adoringly. + +When Hugh rode away to the army it was harder to part with him than +they had expected; and though he had left them his gun and dog, to +console them during his absence, it was difficult to keep from crying. +Everyone on the plantation was moved. Uncle Balla, who up to the last +moment had been very lively attending to the horse, as the young +soldier galloped away sank down on the end of the steps of the office, +and, dropping his hands on his knees, followed Hugh with his eyes +until he disappeared over the hill. The old driver said nothing, but +his face expressed a great deal. + +The boys' mother cried a great deal, but it was generally when she was +by herself. + +"She's afraid Hugh'll be kilt," Willy said to Uncle Balla, in +explanation of her tears,--the old servant having remarked that he +"b'lieved she cried more when Hugh went away, than she did when Marse +John and Marse William both went." + +"Hi! warn't she 'fred they'll be kilt, too?" he asked in some scorn. + +This was beyond Willy's logic, so he pondered over it. + +"Yes, but she's afraid Hugh'll be kilt, as _well_ as them," he said +finally, as the best solution of the problem. + +It did not seem to wholly satisfy Uncle Balla's mind, for when he +moved off he said, as though talking to himself: + +"She sutn'ey is 'sot' on that boy. He'll be a gen'l hisself, the first +thing she know." + +There was a bond of sympathy between Uncle Balla and his mistress +which did not exist so strongly between her and any of the other +servants. It was due perhaps to the fact that he was the companion and +friend of her boys. + +That winter the place where the army went into winter quarters was +some distance from Oakland; but the young officers used to ride over, +from time to time, two or three together, and stay for a day or two. + +Times were harder than they had been before, but the young people were +as gay as ever. + +The colonel, who had been dreadfully wounded in the summer, had been +made a brigadier-general for gallantry. Hugh had received a slight +wound in the same action. The General had written to the boy's mother +about him; but he had not been home. The General had gone back to his +command. He had never been to Oakland since he was wounded. + +One evening, the boys had just teased their Cousin Belle into reading +them their nightly portion of "The Talisman," as they sat before a +bright lightwood fire, when two horsemen galloped up to the gate, +their horses splashed with mud from fetlocks to ears. In a second, +Lucy Ann dashed headlong into the room, with her teeth gleaming: + +"Here Marse Hugh, out here!" + +There was a scamper to the door--the boys first, shouting at the tops +of their voices, Cousin Belle next, and Lucy Ann close at her heels. + +"Who's with him, Lucy Ann?" asked Miss Belle, as they reached the +passage-way, and heard several voices outside. + +"The Cunel's with 'im." + +The young lady turned and fled up the steps as fast as she could. + +"You see I brought my welcome with me," said the General, addressing +the boy's mother, and laying his hand on his young aide's shoulder, as +they stood, a little later, "thawing out" by the roaring log-fire in +the sitting-room. + +"You always bring that; but you are doubly welcome for bringing this +young soldier back to me," said she, putting her arm affectionately +around her son. + +Just then the boys came rushing in from taking the horses to the +stable. They made a dive toward the fire to warm their little chapped +hands. + +"I told you Hugh warn't as tall as the General," said Frank, across +the hearth to Willy. + +"Who said he was?" + +"You!" + +"I didn't." + +"You did." + +They were a contradictory pair of youngsters, and their voices, +pitched in a youthful treble, were apt in discussion to strike a +somewhat higher key; but it did not follow that they were in an +ill-humor merely because they contradicted each other. + +"What _did_ you say, if you didn't say that?" insisted Frank. + +"I said he _looked_ as if he _thought_ himself as tall as the +General," declared Willy, defiantly, oblivious in his excitement of +the eldest brother's presence. There was a general laugh at Hugh's +confusion; but Hugh had carried an order across a field under a hot +fire, and had brought a regiment up in the nick of time, riding by its +colonel's side in a charge which had changed the issue of the fight, +and had a sabre wound in the arm to show for it. He could therefore +afford to pass over such an accusation with a little tweak of Willy's +ear. + +"Where's Cousin Belle?" asked Frank. + +"I s'peck she's putting on her fine clothes for the General to see. +Didn't she run when she heard he was here!" + +"Willy!" said his mother, reprovingly. + +"Well, she did, Ma." + +His mother shook her head at him; but the General put his hand on the +boy, and drew him closer. + +"You say she ran?" he asked, with a pleasant light in his eyes. + +"Yes, sirree; she did _that_." + +Just then the door opened, and their Cousin Belle entered the room. +She looked perfectly beautiful. The greetings were very cordial--to +Hugh especially. She threw her arms around his neck, and kissed him. + +"You young hero!" she cried. "Oh, Hugh, I am so proud of +you!"--kissing him again, and laughing at him, with her face glowing, +and her big brown eyes full of light. "Where were you wounded? Oh! I +was so frightened when I heard about it!" + +"Where was it? Show it to us, Hugh; please do," exclaimed both boys at +once, jumping around him, and pulling at his arm. + +"Oh, Hugh, is it still very painful?" asked his cousin, her pretty +face filled with sudden sympathy. + +"Oh! no, it was nothing--nothing but a scratch," said Hugh, shaking +the boys off, his expression being divided between feigned +indifference and sheepishness, at this praise in the presence of his +chief. + +"No such thing, Miss Belle," put in the General, glad of the chance to +secure her commendation. "It might have been very serious, and it was +a splendid ride he made." + +"Were you not ashamed of yourself to send him into such danger?" she +said, turning on him suddenly. "Why did you not go yourself?" + +The young man laughed. Her beauty entranced him. He had scars enough +to justify him in keeping silence under her pretended reproach. + +"Well, you see, I couldn't leave the place where I was. I had to send +some one, and I knew Hugh would do it. He led the regiment after the +colonel and major fell--and he did it splendidly, too." + +There was a chorus from the young lady and the boys together. + +"Oh, Hugh, you hear what he says!" exclaimed the former, turning to +her cousin. "Oh, I am so glad that he thinks so!" Then, recollecting +that she was paying him the highest compliment, she suddenly began to +blush, and turned once more to him. "Well, you talk as if you were +surprised. Did you expect anything else?" + +There was a fine scorn in her voice, if it had been real. + +"Certainly not; you are all too clever at making an attack," he said +coolly, looking her in the eyes. "But I have heard even of _your_ +running away," he added, with a twinkle in his eyes. + +"When?" she asked quickly, with a little guilty color deepening in her +face as she glanced at the boys. "I never did." + +"Oh, she did!" exclaimed both boys in a breath, breaking in, now that +the conversation was within their range. "You ought to have seen her. +She just _flew_!" exclaimed Frank. + +The girl made a rush at the offender to stop him. + +"He doesn't know what he is talking about," she said, roguishly, over +her shoulder. + +"Yes, he does," called the other. "She was standing at the foot of the +steps when you all came, and--oo--oo--oo--" the rest was lost as his +cousin placed her hand close over his mouth. + +"Here! here! run away! You are too dangerous. They don't know what +they are talking about," she said, throwing a glance toward the young +officer, who was keenly enjoying her confusion. Her hand slipped from +Willy's mouth and he went on. "And when she heard it was you, she just +clapped her hands and ran--oo--oo--umm." + +"Here, Hugh, put them out," she said to that young man, who, glad to +do her bidding, seized both miscreants by their arms and carried them +out, closing the door after them. + +Hugh bore the boys into the dining-room, where he kept them, until +supper-time. + +After supper, the rest of the family dispersed, and the boys' mother +invited them to come with her and Hugh to her own room, though they +were eager to go and see the General, and were much troubled lest he +should think their mother was rude in leaving him. + + + + +CHAPTER XIV. + + +The next day was Sunday. The General and Hugh had but one day to stay. +They were to leave at daybreak the following morning. They thoroughly +enjoyed their holiday; at least the boys knew that Hugh did. They had +never known him so affable with them. They did not see much of the +General, after breakfast. He seemed to like to stay "stuck up in the +house" all the time, talking to Cousin Belle; the boys thought this +due to his lameness. Something had occurred, the boys didn't +understand just what; but the General was on an entirely new footing +with all of them, and their Cousin Belle was in some way concerned in +the change. She did not any longer run from the General, and it seemed +to them as though everyone acted as if he belonged to her. The boys +did not altogether like the state of affairs. That afternoon, however, +he and their Cousin Belle let the boys go out walking with them, and +he was just as hearty as he could be; he made them tell him all about +capturing the deserter, and about catching the hogs, and everything +they did. They told him all about their "Robbers' Cave," down in the +woods near where an old house had stood. It was between two ravines +near a spring they had found. They had fixed up the "cave" with boards +and old pieces of carpet "and everything," and they told him, as a +secret, how to get to it through the pines without leaving a trail. He +had to give the holy pledge of the "Brotherhood" before this could be +divulged to him; but he took it with a solemnity which made the boys +almost forgive the presence of their Cousin Belle. It was a little +awkward at first that she was present; but as the "Constitution" +provided only as to admitting men to the mystic knowledge, saying +nothing about women, this difficulty was, on the General's suggestion, +passed over, and the boys fully explained the location of the spot, +and how to get there by turning off abruptly from the path through the +big woods right at the pine thicket,--and all the rest of the way. + +"'Tain't a 'sure-enough' cave," explained Willy; "but it's 'most as +good as one. The old rock fire-place is just like a cave." + +"The gullies are so deep you can't get there except that one way," +declared Frank. + +"Even the Yankees couldn't find you there," asserted Willy. + +"I don't believe anybody could, after that; but I trust they will +never have to try," laughed their Cousin Belle, with an anxious look +in her bright eyes at the mere thought. + +That night they were at supper, about eight o'clock, when something +out-of-doors attracted the attention of the party around the table. It +was a noise,--a something indefinable, but the talk and mirth stopped +suddenly, and everybody listened. + +There was a call, and the hurried steps of some one running, just +outside the door, and Lucy Ann burst into the room, her face ashy +pale. + +"The yard's full o' mens--Yankees," she gasped, just as the General +and Hugh rose from the table. + +"How many are there?" asked both gentlemen. + +"They's all 'roun' the house ev'y which a-way." + +The General looked at his sweetheart. She came to his side with a cry. + +"Go up stairs to the top of the house," called the boys' mother. + +"We can hide you; come with us," said the boys. + +"Go up the back way, Frank 'n' Willy, to you-all's den," whispered +Lucy Ann. + +"That's where we are going," said the boys as she went out. + +"You all come on!" This to the General and Hugh. + +"The rest of you take your seats," said the boys' mother. + +All this had occupied only a few seconds. The soldiers followed the +boys out by a side-door and dashed up the narrow stairs to the +second-story just as a thundering knocking came at the front door. It +was as dark as pitch, for candles were too scarce to burn more than +one at a time. + +"You run back," said Hugh to the boys, as they groped along. "There +are too many of us. I know the way." + +But it was too late; the noise down stairs told that the enemy was +already in the house! + +As the soldiers left the supper-room, the boys' mother had hastily +removed two plates from the places and set two chairs back against the +wall; she made the rest fill up the spaces, so that there was nothing +to show that the two men had been there. + +She had hardly taken her seat again, when the sound of heavy footsteps +at the door announced the approach of the enemy. She herself rose and +went to the door; but it was thrown open before she reached it and an +officer in full Federal uniform strode in, followed by several men. + +The commander was a tall young fellow, not older than the General. The +lady started back somewhat startled, and there was a confused chorus +of exclamations of alarm from the rest of those at the table. The +officer, finding himself in the presence of ladies, removed his cap +with a polite bow. + +"I hope, madam, that you ladies will not be alarmed," he said. "You +need be under no apprehension, I assure you." Even while speaking, his +eye had taken a hasty survey of the room. + +"We desire to see General Marshall, who is at present in this house +and I am sorry to have to include your son in my requisition. We know +that they are here, and if they are given us, I promise you that +nothing shall be disturbed." + +"You appear to be so well instructed that I can add little to your +information," said the mistress of the house, haughtily. "I am glad to +say, however, that I hardly think you will find them." + +"Madam, I know they are here," said the young soldier positively, but +with great politeness. "I have positive information to that effect. +They arrived last evening and have not left since. Their horses are +still in the stable. I am sorry to be forced to do violence to my +feelings, but I must search the house. Come, men." + +"I doubt not you have found their horses," began the lady, but she was +interrupted by Lucy Ann, who entered at the moment with a plate of +fresh corn-cakes, and caught the last part of the sentence. + +"Come along, Mister," she said, "I'll show you myself," and she set +down her plate, took the candle from the table, and walked to the +door, followed by the soldiers. + +"Lucy Ann!" exclaimed her mistress; but she was too much amazed at the +girl's conduct to say more. + +"I know whar dey is!" Lucy Ann continued, taking no notice of her +mistress. They heard her say, as she was shutting the door, "Y' all +come with me; I 'feared they gone; ef they ain't, I know whar they +is!" + +"Open every room," said the officer. + +"Oh, yes, sir; I gwine ketch 'em for you," she said, eagerly opening +first one door, and then the other, "that is, ef they ain' gone. I +mighty 'feared they gone. I seen 'em goin' out the back way about a +little while befo' you all come,--but I thought they might 'a' come +back. Mister, ken y' all teck me 'long with you when you go?" she +asked the officer, in a low voice. "I want to be free." + +"I don't know; we can some other time, if not now. We are going to set +you all free." + +"Oh, glory! Come 'long, Mister; let's ketch 'em. They ain't heah, but +I know whar dey is." + +The soldiers closely examined every place where it was possible a man +could be concealed, until they had been over all the lower part of the +house. + +Lucy Ann stopped. "Dey's gone!" she said positively. + +The officer motioned to her to go up stairs. + +"Yes, sir, I wuz jes' goin' tell you we jes' well look up-stairs, +too," she said, leading the way, talking all the time, and shading the +flickering candle with her hand. + +The little group, flat on the floor against the wall in their dark +retreat, could now hear her voice distinctly. She was speaking in a +confidential undertone, as if afraid of being overheard. + +"I wonder I didn't have sense to get somebody to watch 'em when they +went out," they heard her say. + +"She's betrayed us!" whispered Hugh. + +The General merely said, "Hush," and laid his hand firmly on the +nearest boy to keep him still. Lucy Ann led the soldiers into the +various chambers one after another. At last she opened the next room, +and, through the wall, the men in hiding heard the soldiers go in and +walk about. + +They estimated that there were at least half-a-dozen. + +"Isn't there a garret?" asked one of the searching party. + +"Nor, sir, 'tain't no garret, jes' a loft; but they ain't up there," +said Lucy Ann's voice. + +"We'll look for ourselves." They came out of the room. "Show us the +way." + +"Look here, if you tell us a lie, we'll hang you!" + +The voice of the officer was very stern. + +"I ain' gwine tell you no lie, Mister. What you reckon I wan' tell you +lie for? Dey ain' in the garret, I know,----Mister, please don't +p'int dem things at me. I's 'feared o' dem things," said the girl in a +slightly whimpering voice; "I gwine show you." + +She came straight down the passage toward the recess where the +fugitives were huddled, the men after her, their heavy steps echoing +through the house. The boys were trembling violently. The light, as +the searchers came nearer, fell on the wall, crept along it, until it +lighted up the whole alcove, except where they lay. The boys held +their breath. They could hear their hearts thumping. + +Lucy Ann stepped into the recess with her candle, and looked straight +at them. + +"They ain't in here," she exclaimed, suddenly putting her hand up +before the flame, as if to prevent it flaring, thus throwing the +alcove once more into darkness. "The trap-door to the garret's 'roun' +that a-way," she said to the soldiers, still keeping her position at +the narrow entrance, as if to let them pass. When they had all passed, +she followed them. + +The boys began to wriggle with delight, but the General's strong hand +kept them still. + +Naturally, the search in the garret proved fruitless, and the +hiding-party heard the squad swearing over their ill-luck as they came +back; while Lucy Ann loudly lamented not having sent some one to +follow the fugitives, and made a number of suggestions as to where +they had gone, and the probability of catching them if the soldiers +went at once in pursuit. + +"Did you look in here?" asked a soldier, approaching the alcove. + +"Yes, sir; they ain't in there." She snuffed the candle out suddenly +with her fingers. "Oh, oh!--my light done gone out! Mind! Let me go in +front and show you the way," she said; and, pressing before, she once +more led them along the passage. + +"Mind yo' steps; ken you see?" she asked. + +They went down stairs, while Lucy Ann gave them minute directions as +to how they might catch "Marse Hugh an' the Gen'l" at a certain place +a half-mile from the house (an unoccupied quarter), which she +carefully described. + +A further investigation ensued downstairs, but in a little while the +searchers went out of the house. Their tone had changed since their +disappointment, and loud threats floated up the dark stairway to the +prisoners still crouching in the little recess. + +In a few minutes the boys' Cousin Belle came rushing up stairs. + +"Now's your time! Come quick," she called; "they will be back +directly. Isn't she an angel!" The whole party sprang to their feet, +and ran down to the lower floor. + +"Oh, we were so frightened!" "Don't let them see you." "Make haste," +were the exclamations that greeted them as the two soldiers said their +good-byes and prepared to leave the house. + +"Go out by the side-door; that's your only chance. It's pitch-dark, +and the bushes will hide you. But where are you going?" + +"We are going to the boys' cave," said the General, buckling on his +pistol; "I know the way, and we'll get away as soon as these fellows +leave, if we cannot before." + +"God bless you!" said the ladies, pushing them away in dread of the +enemy's return. + +"Come on, General," called Hugh in an undertone. The General was +lagging behind a minute to say good-bye once more. He stooped suddenly +and kissed the boys' Cousin Belle before them all. + +"Good-bye. God bless you!" and he followed Hugh out of the window into +the darkness. The girl burst into tears and ran up to her room. + +A few seconds afterward the house was once more filled with the enemy, +growling at their ill-luck in having so narrowly missed the prize. + +"We'll catch 'em yet," said the leader. + + + + +CHAPTER XV. + + +The raiders were up early next morning scouring the woods and country +around. They knew that the fugitive soldiers could not have gone far, +for the Federals had every road picketed, and their main body was not +far away. As the morning wore on, it became a grave question at +Oakland how the two soldiers were to subsist. They had no provisions +with them, and the roads were so closely watched that there was no +chance of their obtaining any. The matter was talked over, and the +boys' mother and Cousin Belle were in despair. + +"They can eat their shoes," said Willy, reflectively. + +The ladies exclaimed in horror. + +"That's what men always do when they get lost in a wilderness where +there is no game." + +This piece of information from Willy did not impress his hearers as +much as he supposed it would. + +"I'll tell you! Let me and Frank go and carry 'em something to eat!" + +"How do you know where they are?" + +"They are at our Robber's Cave, aren't they, Cousin Belle? We told +the General yesterday how to get there, didn't we?" + +"Yes, and he said last night that he would go there." + +Willy's idea seemed a good one, and the offer was accepted. The boys +were to go out as if to see the troops, and were to take as much food +as they thought could pass for their luncheon. Their mother cooked and +put up a luncheon large enough to have satisfied the appetites of two +young Brobdingnagians, and they set out on their relief expedition. + +The two sturdy little figures looked full of importance as they strode +off up the road. They carried many loving messages. Their Cousin Belle +gave to each separately a long whispered message which each by himself +was to deliver to the General. It was thought best not to hazard a +note. + +They were watched by the ladies from the portico until they +disappeared over the hill. They took a path which led into the woods, +and walked cautiously for fear some of the raiders might be lurking +about. However, the boys saw none of the enemy, and in a little while +they came to a point where the pines began. Then they turned into the +woods, for the pines were so thick the boys could not be seen, and the +pine tags made it so soft under foot that they could walk without +making any noise. + +They were pushing their way through the bushes, when Frank suddenly +stopped. + +"Hush!" he said. + +Willy halted and listened. + +"There they are." + +From a little distance to one side, in the direction of the path they +had just left, they heard the trampling of a number of horses' feet. + +"That's not our men," said Willy. "Hugh and the General haven't any +horses." + +"No; that's the Yankees," said Frank. "Let's lie down. They may hear +us." + +The boys flung themselves upon the ground and almost held their breath +until the horses had passed out of hearing. + +"Do you reckon they are hunting for us?" asked Willy in an awed +whisper. + +"No, for Hugh and the General. Come on." + +They rose, went tipping a little deeper into the pines, and again made +their way toward the cave. + +"Maybe they've caught 'em," suggested Willy. + +"They can't catch 'em in these pines," replied Frank. "You can't see +any distance at all. A horse can't get through, and the General and +Hugh could shoot 'em, and then get away before they could catch 'em." + +They hurried on. + +"Frank, suppose they take us for Yankees?" + +Evidently Willy's mind had been busy since Frank's last speech. + +"They aren't going to shoot _us_," said Frank; but it was an +unpleasant suggestion, for they were not very far from the dense clump +of pines between two gullies, which the boys called their cave. + +"We can whistle," he said, presently. + +"Won't Hugh and the General think we are enemies trying to surround +them?" Willy objected. The dilemma was a serious one. "We'll have to +crawl up," said Frank, after a pause. + +And this was agreed upon. They were soon on the edge of the deep gully +which, on one side, protected the spot from all approach. They +scrambled down its steep side and began to creep along, peeping over +its other edge from time to time, to see if they could discover the +clearing which marked the little green spot on top of the hill, where +once had stood an old cabin. The base of the ruined chimney, with its +immense fire-place, constituted the boys' "cave." They were close to +it, now, and felt themselves to be in imminent danger of a sweeping +fusillade. They had just crept up to the top of the ravine and were +consulting, when some one immediately behind them, not twenty feet +away, called out: + +"Hello! What are you boys doing here? Are you trying to capture us?" + +They jumped at the unexpected voice. The General broke into a laugh. +He had been sitting on the ground on the other side of the declivity, +and had been watching their manoeuvres for some time. + +He brought them to the house-spot where Hugh was asleep on the ground; +he had been on watch all the morning, and, during the General's turn, +was making up for his lost sleep. He was soon wide awake enough, and +he and the General, with appetites bearing witness to their long fast, +were without delay engaged in disposing of the provisions which the +boys had brought. + +The boys were delighted with the mystery of their surroundings. Each +in turn took the General aside and held a long interview with him, and +gave him all their Cousin Belle's messages. No one had ever treated +them with such consideration as the General showed them. The two men +asked the boys all about the dispositions of the enemy, but the boys +had little to tell. + +"They are after us pretty hotly," said the General. "I think they are +going away shortly. It's nothing but a raid, and they are moving on. +We must get back to camp to-night." + +"How are you going?" asked the boys. "You haven't any horses." + +"We are going to get some of their horses," said the officer. "They +have taken ours--now they must furnish us with others." + +It was about time for the boys to start for home. The General took +each of them aside, and talked for a long time. He was speaking to +Willy, on the edge of the clearing, when there was a crack of a twig +in the pines. In a second he had laid the boy on his back in the soft +grass and whipped out a pistol. Then, with a low, quick call to Hugh, +he sprang swiftly into the pines toward the sound. + +"Crawl down into the ravine, boys," called Hugh, following his +companion. The boys rolled down over the bank like little ground-hogs; +but in a second they heard a familiar drawling voice call out in a +subdued tone: + +"Hold on, Cunnel! it's nobody but me; don't you know me?" And, in a +moment, they heard the General's astonished and somewhat stern reply: + +"Mills, what are you doing here? Who's with you? What do you want?" + +"Well," said the new-comer, slowly, "I 'lowed I'd come to see if I +could be o' any use to you. I heard the Yankees had run you 'way from +Oakland last night, and was sort o' huntin' for you. Fact is, they's +been up my way, and I sort o' 'lowed I'd come an' see ef I could help +you git back to camp." + +"Where have you been all this time? I wonder you are not ashamed to +look me in the face!" + +The General's voice was still stern. He had turned around and walked +back to the cleared space. + +The deserter scratched his head in perplexity. + +"I needn' 'a' come," he said, doggedly. "Where's them boys? I don' +want the boys hurted. I seen 'em comin' here, an' I jes' followed 'em +to see they didn't get in no trouble. But----" + +This speech about the boys effected what the offer of personal service +to the General himself had failed to bring about. + +"Sit down and let me talk to you," said the General, throwing himself +on the grass. + +Mills seated himself cross-legged near the officer, with his gun +across his knees, and began to bite a straw which he pulled from a +tuft by his side. + +The boys had come up out of their retreat, and taken places on each +side of the General. + +"You all take to grass like young partridges," said the hunter. The +boys were flattered, for they considered any notice from him a +compliment. + +"What made you fool us, and send us to catch that conscript-guard?" +Frank asked. + +"Well, you ketched him, didn't you? You're the only ones ever been +able to ketch him," he said, with a low chuckle. + +"Now, Mills, you know how things stand," said the General. "It's a +shame for you to have been acting this way. You know what people say +about you. But if you come back to camp and do your duty, I'll have it +all straightened out. If you don't, I'll have you shot." + +His voice was as calm and his manner as composed as if he were +promising the man opposite him a reward for good conduct. He looked +Mills steadily in the eyes all the time. The boys felt as if their +friend were about to be executed. The General seemed an immeasurable +distance above them. + +The deserter blinked twice or thrice, slowly bit his shred of straw, +looked casually first toward one boy and then toward the other, but +without the slightest change of expression in his face. + +"Cun'l," he said, at length, "I ain't no deserter. I ain't feared of +bein' shot. Ef I was, I wouldn' 'a' come here now. I'm gwine wid you, +an' I'm gwine back to my company; an' I'm gwine fight, ef Yankees gits +in my way; but ef I gits tired, I's comin' home; an' 'tain't no use to +tell you I ain't, 'cause I _is_,--an' ef anybody flings up to me that +I's a-runnin' away, I'm gwine to kill 'em!" + +He rose to his feet in the intensity of his feeling, and his eyes, +usually so dull, were like live coals. + +The General looked at him quietly a few seconds, then himself arose +and laid his hand on Tim Mills' shoulder. + +"All right," he said. + +"I got a little snack M'lindy put up," said Mills, pulling a +substantial bundle out of his game-bag. "I 'lowed maybe you might be +sort o' hongry. Jes' two or three squirrels I shot," he said, +apologetically. + +"You boys better git 'long home, I reckon," said Mills to Willy. "You +ain' 'fraid, is you? 'Cause if you is, I'll go with you." + +His voice had resumed its customary drawl. + +"Oh, no," said both boys, eagerly. "We aren't afraid." + +"An' tell your ma I ain' let nobody tetch nothin' on the Oakland +plantation; not sence that day you all went huntin' deserters; not if +I knowed 'bout it." + +"Yes, sir." + +"An' tell her I'm gwine take good keer o' Hugh an' the Cunnel. +Good-bye!--now run along!" + +"All right, sir,--good-bye." + +"An' ef you hear anybody say Tim Mills is a d'serter, tell 'em it's a +lie, an' you know it. Good-bye." He turned away as if relieved. + +The boys said good-bye to all three, and started in the direction of +home. + + + + +CHAPTER XVI. + + +After crossing the gully, and walking on through the woods for what +they thought a safe distance, they turned into the path. + +They were talking very merrily about the General and Hugh and their +friend Mills, and were discussing some romantic plan for the recapture +of their horses from the enemy, when they came out of the path into +the road, and found themselves within twenty yards of a group of +Federal soldiers, quietly sitting on their horses, evidently guarding +the road. + +The sight of the blue-coats made the boys jump. They would have crept +back, but it was too late--they caught the eye of the man nearest +them. They ceased talking as suddenly as birds in the trees stop +chirruping when the hawk sails over; and when one Yankee called to +them, in a stern tone, "Halt there!" and started to come toward them, +their hearts were in their mouths. + +"Where are you boys going?" he asked, as he came up to them. + +"Going home." + +"Where do you belong?" + +"Over there--at Oakland," pointing in the direction of their home, +which seemed suddenly to have moved a thousand miles aways. + +"Where have you been?" The other soldiers had come up now. + +"Been down this way." The boys' voices were never so meek before. Each +reply was like an apology. + +"Been to see your brother?" asked one who had not spoken before--a +pleasant-looking fellow. The boys looked at him. They were paralyzed +by dread of the approaching question. + +"Now, boys, we know where you have been," said a small fellow, who +wore a yellow chevron on his arm. He had a thin moustache and a sharp +nose, and rode a wiry, dull sorrel horse. "You may just as well tell +us all about it. We know you've been to see 'em, and we are going to +make you carry us where they are." + +"No, we ain't," said Frank, doggedly. + +Willy expressed his determination also. + +"If you don't it's going to be pretty bad for you," said the little +corporal. He gave an order to two of the men, who sprang from their +horses, and, catching Frank, swung him up behind another cavalryman. +The boy's face was very pale, but he bit his lip. + +"Go ahead," continued the corporal to a number of his men, who started +down the path. "You four men remain here till we come back," he said +to the men on the ground, and to two others on horseback. "Keep him +here," jerking his thumb toward Willy, whose face was already burning +with emotion. + +"I'm going with Frank," said Willy. "Let me go." This to the man who +had hold of him by the arm. "Frank, make him let me go," he shouted, +bursting into tears, and turning on his captor with all his little +might. + +"Willy, he's not goin' to hurt you,--don't you tell!" called Frank, +squirming until he dug his heels so into the horse's flanks that the +horse began to kick up. + +"Keep quiet, Johnny; he's not goin' to hurt him," said one of the men, +kindly. He had a brown beard and shining white teeth. + +They rode slowly down the narrow path, the dragoon holding Frank by +the leg. Deep down in the woods, beyond a small branch, the path +forked. + +"Which way?" asked the corporal, stopping and addressing Frank. + +Frank set his mouth tight and looked him in the eyes. + +"Which is it?" the corporal repeated. + +"I ain't going to tell," said he, firmly. + +"Look here, Johnny; we've got you, and we are going to make you tell +us; so you might just as well do it, easy. If you don't, we're goin' +to make you." + +The boy said nothing. + +[Illustration: THE BOY FACED HIS CAPTOR, WHO HELD A STRAP IN ONE +HAND.] + +"You men dismount. Stubbs, hold the horses." He himself dismounted, +and three others did the same, giving their horses to a fourth. + +"Get down!"--this to Frank and the soldier behind whom he was riding. +The soldier dismounted, and the boy slipped off after him and faced +his captor, who held a strap in one hand. + +"Are you goin' to tell us?" he asked. + +"No." + +"Don't you know?" He came a step nearer, and held the strap forward. +There was a long silence. The boy's face paled perceptibly, but took +on a look as if the proceedings were indifferent to him. + +"If you say you don't know"--said the man, hesitating in face of the +boy's resolution. "Don't you know where they are?" + +"Yes, I know; but I ain't goin' to tell you," said Frank, bursting +into tears. + +"The little Johnny's game," said the soldier who had told him the +others were not going to hurt Willy. The corporal said something to +this man in an undertone, to which he replied: + +"You can try, but it isn't going to do any good. I don't half like it, +anyway." + +Frank had stopped crying after his first outburst. + +"If you don't tell, we are going to shoot you," said the little +soldier, drawing his pistol. + +The boy shut his mouth close, and looked straight at the corporal. The +man laid down his pistol, and, seizing Frank, drew his hands behind +him, and tied them. + +"Get ready, men," he said, as he drew the boy aside to a small tree, +putting him with his back to it. + +Frank thought his hour had come. He thought of his mother and Willy, +and wondered if the soldiers would shoot Willy, too. His face twitched +and grew ghastly white. Then he thought of his father, and of how +proud he would be of his son's bravery when he should hear of it. This +gave him strength. + +"The knot--hurts my hands," he said. + +The man leaned over and eased it a little. + +"I wasn't crying because I was scared," said Frank. + +The kind looking fellow turned away. + +"Now, boys, get ready," said the corporal, taking up his pistol. + +How large it looked to Frank. He wondered where the bullets would hit +him, and if the wounds would bleed, and whether he would be left alone +all night out there in the woods, and if his mother would come and +kiss him. + +"I want to say my prayers," he said, faintly. + +The soldier made some reply which he could not hear, and the man with +the beard started forward; but just then all grew dark before his +eyes. + +Next, he thought he must have been shot, for he felt wet about his +face, and was lying down. He heard some one say, "He's coming to," and +another replied, "Thank God!" + +He opened his eyes. He was lying beside the little branch with his +head in the lap of the big soldier with the beard, and the little +corporal was leaning over him throwing water in his face from a cap. +The others were standing around. + +"What's the matter?" asked Frank. + +"That's all right," said the little corporal, kindly. "We were just +a-foolin' a bit with you, Johnny." + +"We never meant to hurt you," said the other. "You feel better now?" + +"Yes, where's Willy?" He was too tired to move. + +"He's all right. We'll take you to him." + +"Am I shot?" asked Frank. + +"No! Do you think we'd have touched a hair of your head--and you such +a brave little fellow? We were just trying to scare you a bit and +carried it too far, and you got a little faint,--that's all." + +The voice was so kindly that Frank was encouraged to sit up. + +"Can you walk now?" asked the corporal, helping him and steadying him +as he rose to his feet. + +"I'll take him," said the big fellow, and before the boy could move, +he had stooped, taken Frank in his arms, and was carrying him back +toward the place where they had left Willy, while the others followed +after with the horses. + +"I can walk," said Frank. + +"No, I'll carry you, b-bless your heart!" + +The boy did not know that the big dragoon was looking down at the +light hair resting on his arm, and that while he trod the Virginia +wood-path, in fancy he was home in Delaware; or that the pressure the +boy felt from his strong arms, was a caress given for the sake of +another boy far away on the Brandywine. A little while before they +came in sight Frank asked to be put down. + +The soldier gently set him on his feet, and before he let him go +kissed him. + +"I've got a curly-headed fellow at home, just the size of you," he +said softly. + +Frank saw that his eyes were moist. "I hope you'll get safe back to +him," he said. + +"God grant it!" said the soldier. + +When they reached the squad at the gate, they found Willy still in +much distress on Frank's account; but he wiped his eyes when his +brother reappeared, and listened with pride to the soldiers' praise +of Frank's "grit," as they called it. When they let the boys go, the +little corporal wished Frank to accept a five-dollar gold piece; but +he politely declined it. + + + + +CHAPTER XVII. + + +The story of Frank's adventure and courage was the talk of all the +Oakland plantation. His mother and Cousin Belle both kissed him, and +called him their little hero. Willy also received a full share of +praise for his courage. + +About noon there was great commotion among the troops. They were far +more numerous than they had been in the morning, and instead of riding +about the woods in small bodies, hunting for the concealed soldiers, +they were collecting together and preparing to move. + +It was learned that a considerable body of cavalry was passing down +the road by Trinity Church, and that the depot had been burnt again +the night before. Somehow, a rumor got about that the Confederates +were following up the raiders. + +In an hour most of the soldiers went away, but a number still stayed +on. Their horses were picketed about the yard feeding; and they +themselves lounged around, making themselves at home in the house, and +pulling to pieces the things that were left. They were not, however, +as wanton in their destruction as the first set, who had passed by the +year before. + +Among those who yet remained were the little corporal, and the big +young soldier who had been so kind to Frank. They were in the +rear-guard. At length the last man rode off. + +The boys had gone in and out among them, without being molested. Now +and then some rough fellow would swear at them, but for the most part +their intercourse with the boys was friendly. When, therefore, they +rode off, the boys were allowed by their mother to go and see the main +body. + +Peter and Cole were with them. They took the main road and followed +along, picking up straps, and cartridges, and all those miscellaneous +things dropped by a large body of troops as they pass along. + +Cartridges were very valuable, as they furnished the only powder and +shot the boys could get for hunting, and their supply was out. These +were found in unusual numbers. The boys filled their pockets, and +finally filled their sleeves, tying them tightly at the wrist with +strings, so that the contents would not spill out. One of the boys +found even an old pistol, which was considered a great treasure. He +bore it proudly in his belt, and was envied by all the others. + +It was quite late in the afternoon when they thought of turning toward +home, their pockets and sleeves bagging down with the heavy +musket-cartridges. They left the Federal rear-guard feeding their +horses at a great white pile of corn which had been thrown out of the +corn-house of a neighbor, and was scattered all over the ground. + +They crossed a field, descended a hill, and took the main road at its +foot, just as a body of cavalry came in sight. A small squad, riding +some little distance in advance of the main body, had already passed +by. These were Confederates. The first man they saw, at the head of +the column by the colonel, was the General, and a little behind him +was none other than Hugh on a gray roan; while not far down the column +rode their friend Tim Mills, looking rusty and sleepy as usual. + +"Goodness! Why, here are the General and Hugh! How in the world did +you get away?" exclaimed the boys. + +They learned that it was a column of cavalry following the line of the +raid, and that the General and Hugh had met them and volunteered. The +soldiers greeted the boys cordially. + +"The Yankees are right up there," said the youngsters. + +"Where? How many? What are they doing?" asked the General. + +"A whole pack of 'em--right up there at the stables, and all about, +feeding their horses and sitting all around, and ever so many more +have gone along down the road." + +"Fling the fence down there!" The boys pitched down the rails in two +or three places. An order was passed back, and in an instant a stir +of preparation was noticed all down the line of horsemen. + +A courier galloped up the road to recall the advance-guard. The head +of the column passed through the gap, and, without waiting for the +others, dashed up the hill at a gallop--the General and the colonel a +score of yards ahead of any of the others. + +"Let's go and see the fight!" cried the boys; and the whole set +started back up the hill as fast as their legs could carry them. + +"S'pose they shoot! Won't they shoot us?" asked one of the negro boys, +in some apprehension. This, though before unthought of, was a +possibility, and for a moment brought them down to a slower pace. + +"We can lie flat and peep over the top of the hill." This was Frank's +happy thought, and the party started ahead again. "Let's go around +that way." They made a little detour. + +Just before they reached the crest they heard a shot, "bang!" +immediately followed by another, "bang!" and in a second more a +regular volley began, and was kept up. + +They reached the crest of the hill in time to see the Confederates +gallop up the slope toward the stables, firing their pistols at the +blue-coats, who were forming in the edge of a little wood, over beyond +a fence, from the other side of which the smoke of their carbines was +rolling. They had evidently started on just as the boys left, and +before the Confederates came in sight. + +The boys saw their friends dash at this fence, and could distinguish +the General and Hugh, who were still in the lead. Their horses took +the fence, going over like birds, and others followed,--Tim Mills +among them,--while yet more went through a gate a few yards to one +side. + +"Look at Hugh! Look at Hugh!" + +"Look! That horse has fallen down!" cried one of the boys, as a horse +went down just at the entrance of the wood, rolling over his rider. + +"He's shot!" exclaimed Frank, for neither horse nor rider attempted to +rise. + +"See; they are running!" + +The little squad of blue-coats were retiring into the woods, with the +grays closely pressing them. + +"Let's cut across and see 'em run 'em over the bridge." + +"Come on!" + +All the little group of spectators, white and black, started as hard +as they could go for a path they knew, which led by a short cut +through the little piece of woods. Beyond lay a field divided by a +stream, a short distance on the other side of which was a large body +of woods. + +The popping was still going on furiously in the woods, and bullets +were "zoo-ing" over the fields. But the boys could not see anything, +and they did not think about the flying balls. + +They were all excitement at the idea of "our men" whipping the enemy, +and they ran with all their might to be in time to see them "chase 'em +across the field." + +The road on which the skirmish took place, and down which the Federal +rear-guard had retreated, made a sharp curve beyond the woods, around +the bend of a little stream crossed by a small bridge; and the boys, +in taking the short cut, had placed the road between themselves and +home; but they did not care about that, for their men were driving the +others. They "just wanted to see it." + +They reached the edge of the field in time to see that the Yankees +were on the other side of the stream. They knew them to be where puffs +of smoke came out of the opposite wood. And the Confederates had +stopped beyond the bridge, and were halted, in some confusion, in the +field. + +The firing was very sharp, and bullets were singing in every +direction. Then the Confederates got together, and went as hard as +they could right at them up to the wood, all along the edge of which +the smoke was pouring in continuous puffs and with a rattle of shots. +They saw several horses fall as the Confederates galloped on, but the +smoke hid most of it. Next they saw a long line of fire appear in the +smoke on both sides of the road, where it entered the wood; then the +Confederates stopped, and became all mixed up; a number of horses +galloped away without their riders, another line of white and red +flame came out of the woods, the Confederates began to come back, +leaving many horses on the ground, and a body of cavalry in blue coats +poured out of the wood in pursuit. + +"Look! look! They are running--they are beating our men!" exclaimed +the boys. "They have driven 'em back across the bridge!" + +"How many of them there are!" + +"What shall we do? Suppose they see us!" + +"Come on, Mah'srs Frank 'n' Willy, let's go home," said the colored +boys. "They'll shoot us." + +The fight was now in the woods which lay between the boys and their +home. But just then the gray-coats got together, again turned at the +edge of the wood, and dashed back on their pursuers, and--the smoke +and bushes on the stream hid everything. In a second more both emerged +on the other side of the smoke and went into the woods on the further +edge of the field, all in confusion, and leaving on the ground more +horses and men than before. + +"What's them things 'zip-zippin' 'round my ears?" asked one of the +negro boys. + +"Bullets," said Frank, proud of his knowledge. + +"Will they hurt me if they hit me?" + +[Illustration: "LOOK! LOOK! THEY ARE RUNNING! THEY ARE BEATING OUR +MEN!" EXCLAIMED THE BOYS.] + +"Of course they will. They'll kill you." + +"I'm gwine home," said the boy, and off he started at a trot. + +"Hold on!--We're goin', too; but let's go down this way; this is the +best way." + +They went along the edge of the field, toward the point in the road +where the skirmish had been and where the Confederates had rallied. +They stopped to listen to the popping in the woods on the other side, +and were just saying how glad they were that "our men had whipped +them," when a soldier came along. + +"What in the name of goodness are you boys doing here?" he asked. + +"We're just looking on an' lis'ning," answered the boys meekly. + +"Well, you'd better be getting home as fast as you can. They are too +strong for us, and they'll be driving us back directly, and some of +you may get killed or run over." + +This was dreadful! Such an idea had never occurred to the boys. A +panic took possession of them. + +"Come on! Let's go home!" This was the universal idea, and in a second +the whole party were cutting straight for home, utterly stampeded. + +They could readily have found shelter and security back over the hill, +from the flying balls; but they preferred to get home, and they made +straight for it. The popping of the guns, which still kept up in the +woods across the little river, now meant to them that the victorious +Yankees were driving back their friends. They believed that the +bullets which now and then yet whistled over the woods with a long, +singing "zoo-ee," were aimed at them. For their lives, then, they ran, +expecting to be killed every minute. + +The load of cartridges in their pockets, which they had carried for +hours, weighed them down. As they ran they threw these out. Then +followed those in their sleeves. Frank and the other boys easily got +rid of theirs, but Willy had tied the strings around his wrists in +such hard knots that he could not possibly untie them. He was falling +behind. + +Frank heard him call. Without slacking his speed he looked back over +his shoulder. Willy's face was red, and his mouth was twitching. He +was sobbing a little, and was tearing at the strings with his teeth as +he ran. Then the strings came loose one after the other, the +cartridges were shaken out over the ground, and Willy's face at once +cleared up as he ran forward lightened of his load. + +They had passed almost through the narrow skirt of woods where the +first attack was made, when they heard some one not far from the side +of the road call, "Water!" + +The boys stopped. "What's that?" they asked each other in a startled +undertone. A groan came from the same direction, and a voice said, +"Oh, for some water!" + +A short, whispered consultation was held. + +"He's right up on that bank. There's a road up there." + +Frank advanced a little; a man was lying somewhat propped up against a +tree. His eyes were closed, and there was a ghastly wound in his head. + +"Willy, it's a Yankee, and he's shot." + +"Is he dead?" asked the others, in awed voices. + +"No. Let's ask him if he's hurt much." + +They all approached him. His eyes were shut and his face was ashy +white. + +"Willy, it's _my_ Yankee!" exclaimed Frank. + +The wounded man moved his hand at the sound of the voices. + +"Water," he murmured. "Bring me water, for pity's sake!" + +"I'll get you some,--don't you know me? Let me have your canteen," +said Frank, stooping and taking hold of the canteen. It was held by +its strap; but the boy whipped out a knife and cut it loose. + +The man tried to speak; but the boys could not understand him. + +"Where are you goin' get it, Frank?" asked the other boys. + +"At the branch down there that runs into the creek." + +"The Yankees'll shoot you down there," objected Peter and Willy. + +"_I_ ain' gwine that way," said Cole. + +The soldier groaned. + +"_I'll_ go with you, Frank," said Willy, who could not stand the sight +of the man's suffering. + +"We'll be back directly." + +The two boys darted off, the others following them at a little +distance. They reached the open field. The shooting was still going on +in the woods on the other side, but they no longer thought of it. They +ran down the hill and dashed across the little flat to the branch at +the nearest point, washed the blood from the canteen, and filled it +with the cool water. + +"I wish we had something to wash his face with," sighed Willy, "but I +haven't got a handkerchief." + +"Neither have I." Willy looked thoughtful. A second more and he had +stripped off his light sailor's jacket and dipped it in the water. The +next minute the two boys were running up the hill again. + +When they reached the spot where the wounded man lay, he had slipped +down and was flat on the ground. His feeble voice still called for +water, but was much weaker than before. Frank stooped and held the +canteen to the man's lips, and he drank. Then Willy and Frank, +together, bathed his face with the still dripping cotton jacket. This +revived him somewhat; but he did not recognize them and talked +incoherently. They propped up his head. + +"Frank, it's getting mighty late, and we've got to go home," said +Willy. + +The boys' voice or words reached the ears of the wounded man. + +"Take me home," he murmured; "I want some water from the well by the +dairy." + +"Give him some more water." + +Willy lifted the canteen. "Here it is." + +The soldier swallowed with difficulty. + +He could not raise his hand now. There was a pause. The boys stood +around, looking down on him. "I've come back home," he said. His eyes +were closed. + +"He's dreaming," whispered Willy. + +"Did you ever see anybody die?" asked Frank, in a low tone. + +Willy's face paled. + +"No, Frank; let's go home and tell somebody." + +Frank stooped and touched the soldier's face. He was talking all the +time now, though they could not understand everything he said. The +boy's touch seemed to rouse him. + +"It's bedtime," he said, presently. "Kneel down and say your prayers +for Father." + +"Willy, let's say our prayers for him," whispered Frank. + +"I can say, 'Now I lay me.'" But before he could begin, + +"'Now I lay me down to sleep,'" said the soldier tenderly. The boys +followed him, thinking he had heard them. They did not know that he +was saying--for one whom but that morning he had called "his +curly-head at home"--the prayer that is common to Virginia and to +Delaware, to North and to South, and which no wars can silence and no +victories cause to be forgotten. + +The soldier's voice now was growing almost inaudible. He spoke between +long-drawn breaths. + +"'If I should die before I wake.'" + +"'If I should die before I wake,'" they repeated, and continued the +prayer. + +"'And this I ask for Jesus' sake,'" said the boys, ending. There was a +long pause. Frank stroked the pale face softly with his hands. + +"'And this I ask for Jesus' sake,'" whispered the lips. Then, very +softly, "Kiss me good-night." + +"Kiss him, Frank." + +The boy stooped over and kissed the lips that had kissed him in the +morning. Willy kissed him, also. The lips moved in a faint smile. + +"God bless----" + +The boys waited,--but that was all. The dusk settled down in the +woods. The prayer was ended. + +"He's dead," said Frank, in deep awe. + +"Frank, aren't you mighty sorry?" asked Willy in a trembling voice. +Then he suddenly broke out crying. + +"I don't want him to die! I don't want him to die!" + + + + +CHAPTER XVIII. + + +When the boys reached home it was pitch-dark. They found their mother +very anxious about them. They gave an account of the "battle," as they +called it, telling all about the charge, in which, by their statement, +the General and Hugh did wonderful deeds. Their mother and Cousin +Belle sat and listened with tightly folded hands and blanched faces. + +Then they told how they found the wounded Yankee soldier on the bank, +and about his death. They were startled by seeing their Cousin Belle +suddenly fall on her knees and throw herself across their mother's lap +in a passion of tears. Their mother put her arms around the young +girl, kissed and soothed her. + +Early the next morning their mother had an ox-cart (the only vehicle +left on the place), sent down to the spot to bring the body of the +soldier up to Oakland, so that it might be buried in the grave-yard +there. Carpenter William made the coffin, and several men were set to +work to dig the grave in the garden. + +It was about the middle of the day when the cart came back. A sheet +covered the body. The little cortege was a very solemn one, the +steers pulling slowly up the hill and a man walking on each side. Then +the body was put into the coffin and reverently carried to the grave. +The boys' mother read the burial service out of the prayer-book, and +afterward Uncle William Slow offered a prayer. Just as they were about +to turn away, the boys' mother began to sing, "Abide with me; fast +falls the eventide." She and Cousin Belle and the boys sang the hymn +together, and then all walked sadly away, leaving the fresh mound in +the garden, where birds peeped curiously from the lilac-bushes at the +soldier's grave in the warm, light of the afternoon sun. + +A small packet of letters and a gold watch and chain, found in the +soldier's pocket, were sealed up by the boys' mother and put in her +bureau drawer, for they could not then be sent through the lines. +There was one letter, however, which they buried with him. It +contained two locks of hair, one gray, the other brown and curly. + + * * * * * + +The next few months brought no new incidents, but the following year +deep gloom fell upon Oakland. It was not only that the times were +harder than they had ever been--though the plantation was now utterly +destitute; there were no provisions and no crops, for there were no +teams. It was not merely that a shadow was settling down on all the +land; for the boys did not trouble themselves about these things, +though such anxieties were bringing gray hairs to their mother's +temples. + +The General had been wounded and captured during a cavalry fight. The +boys somehow connected their Cousin Belle with the General's capture, +and looked on her with some disfavor. She and the General had +quarrelled a short time before, and it was known that she had returned +his ring. When, therefore, he was shot through the body and taken by +the enemy, the boys could not admit that their cousin had any right to +stay up-stairs in her own room weeping about it. They felt that it was +all her own fault, and they told her so; whereupon she simply burst +out crying and ran from the room. + +The hard times grew harder. The shadow deepened. Hugh was wounded and +captured in a charge at Petersburg, and it was not known whether he +was badly hurt or not. Then came the news that Richmond had been +evacuated. The boys knew that this was a defeat; but even then they +did not believe that the Confederates were beaten. Their mother was +deeply affected by the news. + +That night at least a dozen of the negroes disappeared. The other +servants said the missing ones had gone to Richmond "to get their +papers." + +A week or so later the boys heard the rumor that General Lee had +surrendered at a place called Appomattox. When they came home and told +their mother what they had heard, she turned as pale as death, arose, +and went into her chamber. The news was corroborated next day. During +the following two days, every negro on the plantation left, excepting +lame old Sukey Brown. Some of them came and said they had to go to +Richmond, that "the word had come" for them. Others, including even +Uncle Balla and Lucy Ann, slipped away by night. + +After that their mother had to cook, and the boys milked and did the +heavier work. The cooking was not much trouble, however, for +black-eyed pease were about all they had to eat. + +One afternoon, the second day after the news of Lee's surrender, the +boys, who had gone to drive up the cows to be milked, saw two +horsemen, one behind the other, coming slowly down the road on the far +hill. The front horse was white, and, as their father rode a white +horse, they ran toward the house to carry the news. Their mother and +Cousin Belle, however, having seen the horsemen, were waiting on the +porch as the men came through the middle gate and rode across the +field. + +It was their father and his body-servant, Ralph, who had been with him +all through the war. They came slowly up the hill; the horses limping +and fagged, the riders dusty and drooping. + +It seemed like a funeral. The boys were near the steps, and their +mother stood on the portico with her forehead resting against a +pillar. No word was spoken. Into the yard they rode at a walk, and up +to the porch. Then their father, who had not once looked up, put both +hands to his face, slipped from his horse, and walked up the steps, +tears running down his cheeks, and took their mother into his arms. It +_was_ a funeral--the Confederacy was dead. + +A little later, their father, who had been in the house, came out on +the porch near where Ralph still stood holding the horses. + +"Take off the saddles, Ralph, and turn the horses out," he said. + +Ralph did so. + +"Here,--here's my last dollar. You have been a faithful servant to me. +Put the saddles on the porch." It was done. "You are free," he said to +the black, and then he walked back into the house. + +Ralph stood where he was for some minutes without moving a muscle. His +eyes blinked mechanically. Then he looked at the door and at the +windows above him. Suddenly he seemed to come to himself. Turning +slowly, he walked solemnly out of the yard. + + + + +CHAPTER XIX. + + +The boys' Uncle William came the next day. The two weeks which +followed were the hardest the boys had ever known. As yet nothing had +been heard of Hugh or the General, though the boys' father went to +Richmond to see whether they had been released. + +The family lived on corn-bread and black-eyed pease. There was not a +mouthful of meat on the plantation. A few aged animals were all that +remained on the place. + +The boys' mother bought a little sugar and made some cakes, and the +boys, day after day, carried them over to the depot and left them with +a man there to be sold. Such a thing had never been known before in +the history of the family. + +A company of Yankees were camped very near, but they did not interfere +with the boys. They bought the cakes and paid for them in greenbacks, +which were the first new money they had at Oakland. One day the boys +were walking along the road, coming back from the camp, when they met +a little old one-horse wagon driven by a man who lived near the depot. +In it were a boy about Willy's size and an old lady with white hair, +both in deep mourning. The boy was better dressed than any boy they +had ever seen. They were strangers. + +The boys touched their limp little hats to the lady, and felt somewhat +ashamed of their own patched clothes in the presence of the +well-dressed stranger. Frank and Willy passed on. They happened to +look back. The wagon stopped just then, and the lady called them: + +"Little boys!" + +They halted and returned. + +"We are looking for my son; and this gentleman tells me that you live +about here, and know more of the country than any one else I may +meet." + +"Do you know where any graves is?--Yankee graves?" asked the driver, +cutting matters short. + +"Yes, there are several down on the road by Pigeon Hill, where the +battle was, and two or three by the creek down yonder, and there's one +in our garden." + +"Where was your son killed, ma'am? Do you know that he was killed?" +asked the driver. + +"I do not know. We fear that he was; but, of course, we still hope +there may have been some mistake. The last seen of him was when +General Sheridan went through this country, last year. He was with his +company in the rear-guard, and was wounded and left on the field. We +hoped he might have been found in one of the prisons; but there is no +trace of him, and we fear----" + +[Illustration: THE BOYS SELL THEIR CAKES TO THE YANKEES.] + +She broke down and began to cry. "He was my only son," she sobbed, "my +only son--and I gave him up for the Union, and----" She could say no +more. + +Her distress affected the boys deeply. + +"If I could but find his grave. Even that would be better than this +agonizing suspense." + +"What was your son's name?" asked the boys, gently. + +She told them. + +"Why, that's our soldier!" exclaimed both boys. + +"Do you know him?" she asked eagerly. "Is--? Is----?" Her voice +refused to frame the fearful question. + +"Yes'm. In our garden," said the boys, almost inaudibly. + +The mother bent her head over on her grandson's shoulder and wept +aloud. Awful as the suspense had been, now that the last hope was +removed the shock was terrible. She gave a stifled cry, then wept with +uncontrollable grief. + +The boys, with pale faces and eyes moist with sympathy, turned away +their heads and stood silent. At length she grew calmer. + +"Won't you come home with us? Our father and mother will be so glad to +have you," they said hospitably. + +After questioning them a little further, she decided to go. The boys +climbed into the back of the wagon. As they went along, the boys told +her all about her son,--his carrying Frank, their finding him wounded +near the road, and about his death and burial. + +"He was a real brave soldier," they told her consolingly. + +As they approached the house, she asked whether they could give her +grandson something to eat. + +"Oh, yes, indeed. Certainly," they answered. Then, thinking perhaps +they were raising her hopes too high, they exclaimed apologetically: + +"We haven't got much. We didn't kill any squirrels this morning. Both +our guns are broken and don't shoot very well, now." + +She was much impressed by the appearance of the place, which looked +very beautiful among the trees. + +"Oh, yes, they're big folks," said the driver. + +She would have waited at the gate when they reached the house, but the +boys insisted that they all should come in at once. One of them ran +forward and, meeting his mother just coming out to the porch, told who +the visitor was. + +Their mother instantly came down the steps and walked toward the gate. +The women met face to face. There was no introduction. None was +needed. + +"My son----" faltered the elder lady, her strength giving out. + +The boys' mother put her handkerchief to her eyes. + +"I have one, too;--God alone knows where he is," she sobbed. + +Each knew how great was the other's loss, and in sympathy with +another's grief found consolation for her own. + + + + +CHAPTER XX. + + +The visitors remained at Oakland for several days, as the lady wished +to have her son's remains removed to the old homestead in Delaware. +She was greatly distressed over the want which she saw at Oakland--for +there was literally nothing to eat but black-eyed pease and the boys' +chickens. Every incident of the war interested her. She was delighted +with their Cousin Belle, and took much interest in her story, which +was told by the boys' mother. + +Her grandson, Dupont, was a fine, brave, and generous young fellow. He +had spent his boyhood near a town, and could neither ride, swim, nor +shoot as the Oakland boys did; but he was never afraid to try +anything, and the boys took a great liking to him, and he to them. + +When the young soldier's body had been removed, the visitors left; +not, however, until the boys had made their companion promise to pay +them a visit. After the departure of these friends they were much +missed. + +But the next day there was a great rejoicing at Oakland. Every one was +in the dining-room at dinner, and the boys' father had just risen from +the table and walked out of the room. A second later they heard an +exclamation of astonishment from him, and he called eagerly to his +wife, "Come here, quickly!" and ran down the steps. Every one rose and +ran out. Hugh and the General were just entering the yard. + +They were pale and thin and looked ill; but all the past was forgotten +in the greeting. + + * * * * * + +The boys soon knew that the General was making his peace with their +Cousin Belle, who looked prettier than ever. It required several long +walks before all was made right; but there was no disposition toward +severity on either side. It was determined that the wedding was to +take place very soon. The boys' father suggested, as an objection to +an immediate wedding, that since the General was just half his usual +size, it would be better to wait until he should regain his former +proportions, so that all of him might be married; but the General +would not accept the proposition for delay, and Cousin Belle finally +consented to be married at once. + +The old place was in a great stir over the preparations. A number of +the old servants, including Uncle Balla and Lucy Ann, had one by one +come back to their old home. The trunks in the garret were ransacked +once more, and enough was found to make up a wedding trousseau of two +dresses. + +Hugh was to be the General's best man, and the boys were to be the +ushers. The only difficulty was that their patched clothes made them +feel a little abashed at the prominent roles they were to assume. +However, their mother made them each a nice jacket from a striped +dress, one of her only two dresses, and she adorned them with the +military brass buttons their father had had taken from his coat; so +they felt very proud. Their father, of course, was to give the bride +away,--an office he accepted with pleasure, he said, provided he did +not have to move too far, which might be hazardous so long as he had +to wear his spurs to keep the soles on his boots. + + * * * * * + +Thus, even amid the ruins, the boys found life joyous, and if they +were without everything else, they had life, health, and hope. The old +guns were broken, and they had to ride in the ox-cart; but they hoped +to have others and to do better, some day. + +The "some day" came sooner than they expected. + +The morning before the wedding, word came that there were at the +railroad station several boxes for their mother. The ox-cart was sent +for them. When the boxes arrived, that evening, there was a letter +from their friend in Delaware, congratulating Cousin Belle and +apologizing for having sent "a few things" to her Southern friends. + +[Illustration: SOME OF THE SERVANTS CAME BACK TO THEIR OLD HOME.] + +The "few things" consisted not only of necessaries, but of everything +which good taste could suggest. There was a complete trousseau for +Cousin Belle, and clothes for each member of the family. The boys had +new suits of fine cloth with shirts and underclothes in plenty. + +But the best surprise of all was found when they came to the bottom of +the biggest box, and found two long, narrow cases, marked, "For the +Oakland boys." These cases held beautiful, new double-barrelled guns +of the finest make. There was a large supply of ammunition, and in +each case there was a letter from Dupont promising to come and spend +his vacation with them, and sending his love and good wishes and +thanks to his friends--the "Two Little Confederates." + +THE END. + + + + + * * * * * + + + + +Transcriber's Notes + +Original spelling, hyphenation, capitalization, and punctuation have +been retained except for the following changes: + +Page 20: oe in Coeur was originally a ligature (C[oe]ur de Lion.) + +Page 20: hen-roots changed to hen-roosts (hen-roots were robbed). + +Page 86: litttle changed to little (looked a litttle rustier). + +Page 107: throughly changed to thoroughly (throughly enjoyed their +holiday;). + +Page 121: oe in manoeuvres was originally a ligature (their +man[oe]uvres for some time.). + + + +***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TWO LITTLE CONFEDERATES*** + + +******* This file should be named 26725-8.txt or 26725-8.zip ******* + + +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: +https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/6/7/2/26725 + + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://www.gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: +https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + diff --git a/26725-8.zip b/26725-8.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ef1c7e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/26725-8.zip diff --git a/26725-h.zip b/26725-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..dae3820 --- /dev/null +++ b/26725-h.zip diff --git a/26725-h/26725-h.htm b/26725-h/26725-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d0197f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/26725-h/26725-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,5431 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1" /> +<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of Two Little Confederates, by Thomas Nelson Page</title> + <style type="text/css"> +/*<![CDATA[ XML blockout */ +<!-- + p { margin-top: .75em; + text-align: justify; + margin-bottom: .75em; + } + h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 { + text-align: center; /* all headings centered */ + clear: both; + } + hr { width: 33%; + margin-top: 2em; + margin-bottom: 2em; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + clear: both; + } + + table {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;} + + body{margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; + } + + .pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */ + /* visibility: hidden; */ + position: absolute; + left: 92%; + font-size: smaller; + text-align: right; + } /* page numbers */ + + .center {text-align: center;} + .smcap {font-variant: small-caps;} + + .caption {font-weight: bold;} + + .figcenter {margin: auto; text-align: center;} + + hr.full { width: 100%; + margin-top: 3em; + margin-bottom: 0em; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + height: 4px; + border-width: 4px 0 0 0; /* remove all borders except the top one */ + border-style: solid; + border-color: #000000; + clear: both; } + pre {font-size: 85%;} + // --> + /* XML end ]]>*/ + </style> +</head> +<body> +<h1>The Project Gutenberg eBook, Two Little Confederates, by Thomas Nelson Page</h1> +<pre> +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at <a href = "http://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a></pre> +<p>Title: Two Little Confederates</p> +<p>Author: Thomas Nelson Page</p> +<p>Release Date: September 29, 2008 [eBook #26725]</p> +<p>Language: English</p> +<p>Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1</p> +<p>***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TWO LITTLE CONFEDERATES***</p> +<p> </p> +<h3>E-text prepared by Juliet Sutherland, Diane Monico,<br /> + and the Project Gutenberg Online Distributed Proofreading Team<br /> + (http://www.pgdp.net)</h3> +<p> </p> +<hr class="full" /> +<p> </p> + +<p class="figcenter" style="width: 457px;"> +<a name="Illustration_cover" id="Illustration_cover"></a> +<img src="images/image001.jpg" width="457" height="600" alt="(cover)" title="" /> +</p> + + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h1>TWO LITTLE CONFEDERATES</h1> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + + + +<p class="center"><b>BOOKS FOR YOUNG READERS</b><br /> +<b>BY THOMAS NELSON PAGE</b></p> + + +<p class="center">Tommy Trot's Visit to Santa Claus<br /> + +Santa Claus's Partner<br /> + +A Captured Santa Claus<br /> + +Among the Camps<br /> + +Two Little Confederates<br /> + +The Page Story Book<br /><br /> + +<b>CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS</b></p> + +<p class="figcenter" style="width: 458px;"> +<a name="IM_IN_COMMAND" id="IM_IN_COMMAND"></a><img src="images/image002.jpg" width="458" height="600" alt=""I'M IN COMMAND," SAID THE GENTLEMAN, SMILING +AT HIM OVER THE TOWEL." title=""I'M IN COMMAND," SAID THE GENTLEMAN, SMILING +AT HIM OVER THE TOWEL." /> +<span class="caption">"I'M IN COMMAND," SAID THE GENTLEMAN, SMILING +AT HIM OVER THE TOWEL.</span> +</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h1><a name="TWO_LITTLE_CONFEDERATES" id="TWO_LITTLE_CONFEDERATES"></a>TWO LITTLE CONFEDERATES<br /><br /></h1> + +<h3>BY</h3> +<h2>THOMAS NELSON PAGE<br /><br /></h2> + + + +<h4>ILLUSTRATED<br /><br /><br /></h4> + +<p> </p> +<p> </p> + +<h4>NEW YORK</h4> +<h3>CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS</h3> + +<h4>1929</h4> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + + + +<p class="center"> +<span class="smcap">Copyright, 1888, by</span><br /> +CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS<br /> +<br /> +<span class="smcap">Copyright, 1916, by</span><br /> +THOMAS NELSON PAGE<br /> +<br /> +Printed in the United States of America<br /> +</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="TO_MY_MOTHER" id="TO_MY_MOTHER"></a>TO MY MOTHER</h2> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + + + + +<h2>CONTENTS</h2> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary="toc"> +<tr><td align='left'><a href="#CHAPTER_I"><b>CHAPTER I.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><a href="#CHAPTER_II"><b>CHAPTER II.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><a href="#CHAPTER_III"><b>CHAPTER III.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><a href="#CHAPTER_IV"><b>CHAPTER IV.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><a href="#CHAPTER_V"><b>CHAPTER V.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><a href="#CHAPTER_VI"><b>CHAPTER VI.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><a href="#CHAPTER_VII"><b>CHAPTER VII.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><a href="#CHAPTER_VIII"><b>CHAPTER VIII.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><a href="#CHAPTER_IX"><b>CHAPTER IX.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><a href="#CHAPTER_X"><b>CHAPTER X.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><a href="#CHAPTER_XI"><b>CHAPTER XI.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><a href="#CHAPTER_XII"><b>CHAPTER XII.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><a href="#CHAPTER_XIII"><b>CHAPTER XIII.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><a href="#CHAPTER_XIV"><b>CHAPTER XIV.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><a href="#CHAPTER_XV"><b>CHAPTER XV.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><a href="#CHAPTER_XVI"><b>CHAPTER XVI.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><a href="#CHAPTER_XVII"><b>CHAPTER XVII.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><a href="#CHAPTER_XVIII"><b>CHAPTER XVIII.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><a href="#CHAPTER_XIX"><b>CHAPTER XIX.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><a href="#CHAPTER_XX"><b>CHAPTER XX.</b></a></td></tr> +</table></div> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + + + + +<h2><a name="LIST_OF_ILLUSTRATIONS" id="LIST_OF_ILLUSTRATIONS"></a>LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS</h2> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary="loi"> +<tr><td align='left'>"I'm in command," said the gentleman, smiling at him over the towel</td><td align='right'><i><a href="#IM_IN_COMMAND">Frontispiece</a></i></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='right'><span class="smcap">page</span></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>The old man walked up to the door, and standing on one side, flung it open</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_29">29</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Gentlemen, marsters, don't teck my horses, ef you please," said Uncle Balla</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_69">69</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Frank and Willy capture a member of the conscript-guard</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_95">95</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>The boy faced his captor, who held a strap in one hand</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_129">129</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Look! Look! They are running. They are beating our men!" exclaimed the boys</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_143">143</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>The boys sell their cakes to the Yankees</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_159">159</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Some of the servants came back to their old home</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_167">167</a></td></tr> +</table></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_1" id="Page_1">[Pg 1]</a></span></p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h1>TWO LITTLE CONFEDERATES.</h1> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_I" id="CHAPTER_I"></a>CHAPTER I.</h2> + + +<p>The "Two Little Confederates" lived at Oakland. +It was not a handsome place, as modern ideas +go, but down in Old Virginia, where the standard +was different from the later one, it passed in old times +as one of the best plantations in all that region. The +boys thought it the greatest place in the world, of course +excepting Richmond, where they had been one year to the +fair, and had seen a man pull fire out of his mouth, and +do other wonderful things. It was quite secluded. It +lay, it is true, right between two of the county roads, the +Court-house Road being on one side, and on the other the +great "Mountain Road," down which the large covered +wagons with six horses and jingling bells used to go; but +the lodge lay this side of the one, and "the big woods," +where the boys shot squirrels, and hunted 'possums and +coons, and which reached to the edge of "Holetown," +stretched between the house and the other, so that the +big gate-post where the semi-weekly mail was left by the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_2" id="Page_2">[Pg 2]</a></span> +mail-rider each Tuesday and Friday afternoon was a long +walk, even by the near cut through the woods. The railroad +was ten miles away by the road. There was a nearer +way, only about half the distance, by which the negroes +used to walk and which during the war, after all the horses +were gone, the boys, too, learned to travel; but before +that, the road by Trinity Church and Honeyman's Bridge +was the only route, and the other was simply a dim bridle-path, +and the "horseshoe-ford" was known to the initiated +alone.</p> + +<p>The mansion itself was known on the plantation as +"the great-house," to distinguish it from all the other +houses on the place, of which there were many. It had as +many wings as the angels in the vision of Ezekiel.</p> + +<p>These additions had been made, some in one generation, +some in another, as the size of the family required; +and finally, when there was no side of the original structure +to which another wing could be joined, a separate +building had been erected on the edge of the yard which +was called "The Office," and was used as such, as well as +for a lodging-place by the young men of the family. The +privilege of sleeping in the Office was highly esteemed, +for, like the <i>toga virilis</i>, it marked the entrance upon manhood +of the youths who were fortunate enough to enjoy +it. There smoking was admissible, there the guns were +kept in the corner, and there the dogs were allowed to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_3" id="Page_3">[Pg 3]</a></span> +sleep at the feet of their young masters, or in bed with +them, if they preferred it.</p> + +<p>In one of the rooms in this building the boys went to +school whilst small, and another they looked forward to +having as their own when they should be old enough to +be elevated to the coveted dignity of sleeping in the Office. +Hugh already slept there, and gave himself airs in +proportion; but Hugh they regarded as a very aged person; +not as old, it was true, as their cousins who came +down from college at Christmas, and who, at the first +outbreak of war, all rushed into the army; but each of +these was in the boys' eyes a Methuselah. Hugh had his +own horse and the double-barrelled gun, and when a fellow +got those there was little material difference between +him and other men, even if he did have to go to the +academy,—which was really something like going to +school.</p> + +<p>The boys were Frank and Willy; Frank being the eldest. +They went by several names on the place. Their +mother called them her "little men," with much pride; +Uncle Balla spoke of them as "them chillern," which generally +implied something of reproach; and Lucy Ann, +who had been taken into the house to "run after" them +when they were little boys, always coupled their names +as "Frank 'n' Willy." Peter and Cole did the same when +their mistress was not by.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_4" id="Page_4">[Pg 4]</a></span></p> + +<p>When there first began to be talk at Oakland about +the war, the boys thought it would be a dreadful thing; +their principal ideas about war being formed from an intimate +acquaintance with the Bible and its accounts of +the wars of the Children of Israel, in which men, women +and children were invariably put to the sword. This gave +a vivid conception of its horrors.</p> + +<p>One evening, in the midst of a discussion about the +approaching crisis, Willy astonished the company, who +were discussing the merits of probable leaders of the +Union armies, by suddenly announcing that he'd "bet they +didn't have any general who could beat Joab."</p> + +<p>Up to the time of the war, the boys had led a very uneventful, +but a very pleasant life. They used to go hunting +with Hugh, their older brother, when he would let +them go, and after the cows with Peter and Cole. Old +Balla, the driver, was their boon comrade and adviser, +and taught them to make whips, and traps for hares and +birds, as he had taught them to ride and to cobble shoes.</p> + +<p>He lived alone (for his wife had been set free years +before, and lived in Philadelphia). His room over "the +old kitchen" was the boys' play-room when he would permit +them to come in. There were so many odds and +ends in it that it was a delightful place.</p> + +<p>Then the boys played blindman's-buff in the house, +or hide-and-seek about the yard or garden, or upstairs<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">[Pg 5]</a></span> +in their den, a narrow alcove at the top of the house.</p> + +<p>The little willow-shadowed creek, that ran through +the meadow behind the barn, was one of their haunts. +They fished in it for minnows and little perch; they made +dams and bathed in it; and sometimes they played pirates +upon its waters.</p> + +<p>Once they made an extended search up and down its +banks for any fragments of Pharaoh's chariots which +might have been washed up so high; but that was when +they were younger and did not have much sense.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">[Pg 6]</a></span></p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_II" id="CHAPTER_II"></a>CHAPTER II.</h2> + + +<p>There was great excitement at Oakland during +the John Brown raid, and the boys' grandmother +used to pray for him and Cook, whose pictures +were in the papers.</p> + +<p>The boys became soldiers, and drilled punctiliously +with guns which they got Uncle Balla to make for them. +Frank was the captain, Willy the first lieutenant, and a +dozen or more little negroes composed the rank and file, +Peter and Cole being trusted file-closers.</p> + +<p>A little later they found their sympathies all on the +side of peace and the preservation of the Union. Their +uncle was for keeping the Union unbroken, and ran for +the Convention against Colonel Richards, who was the +chief officer of the militia in the county, and was as blood-thirsty +as Tamerlane, who reared the pyramid of skulls, +and as hungry for military renown as the great Napoleon, +about whom the boys had read.</p> + +<p>There was immense excitement in the county over the +election. Though the boys' mother had made them add +to their prayers a petition that their Uncle William might<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">[Pg 7]</a></span> +win, and that he might secure the blessings of peace; and, +though at family prayers, night and morning, the same +petition was presented, the boys' uncle was beaten at the +polls by a large majority. And then they knew there was +bound to be war, and that it must be very wicked. They +almost felt the "invader's heel," and the invaders were +invariably spoken of as "cruel," and the heel was described +as of "iron," and was always mentioned as engaged in +the act of crushing. They would have been terribly +alarmed at this cruel invasion had they not been reassured +by the general belief of the community that one Southerner +could whip ten Yankees, and that, collectively, the +South could drive back the North with pop-guns. When +the war actually broke out, the boys were the most enthusiastic +of rebels, and the troops in Camp Lee did not +drill more continuously nor industriously.</p> + +<p>Their father, who had been a Whig and opposed secession +until the very last, on Virginia's seceding, finally +cast his lot with his people, and joined an infantry company; +and Uncle William raised and equipped an artillery +company, of which he was chosen captain; but the infantry +was too tame and the artillery too ponderous to +suit the boys.</p> + +<p>They were taken to see the drill of the county troop of +cavalry, with its prancing horses and clanging sabres. It +was commanded by a cousin; and from that moment they<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">[Pg 8]</a></span> +were cavalrymen to the core. They flung away their +stick-guns in disgust; and Uncle Balla spent two grumbling +days fashioning them a stableful of horses with real +heads and "sure 'nough" leather bridles.</p> + +<p>Once, indeed, a secret attempt was made to utilize the +horses and mules which were running in the back pasture; +but a premature discovery of the matter ended in +such disaster to all concerned that the plan was abandoned, +and the boys had to content themselves with their wooden +steeds.</p> + +<p>The day that the final orders came for their father and +uncle to go to Richmond,—from which point they were +ordered to "the Peninsula,"—the boys could not understand +why every one was suddenly plunged into such distress. +Then, next morning, when the soldiers left, the +boys could not altogether comprehend it. They thought +it was a very fine thing to be allowed to ride Frank and +Hun, the two war-horses, with their new, deep army saddles +and long bits. They cried when their father and +uncle said good-bye, and went away; but it was because +their mother looked so pale and ill, and not because they +did not think it was all grand. They had no doubt that +all would come back soon, for old Uncle Billy, the "head-man," +who had been born down in "Little York," where +Cornwallis surrendered, had expressed the sentiment of +the whole plantation when he declared, as he sat in the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[Pg 9]</a></span> +back yard surrounded by an admiring throng and surveyed +the two glittering sabres which he had +no one but himself to polish, that "Ef them Britishers +jest sees dese swodes dee'll run!" The boys tried +to explain to him that these were not British, but Yankees,—but +he was hard to convince. Even Lucy Ann, +who was incurably afraid of everything like a gun or +fire-arm, partook of the general fervor, and boasted effusively +that she had actually "tetched Marse John's big +pistils."</p> + +<p>Hugh, who was fifteen, and was permitted to accompany +his father to Richmond, was regarded by the boys +with a feeling of mingled envy and veneration, which he +accepted with dignified complacency.</p> + +<p>Frank and Willy soon found that war brought some +immunities. The house filled up so with the families +of cousins and friends who were refugees that the boys +were obliged to sleep in the Office, and thus they felt that, +at a bound, they were almost as old as Hugh.</p> + +<p>There were the cousins from Gloucester, from the +Valley, and families of relatives from Baltimore and New +York, who had come south on the declaration of war. +Their favorite was their Cousin Belle, whose beauty at +once captivated both boys. This was the first time that +the boys knew anything of girls, except their own sister, +Evelyn; and after a brief period, during which the novelty<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[Pg 10]</a></span> +gave them pleasure, the inability of the girls to hunt, +climb trees, or play knucks, etc., and the additional restraint +which their presence imposed, caused them to hold +the opinion that "girls were no good."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[Pg 11]</a></span></p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_III" id="CHAPTER_III"></a>CHAPTER III.</h2> + + +<p>In course of time they saw a great deal of "the army,"—which +meant the Confederates. The idea that the +Yankees could ever get to Oakland never entered +any one's head. It was understood that the army lay +between Oakland and them, and surely they could never +get by the innumerable soldiers who were always passing +up one road or the other, and who, day after day and +night after night, were coming to be fed, and were rapidly +eating up everything that had been left on the place. +By the end of the first year they had been coming so +long that they made scarcely any difference; but the first +time a regiment camped in the neighborhood it created +great excitement.</p> + +<p>It became known one night that a cavalry regiment, +in which were several of their cousins, was encamped at +Honeyman's Bridge, and the boys' mother determined to +send a supply of provisions for the camp next morning; +so several sheep were killed, the smoke-house was opened, +and all night long the great fires in the kitchen and wash-house +glowed; and even then there was not room, so that +a big fire was kindled in the back yard, beside which saddles<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[Pg 12]</a></span> +of mutton were roasted in the tin kitchens. Everybody +was "rushing."</p> + +<p>The boys were told that they might go to see the soldiers, +and as they had to get off long before daylight, +they went to bed early, and left all "the other boys"—that +is, Peter and Cole and other colored children—squatting +about the fires and trying to help the cooks to +pile on wood.</p> + +<p>It was hard to leave the exciting scene.</p> + +<p>They were very sleepy the next morning; indeed, they +seemed scarcely to have fallen asleep when Lucy Ann +shook them; but they jumped up without the usual application +of cold water in their faces, which Lucy Ann so +delighted to make; and in a little while they were out in +the yard, where Balla was standing holding three horses,—their +mother's riding-horse; another with a side-saddle +for their Cousin Belle, whose brother was in the regiment; +and one for himself,—and Peter and Cole were +holding the carriage-horses for the boys, and several other +men were holding mules.</p> + +<p>Great hampers covered with white napkins were on +the porch, and the savory smell decided the boys not to +eat their breakfast, but to wait and take their share with +the soldiers.</p> + +<p>The roads were so bad that the carriage could not go; +and as the boys' mother wished to get the provisions to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[Pg 13]</a></span> +the soldiers before they broke camp, they had to set out +at once. In a few minutes they were all in the saddle, +the boys and their mother and Cousin Belle in front, and +Balla and the other servants following close behind, each +holding before him a hamper, which looked queer and +shadowy as they rode on in the darkness.</p> + +<p>The sky, which was filled with stars when they set +out, grew white as they splashed along mile after mile +through the mud. Then the road became clearer; they +could see into the woods, and the sky changed to a rich +pink, like the color of peach-blossoms. Their horses were +covered with mud up to the saddle-skirts. They turned +into a lane only half a mile from the bridge, and, suddenly, +a bugle rang out down in the wooded bottom below +them, and the boys hardly could be kept from putting +their horses to a run, so fearful were they that the soldiers +were leaving, and that they should not see them. +Their mother, however, told them that this was probably +the reveille, or "rising-bell," of the soldiers. She rode on +at a good sharp canter, and the boys were diverting themselves +over a discussion as to who would act the part of +Lucy Ann in waking the regiment of soldiers, when they +turned a curve, and at the end of the road, a few hundred +yards ahead, stood several horsemen.</p> + +<p>"There they are," exclaimed both boys.</p> + +<p>"No, that is a picket," said their mother; "gallop on,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[Pg 14]</a></span> +Frank, and tell them we are bringing breakfast for the +regiment."</p> + +<p>Frank dashed ahead, and soon they saw a soldier ride +forward to meet him, and, after a few words, return with +him to his comrades. Then, while they were still a hundred +yards distant, they saw Frank, who had received +some directions, start off again toward the bridge, at a +hard gallop. The picket had told him to go straight on +down the hill, and he would find the camp just the other +side of the bridge. He accordingly rode on, feeling very +important at being allowed to go alone to the camp on +such a mission.</p> + +<p>As he reached a turn in the road, just above the river, +the whole regiment lay swarming below him among the +large trees on the bank of the little stream. The horses +were picketed to bushes and stakes, in long rows, the saddles +lying on the ground, not far off; and hundreds of +men were moving about, some in full uniform and others +without coat or vest. A half-dozen wagons with sheets +on them stood on one side among the trees, near which +several fires were smoking, with men around them.</p> + +<p>As Frank clattered up to the bridge, a soldier with a +gun on his arm, who had been standing by the railing, +walked out to the middle of the bridge.</p> + +<p>"Halt! Where are you going in such a hurry, my +young man?" he said.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[Pg 15]</a></span></p> + +<p>"I wish to see the colonel," said Frank, repeating as +nearly as he could the words the picket had told him.</p> + +<p>"What do you want with him?"</p> + +<p>Frank was tempted not to tell him; but he was so impatient +to deliver his message before the others should +arrive, that he told him what he had come for.</p> + +<p>"There he is," said the sentinel, pointing to a place +among the trees where stood at least five hundred men.</p> + +<p>Frank looked, expecting to recognize the colonel by +his noble bearing, or splendid uniform, or some striking +marks.</p> + +<p>"Where?" he asked, in doubt; for while a number of +the men were in uniform, he knew these to be privates.</p> + +<p>"There," said the sentry, pointing; "by that stump, +near the yellow horse-blanket."</p> + +<p>Frank looked again. The only man he could fix upon +by the description was a young fellow, washing his face +in a tin basin, and he felt that this could not be the colonel; +but he did not like to appear dull, so he thanked the +man and rode on, thinking he would go to the point indicated, +and ask some one else to show him the officer.</p> + +<p>He felt quite grand as he rode in among the men, +who, he thought, would recognize his importance and +treat him accordingly; but, as he passed on, instead of +paying him the respect he had expected, they began to +guy him with all sorts of questions.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[Pg 16]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Hullo, bud, going to jine the cavalry?" asked one. +"Which is oldest; you or your horse?" inquired another.</p> + +<p>"How's pa—and ma?" "Does your mother know +you're out?" asked others. One soldier walked up, and +putting his hand on the bridle, proceeded affably to ask +him after his health, and that of every member of his +family. At first Frank did not understand that they were +making fun of him, but it dawned on him when the man +asked him solemnly:</p> + +<p>"Are there any Yankees around, that you were running +away so fast just now?"</p> + +<p>"No; if there were I'd never have found <i>you</i> here," +said Frank, shortly, in reply; which at once turned the tide +in his favor and diverted the ridicule from himself to his +teaser, who was seized by some of his comrades and carried +off with much laughter and slapping on the back.</p> + +<p>"I wish to see Colonel Marshall," said Frank, pushing +his way through the group that surrounded him, and +riding up to the man who was still occupied at the basin +on the stump.</p> + +<p>"All right, sir, I'm the man," said the individual, +cheerily looking up with his face dripping and rosy from +its recent scrubbing.</p> + +<p>"You the colonel!" exclaimed Frank, suspicious that he +was again being ridiculed, and thinking it impossible that +this slim, rosy-faced youngster, who was scarcely stouter<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[Pg 17]</a></span> +than Hugh, and who was washing in a tin basin, could +be the commander of all these soldierly-looking men, many +of whom were old enough to be his father.</p> + +<p>"Yes, I'm the lieutenant-colonel. I'm in command," +said the gentleman, smiling at him over the towel.</p> + +<p>Something made Frank understand that this was +really the officer, and he gave his message, which was received +with many expressions of thanks.</p> + +<p>"Won't you get down? Here, Campbell, take this +horse, will you?" he called to a soldier, as Frank sprang +from his horse. The orderly stepped forward and took +the bridle.</p> + +<p>"Now, come with me," said the colonel, leading the +way. "We must get ready to receive your mother. +There are some ladies coming—and breakfast," he called +to a group who were engaged in the same occupation he +had just ended, and whom Frank knew by instinct to +be officers.</p> + +<p>The information seemed to electrify the little knot addressed; +for they began to rush around, and in a few moments +they all were in their uniforms, and surrounding +the colonel, who, having brushed his hair with the aid of +a little glass hung on a bush, had hurried into his coat and +was buckling on his sword and giving orders in a way +which at once satisfied Frank that he was every inch a +colonel.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[Pg 18]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Now let us go and receive your mother," said he +to the boy. As he strode through the camp with his coat +tightly buttoned, his soft hat set jauntily on the side of his +head, his plumes sweeping over its side, and his sword +clattering at his spurred heel, he presented a very different +appearance from that which he had made a little before, +with his head in a tin basin, and his face covered with +lather. In fact, Colonel Marshall was already a noted +officer, and before the end of the war he attained still +higher rank and reputation.</p> + +<p>The colonel met the rest of the party at the bridge, +and introduced himself and several officers who soon +joined him. The negroes were directed to take the provisions +over to the other side of the stream into the camp, +and in a little while the whole regiment were enjoying +the breakfast. The boys and their mother had at the +colonel's request joined his mess, in which was one of +their cousins, the brother of their cousin Belle.</p> + +<p>The gentlemen could eat scarcely anything, they were +so busy attending to the wants of the ladies. The colonel, +particularly, waited on their cousin Belle all the time.</p> + +<p>As soon as they had finished the colonel left them, and +a bugle blew. In a minute all was bustle. Officers were +giving orders; horses were saddled and brought out; and +by what seemed magic to the boys, the men, who just +before were scattered about among the trees laughing and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[Pg 19]</a></span> +eating, were standing by their horses all in proper order. +The colonel and the officers came and said good-bye.</p> + +<p>Again the bugle blew. Every man was in his saddle. +A few words by the colonel, followed by other words from +the captains, and the column started, turning across the +bridge, the feet of the horses thundering on the planks. +Then the regiment wound up the hill at a walk, the men +singing snatches of a dozen songs of which "The Bonnie +Blue Flag," "Lorena," and "Carry Me Back to Old Virginia +Shore," were the chief ones.</p> + +<p>It seemed to the boys that to be a soldier was the +noblest thing on earth; and that this regiment could do +anything.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[Pg 20]</a></span></p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_IV" id="CHAPTER_IV"></a>CHAPTER IV.</h2> + + +<p>After this it became a common thing for passing +regiments to camp near Oakland, and the fire +blazed many a night, cooking for the soldiers, till +the chickens were crowing in the morning. The negroes +all had hen-houses and raised their own chickens, and +when a camp was near them they used to drive a thriving +trade on their own account, selling eggs and chickens to +the privates while the officers were entertained in the +"gret house."</p> + +<p>It was thought an honor to furnish food to the soldiers. +Every soldier was to the boys a hero, and each +young officer might rival Ivanhoe or Cœur de Lion.</p> + +<p>It was not a great while, however, before they learned +that all soldiers were not like their favorite knights. At +any rate, thefts were frequent. The absence of men from +the plantations, and the constant passing of strangers +made stealing easy; hen-roosts were robbed time after time, +and even pigs and sheep were taken without any trace of +the thieves. The boys' hen-house, however, which was +in the yard, had never been troubled. It was about their +only possession, and they took great pride in it.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[Pg 21]</a></span></p> + +<p>One night the boys were fast asleep in their room in +the office, with old Bruno and Nick curled up on their +sheep-skins on the floor. Hugh was away, so the boys +were the only "men" on the place, and felt that they +were the protectors of the plantation. The frequent +thefts had made every one very suspicious, and the boys +had made up their minds to be on the watch, and, if possible, +to catch the thief.</p> + +<p>The negroes said that the deserters did the stealing.</p> + +<p>On the night in question, the boys were sound asleep +when old Bruno gave a low growl, and then began walking +and sniffing up and down the room. Soon Nick gave +a sharp, quick bark.</p> + +<p>Frank waked first. He was not startled, for the dogs +were in the habit of barking whenever they wished to go +out-of-doors. Now, however, they kept it up, and it was +in a strain somewhat different from their usual signal.</p> + +<p>"What's the matter with you? Go and lie down, +Bruno," called Frank. "Hush up, Nick!" But Bruno +would not lie down, and Nick would not keep quiet, though +at the sound of Frank's voice they felt less responsibility, +and contented themselves with a low growling.</p> + +<p>After a little while Frank was on the point of dropping +off to sleep again, when he heard a sound out in the yard, +which at once thoroughly awakened him. He nudged +Willy in the side.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[Pg 22]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Willy—Willy, wake up; there's some one moving +around outdoors."</p> + +<p>"Umm-mm," groaned Willy, turning over and settling +himself for another nap.</p> + +<p>The sound of a chicken chirping out in fright reached +Frank's ear.</p> + +<p>"Wake up, Willy!" he called, pinching him hard. +"There's some one at the hen-house."</p> + +<p>Willy was awake in a second. The boys consulted as +to what should be done. Willy was sceptical. He +thought Frank had been dreaming, or that it was only +Uncle Balla, or "some one" moving about the yard. But +a second cackle of warning reached them, and in a minute +both boys were out of bed pulling on their clothes with +trembling impatience.</p> + +<p>"Let's go and wake Uncle Balla," proposed Willy, +getting himself all tangled in the legs of his trousers.</p> + +<p>"No; I'll tell you what, let's catch him ourselves," suggested +Frank.</p> + +<p>"All right," assented Willy. "We'll catch him and +lock him up; suppose he's got a pistol? your gun maybe +won't go off; it doesn't always burst the cap."</p> + +<p>"Well, your old musket is loaded, and you can hold +him, while I snap the cap at him, and get it ready."</p> + +<p>"All right—I can't find my jacket—I'll hold him."</p> + +<p>"Where in the world is my hat?" whispered Frank.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[Pg 23]</a></span> +"Never mind, it must be in the house. Let's go out the +back way. We can get out without his hearing us."</p> + +<p>"What shall we do with the dogs? Let's shut them +up."</p> + +<p>"No, let's take 'em with us. We can keep them quiet +and hold 'em in, and they can track him if he gets away."</p> + +<p>"All right;" and the boys slowly opened the door, and +crept stealthily out, Frank clutching his double-barrelled +gun, and Willy hugging a heavy musket which he had +found and claimed as one of the prizes of war. It was +almost pitch-dark.</p> + +<p>They decided that one should take one side of the hen-house, +and one the other side (in such a way that if they +had to shoot, they would almost certainly shoot one another!) +but before they had separated both dogs jerked +loose from their hands and dashed away in the darkness, +barking furiously.</p> + +<p>"There he goes round the garden," shouted Willy, as +the sound of footsteps like those of a man running with +all his might came from the direction which the dogs had +taken.</p> + +<p>"Come on," and both started; but, after taking a few +steps, they stopped to listen so that they might trace the +fugitive.</p> + +<p>A faint noise behind them arrested their attention, +and Frank tiptoed back toward the hen-house. It was<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[Pg 24]</a></span> +too dark to see much, but he heard the hen-house door +creak, and was conscious even in the darkness that it was +being pushed slowly open.</p> + +<p>"Here's one, Willy," he shouted, at the same time putting +his gun to his shoulder and pulling the trigger. The +hammer fell with a sharp "click" just as the door was +snatched to with a bang. The cap had failed to explode, +or the chicken-eating days of the individual in the hen-house +would have ended then and there.</p> + +<p>The boys stood for some moments with their guns +pointed at the door of the hen-house expecting the person +within to attempt to burst out; but the click of the +hammer and their hurried conference without, in which +it was promptly agreed to let him have both barrels if he +appeared, reconciled him to remaining within.</p> + +<p>After some time it was decided to go and wake Uncle +Balla, and confer with him as to the proper disposition +of their captive. Accordingly, Frank went off to obtain +help, while Willy remained to watch the hen-house. As +Frank left he called back:</p> + +<p>"Willy, you take good aim at him, and if he pokes his +head out—let him have it!"</p> + +<p>This Willy solemnly promised to do.</p> + +<p>Frank was hardly out of hearing before Willy was +surprised to hear the prisoner call him by name in the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[Pg 25]</a></span> +most friendly and familiar manner, although the voice was +a strange one.</p> + +<p>"Willy, is that you?" called the person inside.</p> + +<p>"Yes."</p> + +<p>"Where's Frank?"</p> + +<p>"Gone to get Uncle Balla."</p> + +<p>"Did you see that other fellow?"</p> + +<p>"Yes."</p> + +<p>"I wish you'd shot him. He brought me here and +played a joke on me. He told me this was a house I could +sleep in, and shut me up in here,—and blest if I don't +b'lieve it's nothin' but a hen-house. Let me out here a +minute," he continued, after a pause, cajolingly.</p> + +<p>"No, I won't," said Willy firmly, getting his gun ready.</p> + +<p>There was a pause, and then from the depths of the +hen-house issued the most awful groan:</p> + +<p>"Umm! Ummm!! Ummmm!!!"</p> + +<p>Willy was frightened.</p> + +<p>"Umm! Umm!" was repeated.</p> + +<p>"What's the matter with you?" asked Willy, feeling +sorry in spite of himself.</p> + +<p>"Oh! Oh! Oh! I'm so sick," groaned the man in the +hen-house.</p> + +<p>"How? What's the matter?"</p> + +<p>"That man that fooled me in here gave me something +to drink, and it's pizened me; oh! oh! oh! I'm dying."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[Pg 26]</a></span></p> + +<p>It was a horrible groan.</p> + +<p>Willy's heart relented. He moved to the door and +was just about to open it to look in when a light flashed +across the yard from Uncle Balla's house, and he saw him +coming with a flaming light-wood knot in his hand.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[Pg 27]</a></span></p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_V" id="CHAPTER_V"></a>CHAPTER V.</h2> + + +<p>Instead of opening the door, therefore, Willy called +to the old man, who was leisurely crossing the yard: +"Run, Uncle Balla. Quick, run!"</p> + +<p>At the call Old Balla and Frank set out as fast as they +could.</p> + +<p>"What's the matter? Is he done kill de chickens? +Is he done got away?" the old man asked, breathlessly.</p> + +<p>"No, he's dyin'," shouted Willy.</p> + +<p>"Hi! is you shoot him?" asked the old driver.</p> + +<p>"No, that other man's poisoned him. He was the robber +and he fooled this one," explained Willy, opening the +door and peeping anxiously in.</p> + +<p>"Go 'long, boy,—now, d'ye ever heah de better o' dat?—dat +man's foolin' wid you; jes' tryin' to git yo' to let +him out."</p> + +<p>"No, he isn't," said Willy; "you ought to have heard +him."</p> + +<p>But both Balla and Frank were laughing at him, so he +felt very shamefaced. He was relieved by hearing another +groan.</p> + +<p>"Oh, oh, oh! Ah, ah!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[Pg 28]</a></span></p> + +<p>"You hear that?" he asked, triumphantly.</p> + +<p>"I boun' I'll see what's the matter with him, the roscol! +Stan' right dyah, y' all, an' if he try to run shoot him, +but mine you don' hit <i>me</i>," and the old man walked up +to the door, and standing on one side flung it open. "What +you doin' in dyah after dese chillern's chickens?" he called +fiercely.</p> + +<p>"Hello, old man, 's 'at you? I's mighty sick," muttered +the person within. Old Balla held his torch inside +the house, amid a confused cackle and flutter of +fowls.</p> + +<p>"Well, ef 'tain' a white man, and a soldier at dat!" +he exclaimed. "What you doin' heah, robbin' white folks' +hen-roos'?" he called, roughly. "Git up off dat groun'; +you ain' sick."</p> + +<p>"Let me get up, Sergeant,—hic—don't you heah the +roll-call?—the tent's mighty dark; what you fool me in +here for?" muttered the man inside.</p> + +<p>The boys could see that he was stretched out on the +floor, apparently asleep, and that he was a soldier in uniform. +Balla stepped inside.</p> + +<p>"Is he dead?" asked both boys as Balla caught him by +the arms, lifted him, and let him fall again limp on the +floor.</p> + +<p>"Nor, he's dead-drunk," said Balla, picking up an +empty flask. "Come on out. Let me see what I gwi' +do wid you?" he said, scratching his head.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[Pg 29]</a></span></p> + +<p class="figcenter" style="width: 430px;"> +<img src="images/image003.jpg" width="430" height="580" alt="THE OLD MAN WALKED UP TO THE DOOR, AND STANDING ON ONE +SIDE FLUNG IT OPEN." title="THE OLD MAN WALKED UP TO THE DOOR, AND STANDING ON ONE +SIDE FLUNG IT OPEN." /> +<span class="caption">THE OLD MAN WALKED UP TO THE DOOR, AND STANDING ON ONE +SIDE FLUNG IT OPEN.</span> +</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[Pg 31]</a></span></p> + +<p>"I know what I gwi' do wid you. I gwi' lock you up +right whar you is."</p> + +<p>"Uncle Balla, s'pose he gets well, won't he get out?"</p> + +<p>"Ain' <i>I</i> gwi' lock him up? Dat's good from you, who +was jes' gwi' let 'im out ef me an' Frank hadn't come up +when we did."</p> + +<p>Willy stepped back abashed. His heart accused him +and told him the charge was true. Still he ventured one +more question:</p> + +<p>"Hadn't you better take the hens out?"</p> + +<p>"Nor; 'tain' no use to teck nuttin' out dyah. Ef he +comes to, he know we got 'im, an' he dyahson' trouble +nuttin'."</p> + +<p>And the old man pushed to the door and fastened the +iron hasp over the strong staple. Then, as the lock had +been broken, he took a large nail from his pocket and +fastened it in the staple with a stout string so that it could +not be shaken out. All the time he was working he was +talking to the boys, or rather to himself, for their benefit.</p> + +<p>"Now, you see ef we don' find him heah in the mornin'! +Willy jes' gwi' let you get 'way, but a <i>man</i> got you now, +wha'ar' been handlin' horses an' know how to hole 'em in +the stalls. I boun' he'll have to butt like a ram to git out +dis log hen-house," he said, finally, as he finished tying<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[Pg 32]</a></span> +the last knot in his string, and gave the door a vigorous +rattle to test its strength.</p> + +<p>Willy had been too much abashed at his mistake to +fully appreciate all of the witticisms over the prisoner, but +Frank enjoyed them almost as much as Unc' Balla himself.</p> + +<p>"Now y' all go 'long to bed, an' I'll go back an' teck +a little nap myself," said he, in parting. "Ef he gits out +that hen-house I'll give you ev'y chicken I got. But he +am' <i>gwine</i> git out. A <i>man's</i> done fasten him up dyah."</p> + +<p>The boys went off to bed, Willy still feeling depressed +over his ridiculous mistake. They were soon fast asleep, +and if the dogs barked again they did not hear them.</p> + +<p>The next thing they knew, Lucy Ann, convulsed with +laughter, was telling them a story about Uncle Balla and +the man in the hen-house. They jumped up, and pulling +on their clothes ran out in the yard, thinking to see the +prisoner.</p> + +<p>Instead of doing so, they found Uncle Balla standing +by the hen-house with a comical look of mystification and +chagrin; the roof had been lifted off at one end and not +only the prisoner, but every chicken was gone!</p> + +<p>The boys were half inclined to cry; Balla's look, however, +set them to laughing.</p> + +<p>"Unc' Balla, you got to give me every chicken you +got, 'cause you said you would," said Willy.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[Pg 33]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Go 'way from heah, boy. Don' pester me when I +studyin' to see which way he got out."</p> + +<p>"You ain't never had a horse get through the roof +before, have you?" said Frank.</p> + +<p>"Go 'way from here, I tell you," said the old man, +walking around the house, looking at it.</p> + +<p>As the boys went back to wash and dress themselves, +they heard Balla explaining to Lucy Ann and some of the +other servants that "the man them chillern let git away +had just come back and tooken out the one he had locked +up"; a solution of the mystery he always stoutly insisted +upon.</p> + +<p>One thing, however, the person's escape effected—it +prevented Willy's ever hearing any more of his mistake; +but that did not keep him now and then from asking Uncle +Balla "if he had fastened his horses well."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[Pg 34]</a></span></p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_VI" id="CHAPTER_VI"></a>CHAPTER VI.</h2> + + +<p>These hens were not the last things stolen from +Oakland. Nearly all the men in the country had +gone with the army. Indeed, with the exception +of a few overseers who remained to work the farms, every +man in the neighborhood, between the ages of seventeen +and fifty, was in the army. The country was thus left +almost wholly unprotected, and it would have been entirely +so but for the "Home Guard," as it was called, which was +a company composed of young boys and the few old men +who remained at home, and who had volunteered for +service as a local guard, or police body, for the neighborhood +of their homes.</p> + +<p>Occasionally, too, later on, a small detachment of +men, under a leader known as a "conscript-officer," would +come through the country hunting for any men who were +subject to the conscript law but who had evaded it, and +for deserters who had run away from the army and +refused to return.</p> + +<p>These two classes of troops, however, stood on a very +different footing. The Home Guard was regarded with +much respect, for it was composed of those whose extreme<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[Pg 35]</a></span> +age or youth alone withheld them from active service; +and every youngster in its ranks looked upon it as a +training school, and was ready to die in defence of his +home if need were, and, besides, expected to obtain permission +to go into the army "next year."</p> + +<p>The conscript-guard, on the other hand, were grown +men, and were thought to be shirking the very dangers +and hardships into which they were trying to force others.</p> + +<p>A few miles from Oakland, on the side toward the +mountain road and beyond the big woods, lay a district +of virgin forest and old-field pines which, even before the +war, had acquired a reputation of an unsavory nature, +though its inhabitants were a harmless people. No highways +ran through this region, and the only roads which +entered it were mere wood-ways, filled with bushes and +carpeted with pine-tags; and, being travelled only by the +inhabitants, appeared to outsiders "to jes' peter out," +as the phrase went. This territory was known by the +unpromising name of Holetown.</p> + +<p>Its denizens were a peculiar but kindly race known to +the boys as "poor white folks," and called by the negroes, +with great contempt, "po' white trash." Some of them +owned small places in the pines; but the majority were +simply tenants. They were an inoffensive people, and +their worst vices were intemperance and evasion of the +tax-laws.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[Pg 36]</a></span></p> + +<p>They made their living—or rather, they existed—by +fishing and hunting; and, to eke it out, attempted the +cultivation of little patches of corn and tobacco near their +cabins, or in the bottoms where small branches ran into +the stream already mentioned.</p> + +<p>In appearance they were usually so thin and sallow +that one had to look at them twice to see them clearly. +At best, they looked vague and illusive.</p> + +<p>They were brave enough. At the outbreak of the +war nearly all of the men in this community enlisted, +thinking, as many others did, that war was more like +play than work, and consisted more of resting than of +laboring. Although most of them, when in battle, showed +the greatest fearlessness, yet the duties of camp soon +became irksome to them, and they grew sick of the +restraint and drilling of camp-life; so some of them, when +refused a furlough, took it, and came home. Others +stayed at home after leave had ended, feeling secure in +their stretches of pine and swamp, not only from the +feeble efforts of the conscript-guard, but from any parties +who might be sent in search of them.</p> + +<p>In this way it happened, as time went by, that Holetown +became known to harbor a number of deserters.</p> + +<p>According to the negroes, it was full of them; and +many stories were told about glimpses of men dodging +behind trees in the big woods, or rushing away through<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[Pg 37]</a></span> +the underbrush like wild cattle. And, though the grown +people doubted whether the negroes had not been startled +by some of the hogs, which were quite wild, feeding in +the woods, the boys were satisfied that the negroes really +had seen deserters.</p> + +<p>This became a certainty when there came report after +report of these wood-skulkers, and when the conscript-guard, +with the brightest of uniforms, rode by with as +much show and noise as if on a fox-hunt. Then it became +known that deserters were, indeed, infesting the piny district +of Holetown, and in considerable numbers.</p> + +<p>Some of them, it was said, were pursuing agriculture +and all their ordinary vocations as openly as in time of +peace, and more industriously. They had a regular code +of signals, and nearly every person in the Holetown settlement +was in league with them.</p> + +<p>When the conscript-guard came along, there would +be a rush of tow-headed children through the woods, or +some of the women about the cabins would blow a horn +lustily; after which not a man could be found in all the +district. The horn told just how many men were in the +guard, and which path they were following; every member +of the troop being honored with a short, quick "toot."</p> + +<p>"What are you blowing-that horn for?" sternly asked +the guard one morning of an old woman,—old Mrs. Hall<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[Pg 38]</a></span> +who stood out in front of her little house blowing like +Boreas in the pictures.</p> + +<p>"Jes' blowin' fur Millindy to come to dinner," she said, +sullenly. "Can't y' all let a po' 'ooman call her gals to +git some'n' to eat? You got all her boys in d'army, killin' +'em; whyn't yo' go and git kilt some yo'self, 'stidder ridin' +'bout heah tromplin' all over po' folk's chickens?"</p> + +<p>When the troop returned in the evening, she was still +blowing; "blowin' fur Millindy to come home," she said, +with more sharpness than before. But there must have +been many Millindys, for horns were sounding all through +the settlement.</p> + +<p>The deserters, at such times, were said to take to the +swamps, and marvellous rumors were abroad of one or +more caves, all fitted up, wherein they concealed themselves, +like the robbers in the stories the boys were so +fond of reading.</p> + +<p>After a while thefts of pigs and sheep became so +common that they were charged to the deserters.</p> + +<p>Finally it grew to be such a pest that the ladies in the +neighborhood asked the Home Guard to take action in +the matter, and after some delay it became known that +this valorous body was going to invade Holetown and +capture the deserters or drive them away. Hugh was +to accompany them, of course; and he looked very handsome, +as well as very important, when he started out on<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[Pg 39]</a></span> +horseback to join the troop. It was his first active service; +and with his trousers in his boots and his pistol in his belt +he looked as brave as Julius Cæsar, and quite laughed at +his mother's fears for him, as she kissed him good-bye +and walked out with him to his horse, which Balla held +at the gate.</p> + +<p>The boys asked leave to go with him; but Hugh was +so scornful over their request, and looked so soldierly as +he galloped away with the other men that the boys felt +as cheap as possible.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[Pg 40]</a></span></p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_VII" id="CHAPTER_VII"></a>CHAPTER VII.</h2> + + +<p>When the boys went into the house they found +that their Aunt Mary had a headache that +morning, and, even with the best intentions +of doing her duty in teaching them, had been forced to +go to bed. Their mother was too much occupied with +her charge of providing for a family of over a dozen +white persons, and five times as many colored dependents, +to give any time to acting as substitute in the school-room, +so the boys found themselves with a holiday before them. +It seemed vain to try to shoot duck on the creek, and the +perch were averse to biting. The boys accordingly +determined to take both guns and to set out for a real +hunt in the big woods.</p> + +<p>They received their mother's permission, and after a +lunch was prepared they started in high glee, talking about +the squirrels and birds they expected to kill.</p> + +<p>Frank had his gun, and Willy had the musket; and +both carried a plentiful supply of powder and some tolerably +round slugs made from cartridges.</p> + +<p>They usually hunted in the part of the woods nearest<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[Pg 41]</a></span> +the house, and they knew that game was not very abundant +there; so, as a good long day was before them, they determined +to go over to the other side of the woods.</p> + +<p>They accordingly pushed on, taking a path which led +through the forest. They went entirely through the big +woods without seeing anything but one squirrel, and +presently found themselves at the extreme edge of Holetown. +They were just grumbling at the lack of game +when they heard a distant horn. The sound came from +perhaps a mile or more away, but was quite distinct.</p> + +<p>"What's that? Somebody fox-hunting?—or is it a +dinner-horn?" asked Willy, listening intently.</p> + +<p>"It's a horn to warn deserters, that's what 'tis," said +Frank, pleased to show his superior knowledge.</p> + +<p>"I tell you what to do:—let's go and hunt deserters," +said Willy, eagerly.</p> + +<p>"All right. Won't that be fun!" and both boys set +out down the road toward a point where they knew one +of the paths ran into the pine-district, talking of the numbers +of prisoners they expected to take.</p> + +<p>In an instant they were as alert and eager as young +hounds on a trail. They had mapped out a plan before, +and they knew exactly what they had to do. Frank was +the captain, by right of his being older; and Willy was +lieutenant, and was to obey orders. The chief thing that +troubled them was that they did not wish to be seen by<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[Pg 42]</a></span> +any of the women or children about the cabins, for they +all knew the boys, because they were accustomed to come +to Oakland for supplies; then, too, the boys wished to +remain on friendly terms with their neighbors. Another +thing worried them. They did not know what to do with +their prisoners after they should have captured them. +However, they pushed on and soon came to a dim cart-way, +which ran at right-angles to the main road and which +went into the very heart of Holetown. Here they halted +to reconnoitre and to inspect their weapons.</p> + +<p>Even from the main road, the track, as it led off +through the overhanging woods with thick underbrush of +chinquapin bushes, appeared to the boys to have something +strange about it, though they had at other times +walked it from end to end. Still, they entered boldly, +clutching their guns. Willy suggested that they should +go in Indian file and that the rear one should step in the +other's footprints as the Indians do; but Frank thought +it was best to walk abreast, as the Indians walked in their +peculiar way only to prevent an enemy who crossed their +trail from knowing how many they were; and, so far +from it being any disadvantage for the deserters to know +<i>their</i> number, it was even better that they should know +there were two, so that they would not attack from the +rear. Accordingly, keeping abreast, they struck in; each<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[Pg 43]</a></span> +taking the woods on one side of the road, which he was +to watch and for which he was to be responsible.</p> + +<p>The farther they went the more indistinct the track +became, and the wilder became the surrounding woods. +They proceeded with great caution, examining every +particularly thick clump of bushes; peeping behind each +very large tree; and occasionally even taking a glance up +among its boughs; for they had themselves so often +planned how, if pursued, they would climb trees and conceal +themselves, that they would not have been at all +surprised to find a fierce deserter, armed to the teeth, +crouching among the branches.</p> + +<p>Though they searched carefully every spot where a +deserter could possibly lurk, they passed through the oak +woods and were deep in the pines without having seen +any foe or heard a noise which could possibly proceed +from one. A squirrel had daringly leaped from the trunk +of a hickory-tree and run into the woods, right before +them, stopping impudently to take a good look at them; +but they were hunting larger game than squirrels, and they +resisted the temptation to take a shot at him,—an exercise +of virtue which brought them a distinct feeling of pleasure. +They were, however, beginning to be embarrassed as to +their next course. They could hear the dogs barking +farther on in the pines, and knew they were approaching +the vicinity of the settlement; for they had crossed the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[Pg 44]</a></span> +little creek which ran through a thicket of elder bushes +and "gums," and which marked the boundary of Holetown. +Little paths, too, every now and then turned off +from the main track and went into the pines, each leading +to a cabin or bit of creek-bottom deeper in. They therefore +were in a real dilemma concerning what to do; and +Willy's suggestion, to eat lunch, was a welcome one. They +determined to go a little way into the woods, where they +could not be seen, and had just taken the lunch out of the +game-bag and were turning into a by-path, when they +met a man who was coming along at a slow, lounging +walk, and carrying a long single-barrelled shot-gun across +his arm.</p> + +<p>When first they heard him, they thought he might be +a deserter; but when he came nearer they saw that he +was simply a countryman out hunting; for his old game-bag +(from which peeped a squirrel's tail) was over his +shoulder, and he had no weapon at all, excepting that old +squirrel-gun.</p> + +<p>"Good morning, sir," said both boys, politely.</p> + +<p>"Mornin'! What luck y' all had?" he asked good-naturedly, +stopping and putting the butt of his gun on +the ground, and resting lazily on it, preparatory to a chat.</p> + +<p>"We're not hunting; we're hunting deserters."</p> + +<p>"Huntin' deserters!" echoed the man with a smile<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[Pg 45]</a></span> +which broke into a chuckle of amusement as the thought +worked its way into his brain. "Ain't you see' none?"</p> + +<p>"No," said both boys in a breath, greatly pleased at +his friendliness. "Do you know where any are?"</p> + +<p>The man scratched his head, seeming to reflect.</p> + +<p>"Well, 'pears to me I hearn tell o' some, 'roun' to'des +that-a-ways," making a comprehensive sweep of his arm +in the direction just opposite to that which the boys were +taking. "I seen the conscrip'-guard a little while ago +pokin' 'roun' this-a-way; but Lor', that ain' the way to +ketch deserters. I knows every foot o' groun' this-a-way, +an' ef they was any deserters roun' here I'd be mighty apt +to know it."</p> + +<p>This announcement was an extinguisher to the boys' +hopes. Clearly, they were going in the wrong direction.</p> + +<p>"We are just going to eat our lunch," said Frank; +"won't you join us?"</p> + +<p>Willy added his invitation to his brother's, and their +friend politely accepted, suggesting that they should walk +back a little way and find a log. This all three did; and +in a few minutes they were enjoying the lunch which the +boys' mother had provided, while the stranger was telling +the boys his views about deserters, which, to say the least, +were very original.</p> + +<p>"I seen the conscrip'-guard jes' this mornin', ridin' +'round whar they knowd they warn' no deserters, but<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[Pg 46]</a></span> +ole womens and children," he said with his mouth full. +"Whyn't they go whar they knows deserters <i>is</i>?" he asked.</p> + +<p>"Where are they? We heard they had a cave down +on the river, and we were going there," declared the boys.</p> + +<p>"Down on the river?—a cave? Ain' no cave down +thar, without it's below Rockett's mill; fur I've hunted +and fished ev'y foot o' that river up an' down both sides, +an' 'tain' a hole thar, big enough to hide a' ole hyah, +I ain' know."</p> + +<p>This proof was too conclusive to admit of further +argument.</p> + +<p>"Why don't <i>you</i> go in the army?" asked Willy, after +a brief reflection.</p> + +<p>"What? Why don't <i>I</i> go in the army?" repeated the +hunter. "Why, I's <i>in</i> the army! You didn' think I warn't +in the army, did you?"</p> + +<p>The hunter's tone and the expression of his face were +so full of surprise that Willy felt deeply mortified at his +rudeness, and began at once to stammer something to +explain himself.</p> + +<p>"I b'longs to Colonel Marshall's regiment," continued +the man, "an' I's been home sick on leave o' absence. Got +wounded in the leg, an' I's jes' gettin' well. I ain' rightly +well enough to go back now, but I's anxious to git back; +I'm gwine to-morrow mornin' ef I don' go this evenin'. +You see I kin hardly walk now!" and to demonstrate his<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[Pg 47]</a></span> +lameness, he got up and limped a few yards. "I ain' well +yit," he pursued, returning and dropping into his seat on +the log, with his face drawn up by the pain the exertion +had brought on.</p> + +<p>"Let me see your wound. Is it sore now?" asked +Willy, moving nearer to the man with a look expressive +of mingled curiosity and sympathy.</p> + +<p>"You can't see it; it's up heah," said the soldier, +touching the upper part of his hip; "an' I got another one +heah," he added, placing his hand very gently to his side. +"This one's whar a Yankee run me through with his sword. +Now, that one was where a piece of shell hit me,—I don't +keer nothin' 'bout that," and he opened his shirt and +showed a triangular, purple scar on his shoulder.</p> + +<p>"You certainly must be a brave soldier," exclaimed +both boys, impressed at sight of the scar, their voices +softened by fervent admiration.</p> + +<p>"Yes, I kep' up with the bes' of 'em," he said, with a +pleased smile.</p> + +<p>Suddenly a horn began to blow, "toot—toot—toot," as +if all the "Millindys" in the world were being summoned. +It was so near the boys that it quite startled them.</p> + +<p>"That's for the deserters, now," they both exclaimed.</p> + +<p>Their friend looked calmly up and down the road, +both ways.</p> + +<p>"Them rascally conscrip'-guard been tellin' you all<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[Pg 48]</a></span> +that, to gi' 'em some excuse for keepin' out o' th' army +theyselves—that's all. Th' ain' gwine ketch no deserters +any whar in all these parts, an' you kin tell 'em so. I'm +gwine down thar an' see what that horn's a-blowin' fur; +hit's somebody's dinner horn, or somp'n'," he added, rising +and taking up his game-bag.</p> + +<p>"Can't we go with you?" asked the boys.</p> + +<p>"Well, nor, I reckon you better not," he drawled; +"thar's some right bad dogs down thar in the pines,—mons'us +bad; an' I's gwine cut through the woods an' see ef I +can't pick up a squ'rr'l, gwine 'long, for the ole 'ooman's +supper, as I got to go 'way to-night or to-morrow; she's +mighty poorly."</p> + +<p>"Is she poorly much?" asked Willy, greatly concerned. +"We'll get mamma to come and see her to-morrow, and +bring her some bread."</p> + +<p>"Nor, she ain' so sick; that is to say, she jis' poorly +and 'sturbed in her mind. She gittin' sort o' old. Here, +y' all take these squ'rr'ls," he said, taking the squirrels +from his old game-bag and tossing them at Willy's feet. +Both boys protested, but he insisted. "Oh, yes; I kin get +some mo' fur her.</p> + +<p>"Y' all better go home. Well, good-bye, much obliged +to you," and he strolled off with his gun in the bend of his +arm, leaving the boys to admire and talk over his courage.</p> + +<p>They turned back, and had gone about a quarter of a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[Pg 49]</a></span> +mile, when they heard a great trampling of horses behind +them. They stopped to listen, and in a little while a +squadron of cavalry came in sight. The boys stepped to +one side of the road to wait for them, eager to tell the +important information they had received from their friend, +that there were no deserters in that section. In a hurried +consultation they agreed not to tell that they had been +hunting deserters themselves, as they knew the soldiers +would only have a laugh at their expense.</p> + +<p>"Hello, boys, what luck?" called the officer in the lead, +in a friendly manner.</p> + +<p>They told him they had not shot anything; that the +squirrels had been given to them; and then both boys +inquired:</p> + +<p>"You all hunting for deserters?"</p> + +<p>"You seen any?" asked the leader, carelessly, while +one or two men pressed their horses forward eagerly.</p> + +<p>"No, th' ain't any deserters in this direction at all," +said the boys, with conviction in their manner.</p> + +<p>"How do you know?" asked the officer.</p> + +<p>"'Cause a gentleman told us so."</p> + +<p>"Who? When? What gentleman?"</p> + +<p>"A gentleman who met us a little while ago."</p> + +<p>"How long ago? Who was he?"</p> + +<p>"Don't know who he was," said Frank.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[Pg 50]</a></span></p> + +<p>"When we were eating our snack," put in Willy, not +to be left out.</p> + +<p>"How was he dressed? Where was it? What sort of +man was he?" eagerly inquired the leading trooper.</p> + +<p>The boys proceeded to describe their friend, impressed +by the intense interest accorded them by the listeners.</p> + +<p>"He was a sort of man with red hair, and wore a pair +of gray breeches and an old pair of shoes, and was in his +shirt-sleeves." Frank was the spokesman.</p> + +<p>"And he had a gun—a long squirrel-gun," added +Willy, "and he said he belonged to Colonel Marshall's regiment."</p> + +<p>"Why, that's Tim Mills. He's a deserter himself," +exclaimed the captain.</p> + +<p>"No, he ain't—<i>he</i> ain't any deserter," protested both +at once. "He is a mighty brave soldier, and he's been +home on a furlough to get well of a wound on his leg where +he was shot."</p> + +<p>"Yes, and it ain't well yet, but he's going back to his +command to-night or to-morrow morning; and he's got +another wound in his side where a Yankee ran him through +with his sword. We know <i>he</i> ain't any deserter."</p> + +<p>"How do you know all this?" asked the officer.</p> + +<p>"He told us so himself, just now—a little while ago, +that is," said the boys.</p> + +<p>The man laughed.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[Pg 51]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Why, he's fooled you to death. That's Tim himself, +that's been doing all the devilment about here. He is the +worst deserter in the whole gang."</p> + +<p>"We saw the wound on his shoulder," declared the +boys, still doubting.</p> + +<p>"I know it; he's got one there,—that's what I know +him by. Which way did he go,—and how long has it +been?"</p> + +<p>"He went that way, down in the woods; and it's been +some time. He's got away now."</p> + +<p>The lads by this time were almost convinced of their +mistake; but they could not prevent their sympathy from +being on the side of their late agreeable companion.</p> + +<p>"We'll catch the rascal," declared the leader, very +fiercely. "Come on, men,—he can't have gone far;" and +he wheeled his horse about and dashed back up the road +at a great pace, followed by his men. The boys were half +inclined to follow and aid in the capture; but Frank, after +a moment's thought, said solemnly:</p> + +<p>"No, Willy; an Arab never betrays a man who has +eaten his salt. This man has broken bread with us; we +cannot give him up. I don't think we ought to have told +about him as much as we did."</p> + +<p>This was an argument not to be despised.</p> + +<p>A little later, as the boys trudged home, they heard the +horns blowing again a regular "toot-toot" for "Millindy."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[Pg 52]</a></span> +It struck them that supper followed dinner very quickly in +Holetown.</p> + +<p>When the troop passed by in the evening the men were +in very bad humor. They had had a fruitless addition to +their ride, and some of them were inclined to say that the +boys had never seen any man at all, which the boys +thought was pretty silly, as the man had eaten at least +two-thirds of their lunch.</p> + +<p>Somehow the story got out, and Hugh was very scornful +because the boys had given their lunch to a deserter.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[Pg 53]</a></span></p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_VIII" id="CHAPTER_VIII"></a>CHAPTER VIII.</h2> + + +<p>As time went by the condition of things at Oakland +changed—as it did everywhere else. The boys' +mother, like all the other ladies of the country, was +so devoted to the cause that she gave to the soldiers until +there was nothing left. After that there was a failure of +the crops, and the immediate necessities of the family and +the hands on the place were great.</p> + +<p>There was no sugar nor coffee nor tea. These luxuries +had been given up long before. An attempt was made to +manufacture sugar out of the sorghum, or sugar-cane, +which was now being cultivated as an experiment; but +it proved unsuccessful, and molasses made from the cane +was the only sweetening. The boys, however, never liked +anything sweetened with molasses, so they gave up everything +that had molasses in it. Sassafras tea was tried +as a substitute for tea, and a drink made out of parched +corn and wheat, of burnt sweet potato and other things, +in the place of coffee; but none of them were fit to drink—at +least so the boys thought. The wheat crop proved a +failure; but the corn turned out very fine, and the boys +learned to live on corn bread, as there was no wheat bread.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[Pg 54]</a></span></p> + +<p>The soldiers still came by, and the house was often full +of young officers who came to see the boys' cousins. The +boys used to ride the horses to and from the stables, and, +being perfectly fearless, became very fine riders.</p> + +<p>Several times, among the visitors, came the young +colonel who had commanded the regiment that had camped +at the bridge the first year of the war. It did not seem +to the boys that Cousin Belle liked him, for she took much +longer to dress when he came; and if there were other +officers present she would take very little notice of the +colonel.</p> + +<p>Both boys were in love with her, and after considerable +hesitation had written her a joint letter to tell her +so, at which she laughed heartily and kissed them both +and called them her sweethearts. But, though they were +jealous of several young officers who came from time to +time, they felt sorry for the colonel,—their cousin was so +mean to him. They were on the best terms with him, and +had announced their intention of going into his regiment +if only the war should last long enough. When he came +there was always a scramble to get his horse; though of +all who came to Oakland he rode the wildest horses, as +both boys knew by practical experience.</p> + +<p>At length the soldiers moved off too far to permit +them to come on visits, and things were very dull. So it +was for a long while.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[Pg 55]</a></span></p> + +<p>But one evening in May, about sunset, as the boys +were playing in the yard, a man came riding through the +place on the way to Richmond. His horse showed that +he had been riding hard. He asked the nearest way to +"Ground-Squirrel Bridge." The Yankees, he said, were +coming. It was a raid. He had ridden ahead of them, +and had left them about Greenbay depot, which they had +set on fire. He was in too great a hurry to stop and get +something to eat, and he rode off, leaving much excitement +behind him; for Greenbay was only eight miles away, and +Oakland lay right between two roads to Richmond, down +one or the other of which the party of raiders must certainly +pass.</p> + +<p>It was the first time the boys ever saw their mother +exhibit so much emotion as she then did. She came to +the door and called:</p> + +<p>"Balla, come here." Her voice sounded to the boys a +little strained and troubled, and they ran up the steps +and stood by her. Balla came to the portico, and looked up +with an air of inquiry. He, too, showed excitement.</p> + +<p>"Balla, I want you to know that if you wish to go, you +can do so."</p> + +<p>"Hi, Mistis——" began Balla, with an air of reproach; +but she cut him short and kept on.</p> + +<p>"I want you all to know it." She was speaking now +so as to be heard by the cook and the maids who were<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[Pg 56]</a></span> +standing about the yard listening to her. "I want you all +to know it—every one on the place! You can go if you +wish; but, if you go, you can never come back!"</p> + +<p>"Hi, Mistis," broke in Uncle Balla, "whar is I got to +go? I wuz born on dis place an' I 'spec' to die here, an' +be buried right <i>yonder</i>;" and he turned and pointed up to +the dark clumps of trees that marked the graveyard on +the hill, a half mile away, where the colored people were +buried. "Dat I does," he affirmed positively. "Y' all +sticks by us, and we'll stick by you."</p> + +<p>"I know I ain't gwine nowhar wid no Yankees or +nothin'," said Lucy Ann, in an undertone.</p> + +<p>"Dee tell me dee got hoofs and horns," laughed one of +the women in the yard.</p> + +<p>The boys' mother started to say something further to +Balla, but though she opened her lips, she did not speak; +she turned suddenly and walked into the house and into +her chamber, where she shut the door behind her. The +boys thought she was angry, but when they softly followed +her a few minutes afterward, she got up hastily from +where she had been kneeling beside the bed, and they saw +that she had been crying. A murmur under the window +called them back to the portico. It had begun to grow +dark; but a bright spot was glowing on the horizon, and +on this every one's gaze was fixed.</p> + +<p>"Where is it, Balla? What is it?" asked the boys'<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[Pg 57]</a></span> +mother, her voice no longer strained and harsh, but even +softer than usual.</p> + +<p>"It's the depot, madam. They's burnin' it. That man +told me they was burnin' ev'ywhar they went."</p> + +<p>"Will they be here to-night?" asked his mistress.</p> + +<p>"No, marm; I don' hardly think they will. That man +said they couldn't travel more than thirty miles a day; +but they'll be plenty of 'em here to-morrow—to breakfast." +He gave a nervous sort of laugh.</p> + +<p>"Here,—you all come here," said their mistress to +the servants. She went to the smoke-house and unlocked +it. "Go in there and get down the bacon—take a piece, +each of you." A great deal was still left. "Balla, step +here." She called him aside and spoke earnestly in an +undertone.</p> + +<p>"Yes'm, that's so; that's jes' what I wuz gwine do," +the boys heard him say.</p> + +<p>Their mother sent the boys out. She went and locked +herself in her room, but they heard her footsteps as she +turned about within, and now and then they heard her +opening and shutting drawers and moving chairs.</p> + +<p>In a little while she came out.</p> + +<p>"Frank, you and Willy go and tell Balla to come to +the chamber door. He may be out in the stable."</p> + +<p>They dashed out, proud to bear so important a message. +They could not find him, but an hour later they<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[Pg 58]</a></span> +heard him, coming from the stable. He at once went into +the house. They rushed into the chamber, where they +found the door of the closet open.</p> + +<p>"Balla, come in here," called their mother from within. +"Have you got them safe?" she asked.</p> + +<p>"Yes'm; jes' as safe as they kin be. I want to be 'bout +here when they come, or I'd go down an' stay whar +they is."</p> + +<p>"What is it?" asked the boys.</p> + +<p>"Where is the best place to put that?" she said, pointing +to a large, strong box in which, they knew, the finest +silver was kept; indeed, all excepting what was used every +day on the table.</p> + +<p>"Well, I declar', Mistis, that's hard to tell," said the +old driver, "without it's in the stable."</p> + +<p>"They may burn that down."</p> + +<p>"That's so; you might bury it under the floor of the +smoke-house?"</p> + +<p>"I have heard that they always look for silver there," +said the boys' mother. "How would it do to bury it in the +garden?"</p> + +<p>"That's the very place I was gwine name," said Balla, +with flattering approval. "They can't burn <i>that</i> down, +and if they gwine dig for it then they'll have to dig a long +time before they git over that big garden." He stooped +and lifted up one end of the box to test its weight.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[Pg 59]</a></span></p> + +<p>"I thought of the other end of the flower-bed, between +the big rose-bush and the lilac."</p> + +<p>"That's the very place I had in my mind," declared the +old man. "They won' never fine it dyah!"</p> + +<p>"We know a good place," said the boys both together; +"it's a heap better than that. It's where we bury our +treasures when we play 'Black-beard the Pirate.'"</p> + +<p>"Very well," said their mother; "I don't care to know +where it is until after to-morrow, anyhow. I know I can +trust you," she added, addressing Balla.</p> + +<p>"Yes'm, you know dat," said he, simply. "I'll jes' go +an' git my hoe."</p> + +<p>"The garden hasn't got a roof to it, has it, Unc' Balla?" +asked Willy, quietly.</p> + +<p>"Go 'way from here, boy," said the old man, making +a sweep at him with his hand. "That boy ain' never done +talkin' 'bout that thing yit," he added, with a pleased +laugh, to his mistress.</p> + +<p>"And you ain't ever given me all those chickens either," +responded Willy, forgetting his grammar.</p> + +<p>"Oh, well, I'm <i>gwi'</i> do it; ain't you hear me say I'm +gwine do it?" he laughed as he went out.</p> + +<p>The boys were too excited to get sleepy before the +silver was hidden. Their mother told them they might go +down into the garden and help Balla, on condition that +they would not talk.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[Pg 60]</a></span></p> + +<p>"That's the way we always do when we bury the +treasure. Ain't it, Willy?" asked Frank.</p> + +<p>"If a man speaks, it's death!" declared Willy, slapping +his hand on his side as if to draw a sword, striking a +theatrical attitude and speaking in a deep voice.</p> + +<p>"Give the 'galleon' to us," said Frank.</p> + +<p>"No; be off with you," said their mother.</p> + +<p>"That ain't the way," said Frank. "A pirate never +digs the hole until he has his treasure at hand. To do so +would prove him but a novice; wouldn't it, Willy?"</p> + +<p>"Well, I leave it all to you, my little Buccaneers," said +their mother, laughing. "I'll take care of the spoons and +forks we use every day. I'll just hide them away in a hole +somewhere."</p> + +<p>The boys started off after Balla with a shout, but +remembered their errand and suddenly hushed down to a +little squeal of delight at being actually engaged in burying +treasure—real silver. It seemed too good to be true, and +withal there was a real excitement about it, for how could +they know but that some one might watch them from +some hiding-place, or might even fire into them as they +worked?</p> + +<p>They met the old fellow as he was coming from the +carriage-house with a hoe and a spade in his hands. He +was on his way to the garden in a very straightforward +manner, but the boys made him understand that to bury<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[Pg 61]</a></span> +treasure it was necessary to be particularly secret, and +after some little grumbling, Balla humored them.</p> + +<p>The difficulty of getting the box of silver out of the +house secretly, whilst all the family were up, and the +servants were moving about, was so great that this part +of the affair had to be carried on in a manner different +from the usual programme of pirates of the first water. +Even the boys had to admit this; and they yielded to old +Balla's advice on this point, but made up for it by additional +formality, ceremony, and secrecy in pointing out +the spot where the box was to be hid.</p> + +<p>Old Balla was quite accustomed to their games and +fun—their "pranks," as he called them. He accordingly +yielded willingly when they marched him to a point at +the lower end of the yard, on the opposite side from the +garden, and left him. But he was inclined to give trouble +when they both reappeared with a gun, and in a whisper +announced that they must march first up the ditch which +ran by the spring around the foot of the garden.</p> + +<p>"Look here, boys; I ain' got time to fool with you chillern," +said the old man. "Ain't you hear your ma tell +me she 'pend on me to bury that silver what yo' gran'ma +and gran'pa used to eat off o'—an' don' wan' nobody to +know nothin' 'bout it? An' y' all comin' here with guns, +like you huntin' squ'rr'ls, an' now talkin' 'bout wadin' in +the ditch!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[Pg 62]</a></span></p> + +<p>"But, Unc' Balla, that's the way all buccaneers do," +protested Frank.</p> + +<p>"Yes, buccaneers always go by water," said Willy.</p> + +<p>"And we can stoop in the ditch and come in at the far +end of the garden, so nobody can see us," added Frank.</p> + +<p>"Bookanear or bookafar,—I's gwine in dat garden and +dig a hole wid my hoe, an' I is too ole to be wadin' in a +ditch like chillern. I got the misery in my knee now, so +bad I'se sca'cely able to stand. I don't know huccome +y' all ain't satisfied with the place you' ma an' I done pick, +anyways."</p> + +<p>This was too serious a mutiny for the boys. So it +was finally greed that one gun should be returned to the +office, and that they should enter by the gate, after which +Balla was to go with the boys by the way they should show +him, and see the spot they thought of.</p> + +<p>They took him down through the weeds around the +garden, crouching under the rose-bushes, and at last +stopped at a spot under the slope, completely surrounded +by shrubbery.</p> + +<p>"Here is the spot," said Frank in a whisper, pointing +under one of the bushes.</p> + +<p>"It's in a line with the longest limb of the big oak-tree +by the gate," added Willy, "and when this locust bush and +that cedar grow to be big trees, it will be just half-way +between them."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[Pg 63]</a></span></p> + +<p>As this seemed to Balla a very good place, he set to +work at once to dig, the two boys helping him as well as +they could. It took a great deal longer to dig the hole in +the dark than they had expected, and when they got back +to the house everything was quiet.</p> + +<p>The boys had their hats pulled over their eyes, and +had turned their jackets inside out to disguise themselves.</p> + +<p>"It's a first-rate place! Ain't it, Unc' Balla?" they +said, as they entered the chamber where their mother and +aunt were waiting for them.</p> + +<p>"Do you think it will do, Balla?" their mother asked.</p> + +<p>"Oh, yes, madam; it's far enough, an' they got mighty +comical ways to get dyah, wadin' in ditch an' things—it +will do. I ain' sho' I kin fin' it ag'in myself." He was +not particularly enthusiastic. Now, however, he shouldered +the box, with a grunt at its weight, and the party +went slowly out through the back door into the dark. The +glow of the burning depot was still visible in the west.</p> + +<p>Then it was decided that Willy should go before—he +said to "reconnoitre," Balla said "to open the gate and +lead the way,"—and that Frank should bring up the rear.</p> + +<p>They trudged slowly on through the darkness, Frank +and Willy watching on every side, old Balla stooping +under the weight of the big box.</p> + +<p>After they were some distance in the garden they +heard, or thought they heard, a sound back at the gate,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[Pg 64]</a></span> +but decided that it was nothing but the latch clicking; +and they went on down to their hiding place.</p> + +<p>In a little while the black box was well settled in the +hole, and the dirt was thrown upon it. The replaced +earth made something of a mound, which was unfortunate. +They had not thought of this; but they covered it +with leaves, and agreed that it was so well hidden, the +Yankees would never dream of looking there.</p> + +<p>"Unc' Balla, where are your horses?" asked one of +the boys.</p> + +<p>"That's for me to know, an' them to find out what +kin," replied the old fellow with a chuckle of satisfaction.</p> + +<p>The whole party crept back out of the garden, and +the boys were soon dreaming of buccaneers and pirates.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[Pg 65]</a></span></p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_IX" id="CHAPTER_IX"></a>CHAPTER IX.</h2> + + +<p>The boys were not sure that they had even fallen +asleep when they heard Lucy Ann call, outside. +They turned over to take another nap. She was +coming up to the door. No, for it was a man's step, it +must be Uncle Balla's; they heard horses trampling and +people talking. In a second the door was flung open, +and a man strode into the room, followed by one, two, a +half-dozen others, all white and all in uniform. They +were Yankees. The boys were too frightened to speak. +They thought they were arrested for hiding the silver.</p> + +<p>"Get up, you lazy little rebels," cried one of the intruders, +not unpleasantly. As the boys were not very +quick in obeying, being really too frightened to do more +than sit up in bed, the man caught the mattress by the +end, and lifting it with a jerk emptied them and all the +bedclothes out into the middle of the floor in a heap. At +this all the other men laughed. A minute more and he +had drawn his sword. The boys expected no less than to +be immediately killed. They were almost paralyzed. But +instead of plunging his sword into them, the man began +to stick it into the mattresses and to rip them up; while<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[Pg 66]</a></span> +others pulled open the drawers of the bureau and pitched +the things on the floor.</p> + +<p>The boys felt themselves to be in a very exposed and +defenceless condition; and Willy, who had become tangled +in the bedclothes, and had been a little hurt in falling, +now that the strain was somewhat over, began to cry.</p> + +<p>In a minute a shadow darkened the doorway and their +mother stood in the room.</p> + +<p>"Leave the room instantly!" she cried. "Aren't you +ashamed to frighten children!"</p> + +<p>"We haven't hurt the brats," said the man with the +sword good-naturedly.</p> + +<p>"Well, you terrify them to death. It's just as bad. +Give me those clothes!" and she sprang forward and +snatched the boys' clothes from the hands of a man who +had taken them up. She flung the suits to the boys, who +lost no time in slipping into them.</p> + +<p>They had at once recovered their courage in the presence +of their mother. She seemed to them, as she braved +the intruders, the grandest person they had ever seen. +Her face was white, but her eyes were like coals of fire. +They were very glad she had never looked or talked so to +them.</p> + +<p>When they got outdoors the yard was full of soldiers. +They were upon the porches, in the entry, and in the +house. The smoke-house was open and so were the doors<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[Pg 67]</a></span> +of all the other outhouses, and now and then a man passed, +carrying some article which the boys recognized.</p> + +<p>In a little while the soldiers had taken everything they +could carry conveniently, and even things which must +have caused them some inconvenience. They had secured +all the bacon that had been left in the smoke-house, as +well as all other eatables they could find. It was a queer +sight, to see the fellows sitting on their horses with a +ham or a pair of fowls tied to one side of the saddle and +an engraving or a package of books, or some ornament, +to the other.</p> + +<p>A new party of men had by this time come up from +the direction of the stables.</p> + +<p>"Old man, come here!" called some of them to Balla, +who was standing near expostulating with the men who +were about the fire.</p> + +<p>"Who?—me?" asked Balla.</p> + +<p>"B'ain't you the carriage driver?"</p> + +<p>"Ain't I the keridge driver?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, <i>you</i>; we know you are, so you need not be lying +about it."</p> + +<p>"Hi! yes; I the keridge driver. Who say I ain't?"</p> + +<p>"Well, where have you hid those horses? Come, we +want to know, quick," said the fellow roughly, taking out +his pistol in a threatening way.</p> + +<p>The old man's eyes grew wide. "Hi! befo' de Lord!<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[Pg 68]</a></span> +Marster, how I know anything of the horses ef they ain't +in the stable,—there's where we keep horses!"</p> + +<p>"Here, you come with us. We won't have no foolin' +'bout this," said his questioner, seizing him by the shoulder +and jerking him angrily around. "If you don't show +us pretty quick where those horses are, we'll put a bullet +or two into you. March off there!"</p> + +<p>He was backed by a half-a-dozen more, but the pistol, +which was at old Balla's head, was his most efficient ally.</p> + +<p>"Hi! Marster, don't pint dat thing at me that way. +I ain't ready to die yit—an' I ain' like dem things, no-ways," +protested Balla.</p> + +<p>There is no telling how much further his courage +could have withstood their threats, for the boys' mother +made her appearance. She was about to bid Balla show +where the horses were, when a party rode into the yard +leading them.</p> + +<p>"Hi! there are Bill and John, now," exclaimed the +boys, recognizing the black carriage-horses which were +being led along.</p> + +<p>"Well, ef dee ain't got 'em, sho' 'nough!" exclaimed +the old driver, forgetting his fear of the cocked pistols.</p> + +<p>"Gentlemen, marsters, don't teck my horses, ef you +<i>please</i>," he pleaded, pushing through the group that surrounded +him, and approaching the man who led the horses.</p> + +<p>They only laughed at him.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[Pg 69]</a></span></p> + +<p class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;"> +<img src="images/image004.png" width="600" height="477" alt=""GENTLEMEN, MARSTERS, DON'T TECK MY HORSES, EF YOU PLEASE," SAID UNCLE BALLA." title=""GENTLEMEN, MARSTERS, DON'T TECK MY HORSES, EF YOU PLEASE," SAID UNCLE BALLA." /> +<span class="caption">"GENTLEMEN, MARSTERS, DON'T TECK MY HORSES, EF YOU PLEASE," SAID UNCLE BALLA.</span> +</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[Pg 71]</a></span><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[Pg 70]</a></span></p> + +<p>Both the boys ran to their mother, and flinging their +arms about her, burst out crying.</p> + +<p>In a few minutes the men started off, riding across +the fields; and in a little while not a soldier was in sight.</p> + +<p>"I wish Marse William could see you ridin' 'cross them +fields," said Balla, looking after the retiring troop in futile +indignation.</p> + +<p>Investigation revealed the fact that every horse and +mule on the plantation had been carried off, except only +two or three old mules, which were evidently considered +not worth taking.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[Pg 72]</a></span></p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_X" id="CHAPTER_X"></a>CHAPTER X.</h2> + + +<p>After this, times were very hard on the plantation. +But the boys' mother struggled to provide as best +she could for the family and hands. She used to +ride all over the county to secure the supplies which were +necessary for their support; one of the boys usually being +her escort and riding behind her on one of the old mules +that the raiders had left. In this way the boys became +acquainted with the roads of the county and even with all +the bridle-paths in the neighborhood of their home. Many +of these were dim enough too, running through stretches +of pine forest, across old fields which were little better +than jungle, along gullies, up ditches, and through woods +mile after mile. They were generally useful only to a +race, such as the negroes, which had an instinct for direction +like that shown by some animals but the boys +learned to follow them unerringly, and soon became as +skilful in "keepin' de parf" as any night-walker on the +plantation.</p> + +<p>As the year passed the times grew harder and harder, +and the expeditions made by the boys' mother became +longer and longer, and more and more frequent.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[Pg 73]</a></span></p> + +<p>The meat gave out, and, worst of all, they had no hogs +left for next year. The plantation usually subsisted on +bacon; but now there was not a pig left on the place—unless +the old wild sow in the big woods (who had refused +to be "driven up" the fall before) still survived, which +was doubtful; for the most diligent search was made for +her without success, and it was conceded that even she +had fallen prey to the deserters. Nothing was heard of +her for months.</p> + +<p>One day, in the autumn, the boys were out hunting in +the big woods, in the most distant and wildest part, where +they sloped down toward a little marshy branch that ran +into the river a mile or two away.</p> + +<p>It was a very dry spell and squirrels were hard to find, +owing, the boys agreed, to the noise made in tramping +through the dry leaves. Finally, they decided to station +themselves each at the foot of a hickory and wait for the +squirrels. They found two large hickory trees not too +far apart, and took their positions each on the ground, +with his back to a tree.</p> + +<p>It was very dull, waiting, and a half-whispered colloquy +was passing between them as to the advisability of +giving it up, when a faint "cranch, cranch, cranch," +sounded in the dry leaves. At first the boys thought it +was a squirrel, and both of them grasped their guns. +Then the sound came again, but this time there appeared<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[Pg 74]</a></span> +to be, not one, but a number of animals, rustling slowly +along.</p> + +<p>"What is it?" asked Frank of Willy, whose tree was +a little nearer the direction from which the sound came.</p> + +<p>"'Tain't anything but some cows or sheep, I believe," +said Willy, in a disappointed tone. The look of interest +died out of Frank's face, but he still kept his eyes in the +direction of the sound, which was now very distinct. The +underbrush, however, was too thick for them to see anything. +At length Willy rose and pushed his way rapidly +through the bushes toward the animals. There was a +sudden "oof, oof," and Frank heard them rushing back +down through the woods toward the marsh.</p> + +<p>"Somebody's hogs," he muttered, in disgust.</p> + +<p>"Frank! Frank!" called Willy, in a most excited tone.</p> + +<p>"What?"</p> + +<p>"It's the old spotted sow, and she's got a lot of pigs +with her—great big shoats, nearly grown!"</p> + +<p>Frank sprang up and ran through the bushes.</p> + +<p>"At least six of 'em!"</p> + +<p>"Let's follow 'em!"</p> + +<p>"All right."</p> + +<p>The boys, stooping their heads, struck out through +the bushes in the direction from which the yet retreating +animals could still be heard.</p> + +<p>"Let's shoot 'em."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[Pg 75]</a></span></p> + +<p>"All right."</p> + +<p>On they kept as hard as they could. What great news +it was! What royal game!</p> + +<p>"It's like hunting wild boars, isn't it?" shouted +Willy, joyfully.</p> + +<p>They followed the track left by the animals in the +leaves kicked up in their mad flight. It led down over +the hill, through the thicket, and came to an end at the +marsh which marked the beginning of the swamp. Beyond +that it could not be traced; but it was evident that +the wild hogs had taken refuge in the impenetrable recesses +of the marsh which was their home.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[Pg 76]</a></span></p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XI" id="CHAPTER_XI"></a>CHAPTER XI.</h2> + + +<p>After circling the edge of the swamp for some +time the boys, as it was now growing late, turned +toward home. They were full of their valuable +discovery, and laid all sorts of plans for the capture of +the hogs. They would not tell even their mother, as they +wished to surprise her. They were, of course, familiar +with all the modes of trapping game, as described in the +story books, and they discussed them all. The easiest way +to get the hogs was to shoot them, and this would be the +most "fun"; but it would never do, for the meat would +spoil. When they reached home they hunted up Uncle +Balla and told him about their discovery. He was very +much inclined to laugh at them. The hogs they had seen +were nothing, he told them, but some of the neighbors' +hogs which had wandered into the woods.</p> + +<p>When the boys went to bed they talked it over once +more, and determined that next day they would thoroughly +explore the woods and the swamp also, as far as +they could.</p> + +<p>The following afternoon, therefore, they set out, and +made immediately for that part of the woods where they<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[Pg 77]</a></span> +had seen and heard the hogs the day before. One of +them carried a gun and the other a long jumping-pole. +After finding the trail they followed it straight down to +the swamp.</p> + +<p>Rolling their trousers up above their knees, they waded +boldly in, selecting an opening between the bushes which +looked like a hog-path. They proceeded slowly, for the +briers were so thick in many places that they could hardly +make any progress at all when they neared the branch. +So they turned and worked their way painfully down +the stream. At last, however, they reached a place where +the brambles and bushes seemed to form a perfect wall +before them. It was impossible to get through.</p> + +<p>"Let's go home," said Willy. "'Tain't any use to +try to get through there. My legs are scratched all to +pieces now."</p> + +<p>"Let's try and get out here," said Frank, and he turned +from the wall of brambles. They crept along, springing +from hummock to hummock. Presently they came to a +spot where the oozy mud extended at least eight or ten +feet before the next tuft of grass.</p> + +<p>"How am I to get the gun across?" asked Willy, dolefully.</p> + +<p>"That's a fact! It's too far to throw it, even with +the caps off."</p> + +<p>At length they concluded to go back for a piece of log<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[Pg 78]</a></span> +they had seen, and to throw this down so as to lessen the +distance.</p> + +<p>They pulled the log out of the sand, carried it to the +muddy spot, and threw it into the mud where they wanted +it.</p> + +<p>Frank stuck his pole down and felt until he had what +he thought a secure hold on it, fixed his eye on the tuft +of grass beyond, and sprang into air.</p> + +<p>As he jumped the pole slipped from its insecure support +into the miry mud, and Frank, instead of landing +on the hummock for which he had aimed, lost his direction, +and soused flat on his side with a loud "spa-lash," +in the water and mud three feet to the left.</p> + +<p>He was a queer object as he staggered to his feet in +the quagmire; but at the instant a loud "oof, oof," came +from, the thicket, not a dozen yards away, and the whole +herd of hogs, roused, by his fall, from slumber in their +muddy lair, dashed away through the swamp with "oofs" +of fear.</p> + +<p>"There they go, there they go!" shouted both boys, +eagerly,—Willy, in his excitement, splashing across the +perilous-looking quagmire, and finding it not so deep as +it had looked.</p> + +<p>"There's where they go in and out," exclaimed Frank, +pointing to a low round opening, not more than eighteen +inches high, a little further beyond them, which formed<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[Pg 79]</a></span> +an arch in the almost solid wall of brambles surrounding +the place.</p> + +<p>As it was now late they returned home, resolving to +wait until the next afternoon before taking any further +steps. There was not a pound of bacon to be obtained +anywhere in the country for love or money, and the flock +of sheep was almost gone.</p> + +<p>Their mother's anxiety as to means for keeping her +dependents from starving was so great that the boys were +on the point of telling her what they knew; and when they +heard her wishing she had a few hogs to fatten, they +could scarcely keep from letting her know their plans. +At last they had to jump up, and run out of the room.</p> + +<p>Next day the boys each hunted up a pair of old boots +which they had used the winter before. The leather was +so dry and worn that the boots hurt their growing feet +cruelly, but they brought the boots along to put on when +they reached the swamp. This time, each took a gun, +and they also carried an axe, for now they had determined +on a plan for capturing the hogs.</p> + +<p>"I wish we had let Peter and Cole come," said Willy, +dolefully, sitting on the butt end of a log they had cut, +and wiping his face on his sleeve.</p> + +<p>"Or had asked Uncle Balla to help us," added Frank.</p> + +<p>"They'd be certain to tell all about it."</p> + +<p>"Yes; so they would."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[Pg 80]</a></span></p> + +<p>They settled down in silence, and panted.</p> + +<p>"I tell you what we ought to do! Bait the hog-path, +as you would for fish." This was the suggestion of the +angler, Frank.</p> + +<p>"With what?"</p> + +<p>"Acorns."</p> + +<p>The acorns were tolerably plentiful around the roots +of the big oaks, so the boys set to work to pick them up. +It was an easier job than cutting the log, and it was not +long before each had his hat full.</p> + +<p>As they started down to the swamp, Frank exclaimed, +suddenly, "Look there, Willy!"</p> + +<p>Willy looked, and not fifty yards away, with their ends +resting on old stumps, were three or four "hacks," or +piles of rails, which had been mauled the season before and +left there, probably having been forgotten or overlooked.</p> + +<p>Willy gave a hurrah, while bending under the weight +of a large rail.</p> + +<p>At the spot where the hog-path came out of the thicket +they commenced to build their trap.</p> + +<p>First they laid a floor of rails; then they built a pen, +five or six rails high, which they strengthened with "outriders." +When the pen was finished, they pried up the +side nearest the thicket, from the bottom rail, about a +foot; that is, high enough for the animals to enter. This +they did by means of two rails, using one as a fulcrum<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[Pg 81]</a></span> +and one as a lever, having shortened them enough to +enable the work to be done from inside the pen.</p> + +<p>The lever they pulled down at the farther end until +it touched the bottom of the trap, and fastened it by another +rail, a thin one, run at right-angles to the lever, and +across the pen. This would slip easily when pushed away +from the gap, and needed to be moved only about an inch +to slip from the end of the lever and release it; the weight +of the pen would then close the gap. Behind this rail the +acorns were to be thrown; and the hogs, in trying to get +the bait, would push the rail, free the lever or trigger, +and the gap would be closed by the fall of the pen when +the lever was released.</p> + +<p>It was nearly night when the boys finished.</p> + +<p>They scattered a portion of the acorns for bait along +the path and up into the pen, to toll the hogs in. The +rest they strewed inside the pen, beyond their sliding rail.</p> + +<p>They could scarcely tear themselves away from the +pen; but it was so late they had to hurry home.</p> + +<p>Next day was Sunday. But Monday morning, by daylight, +they were up and went out with their guns, apparently +to hunt squirrels. They went, however, straight +to their trap. As they approached they thought they +heard the hogs grunting in the pen. Willy was sure of +it; and they ran as hard as they could. But there were +no hogs there. After going every morning and evening<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[Pg 82]</a></span> +for two weeks, there never had been even an acorn missed, +so they stopped their visits.</p> + +<p>Peter and Cole found out about the pen, and then the +servants learned of it, and the boys were joked and +laughed at unmercifully.</p> + +<p>"I believe them boys is distracted," said old Balla, in +the kitchen; "settin' a pen in them woods for to ketch hogs,—with +the gap open! Think hogs goin' stay in pen with +gap open—ef any wuz dyah to went in!"</p> + +<p>"Well, you come out and help us hunt for them," said +the boys to the old driver.</p> + +<p>"Go 'way, boy, I ain' got time foolin' wid you chillern, +buildin' pen in swamp. There ain't no hogs in them woods, +onless they got in dyah sence las' fall."</p> + +<p>"You saw 'em, didn't you, Willy?" declared Frank.</p> + +<p>"Yes, I did."</p> + +<p>"Go 'way. Don't you know, ef that old sow had been +in them woods, the boys would have got her up las' fall—an' +ef they hadn't, she'd come up long befo' this?"</p> + +<p>"Mister Hall ketch you boys puttin' his hogs up in +pen, he'll teck you up," said Lucy Ann, in her usual teasing +way.</p> + +<p>This was too much for the boys to stand after all they +had done. Uncle Balla must be right. They would have +to admit it. The hogs must have belonged to some one<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[Pg 83]</a></span> +else. And their mother was in such desperate straits +about meat!</p> + +<p>Lucy Ann's last shot, about catching Mr. Hall's hogs, +took effect; and the boys agreed that they would go out +some afternoon and pull the pen down.</p> + +<p>The next afternoon they took their guns, and started +out on a squirrel-hunt.</p> + +<p>They did not have much luck, however.</p> + +<p>"Let's go by there, and pull the old pen down," said +Frank, as they started homeward from the far side of the +woods.</p> + +<p>"It's out of the way,—let the old thing rip."</p> + +<p>"We'd better pull it down. If a hog were to be caught +there, it wouldn't do."</p> + +<p>"I wish he would!—but there ain't any hogs going to +get caught," growled Willy.</p> + +<p>"He might starve to death."</p> + +<p>This suggestion persuaded Willy, who could not bear +to have anything suffer.</p> + +<p>So they sauntered down toward the swamp.</p> + +<p>As they approached it, a squirrel ran up a tree, and +both boys were after it in a second. They were standing, +one on each side of the tree, gazing up, trying to get a +sight of the little animal among the gray branches, when +a sound came to the ears of both of them at the same moment.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[Pg 84]</a></span></p> + +<p>"What's that?" both asked together.</p> + +<p>"It's hogs, grunting."</p> + +<p>"No, they are fighting. They are in the swamp. +Let's run," said Willy.</p> + +<p>"No; we'll scare them away. They may be near the +trap," was Frank's prudent suggestion. "Let's creep up."</p> + +<p>"I hear young pigs squealing. Do you think they +are ours?"</p> + +<p>The squirrel was left, flattened out and trembling on +top of a large limb, and the boys stole down the hill toward +the pen. The hogs were not in sight, though they could +be heard grunting and scuffling. They crept closer. +Willy crawled through a thick clump of bushes, and sprang +to his feet with a shout. "We've got 'em! We've got +'em!" he cried, running toward the pen, followed by +Frank.</p> + +<p>Sure enough! There they were, fast in the pen, fighting +and snorting to get out, and tearing around with the +bristles high on their round backs, the old sow and seven +large young hogs; while a litter of eight little pigs, as the +boys ran up, squeezed through the rails, and, squealing, +dashed away into the grass.</p> + +<p>The hogs were almost frantic at the sight of the boys, +and rushed madly at the sides of the pen; but the boys +had made it too strong to be broken.</p> + +<p>After gazing at their capture awhile, and piling a few<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[Pg 85]</a></span> +more outriders on the corners of the pen to make it more +secure, the two trappers rushed home. They dashed +breathless and panting into their mother's room, shouting, +"We've got 'em!—we've got 'em!" and, seizing her, +began to dance up and down with her.</p> + +<p>In a little while the whole plantation was aware of +the capture, and old Balla was sent out with them to look +at the hogs to make sure they did not belong to some one +else,—as he insisted they did. The boys went with him. +It was quite dark when he returned, but as he came in +the proof of the boys' success was written on his face. +He was in a broad grin. To his mistress's inquiry he replied, +"Yes'm, they's got 'em, sho' 'nough. They's the +beatenes' boys!"</p> + +<p>For some time afterward he would every now and then +break into a chuckle of amused content and exclaim, +"Them's right smart chillern." And at Christmas, when +the hogs were killed, this was the opinion of the whole +plantation.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[Pg 86]</a></span></p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XII" id="CHAPTER_XII"></a>CHAPTER XII.</h2> + + +<p>The gibes of Lucy Ann, and the occasional little +thrusts of Hugh about the "deserter business," +continued and kept the boys stirred up. At +length they could stand it no longer. It was decided between +them that they must retrieve their reputations by +capturing a real deserter and turning him over to the conscript-officer +whose office was at the depot.</p> + +<p>Accordingly, one Saturday they started out on an expedition, +the object of which was to capture a deserter +though they should die in the attempt.</p> + +<p>The conscript-guard had been unusually active lately, +and it was said that several deserters had been caught.</p> + +<p>The boys turned in at their old road, and made their +way into Holetown. Their guns were loaded with large +slugs, and they felt the ardor of battle thrill them as they +marched along down the narrow roadway. They were +trudging on when they were hailed by name from behind. +Turning, they saw their friend Tim Mills, coming along +at the same slouching gait in which he always walked. His +old single-barrel gun was thrown across his arm, and he +looked a little rustier than on the day he had shared their<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[Pg 87]</a></span> +lunch. The boys held a little whispered conversation, and +decided on a treaty of friendship.</p> + +<p>"Good-mornin'," he said, on coming up to them. +"How's your ma?"</p> + +<p>"Good-morning. She's right well."</p> + +<p>"What y' all doin'? Huntin' d'serters agin?" he +asked.</p> + +<p>"Yes. Come on and help us catch them."</p> + +<p>"No; I can't do that—exactly;—but I tell you what I +<i>can</i> do. I can tell you whar one is!"</p> + +<p>The boys' faces glowed. "All right!"</p> + +<p>"Let me see," he began, reflectively, chewing a stick. +"Does y' all know Billy Johnson?"</p> + +<p>The boys did not know him.</p> + +<p>"You <i>sure</i> you don't know him? He's a tall, long +fellow, 'bout forty years old, and breshes his hair mighty +slick; got a big nose, and a gap-tooth, and a mustache. +He lives down in the lower neighborhood."</p> + +<p>Even after this description the boys failed to recognize +him.</p> + +<p>"Well, he's the feller. I can tell you right whar he +is, this minute. He did me a mean trick, an' I'm gwine +to give him up. Come along."</p> + +<p>"What did he do to you?" inquired the boys, as they +followed him down the road.</p> + +<p>"Why—he—; but 't's no use to be rakin' it up agin.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[Pg 88]</a></span> +You know he always passes hisself off as one o' the conscrip'-guards,—that's +his dodge. Like as not, that's what +he's gwine try and put off on y' all now; but don't you let +him fool you."</p> + +<p>"We're not going to," said the boys.</p> + +<p>"He rigs hisself up in a uniform—jes' like as not he +stole it, too,—an' goes roun' foolin' people, meckin' out +he's such a soldier. If he fools with me, I'm gwine to +finish him!" Here Tim gripped his gun fiercely.</p> + +<p>The boys promised not to be fooled by the wily Johnson. +All they asked was to have him pointed out to them.</p> + +<p>"Don't you let him put up any game on you 'bout bein' +a conscrip'-guard hisself," continued their friend.</p> + +<p>"No, indeed we won't. We are obliged to you for telling +us."</p> + +<p>"He ain't so very fur from here. He's mighty tecken +up with John Hall's gal, and is tryin' to meck out like +he's Gen'l Lee hisself, an' she ain't got no mo' sense than +to b'lieve him."</p> + +<p>"Why, we heard, Mr. Mills, she was going to marry +<i>you</i>."</p> + +<p>"Oh, no, <i>I</i> ain't a good enough soldier for her; she +wants to marry <i>Gen'l Lee</i>."</p> + +<p>The boys laughed at his dry tone.</p> + +<p>As they walked along they consulted how the capture +should be made.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[Pg 89]</a></span></p> + +<p>"I tell you how to take him," said their companion. +"He is a monstrous coward, and all you got to do is jest +to bring your guns down on him. I wouldn't shoot him—'nless +he tried to run; but if he did that, when he got +a little distance I'd pepper him about his legs. Make him +give up his sword and pistol and don't let him ride; 'cause +if you do, he'll git away. Make him walk—the rascal!"</p> + +<p>The boys promised to carry out these kindly suggestions.</p> + +<p>They soon came in sight of the little house where +Mills said the deserter was. A soldier's horse was standing +tied at the gate, with a sword hung from the saddle. +The owner, in full uniform, was sitting on the porch.</p> + +<p>"I can't go any furder," whispered their friend; "but +that's him—that's 'Gen'l Lee'—the triflin' scoundrel!—loafin' +'roun' here 'sted o' goin' in the army! I b'lieve y' +all is 'fraid to take him," eyeing the boys suspiciously.</p> + +<p>"No, we ain't; you'll see," said both boys, fired at the +doubt.</p> + +<p>"All right; I'm goin' to wait right here and watch +you. Go ahead."</p> + +<p>The boys looked at the guns to see if they were all +right, and marched up the road keeping their eyes on the +enemy. It was agreed that Frank was to do the talking +and give the orders.</p> + +<p>They said not a word until they reached the gate.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[Pg 90]</a></span> +They could see a young woman moving about in the house, +setting a table. At the gate they stopped, so as to prevent +the man from getting to his horse.</p> + +<p>The soldier eyed them curiously. "I wonder whose +boys they is?" he said to himself. "They's certainly actin' +comical! Playin' soldiers, I reckon."</p> + +<p>"Cock your gun—easy," said Frank, in a low tone, +suiting his own action to the word.</p> + +<p>Willy obeyed.</p> + +<p>"Come out here, if you please," Frank called to the +man. He could not keep his voice from shaking a little, +but the man rose and lounged out toward them. His +prompt compliance reassured them.</p> + +<p>They stood, gripping their guns and watching him as +he advanced.</p> + +<p>"Come outside the gate!" He did as Frank said.</p> + +<p>"What do you want?" he asked impatiently.</p> + +<p>"You are our prisoner," said Frank, sternly, dropping +down his gun with the muzzle toward the captive, and +giving a glance at Willy to see that he was supported.</p> + +<p>"Your <i>what</i>? What do you mean?"</p> + +<p>"We arrest you as a deserter."</p> + +<p>How proud Willy was of Frank!</p> + +<p>"Go 'way from here; I ain't no deserter. I'm a-huntin' +for deserters, myself," the man replied, laughing.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[Pg 91]</a></span></p> + +<p>Frank smiled at Willy with a nod, as much as to say, +"You see,—just what Tim told us!"</p> + +<p>"Ain't your name Mr. Billy Johnson?"</p> + +<p>"Yes; that's my name."</p> + +<p>"You are the man we're looking for. March down +that road. But don't run,—if you do, we'll shoot you!"</p> + +<p>As the boys seemed perfectly serious and the muzzles +of both guns were pointing directly at him, the man began +to think that they were in earnest. But he could hardly +credit his senses. A suspicion flashed into his mind.</p> + +<p>"Look here, boys," he said, rather angrily, "I don't +want any of your foolin' with me. I'm too old to play +with children. If you all don't go 'long home and stop +giving me impudence, I'll slap you over!" He started +angrily toward Frank. As he did so, Frank brought the +gun to his shoulder.</p> + +<p>"Stand back!" he said, looking along the barrel, right +into the man's eyes. "If you move a step, I'll blow your +head off!"</p> + +<p>The soldier's jaw fell. He stopped and threw up +his arm before his eyes.</p> + +<p>"Hold on!" he called, "don't shoot! Boys, ain't you +got better sense 'n that?"</p> + +<p>"March on down that road. Willy, you get the +horse," said Frank, decidedly.</p> + +<p>The soldier glanced over toward the house. The voice<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[Pg 92]</a></span> +of the young woman was heard singing a war song in a +high key.</p> + +<p>"Ef Millindy sees me, I'm a goner," he reflected. "Jes' +come down the road a little piece, will you?" he asked, +persuasively.</p> + +<p>"No talking,—march!" ordered Frank.</p> + +<p>He looked at each of the boys; the guns still kept their +perilous direction. The boys' eyes looked fiery to his +surprised senses.</p> + +<p>"Who is y' all?" he asked.</p> + +<p>"We are two little Confederates! That's who we +are," said Willy.</p> + +<p>"Is any of your parents ever—ever been in a asylum?" +he asked, as calmly as he could.</p> + +<p>"That's none of your business," said Captain Frank. +"March on!"</p> + +<p>The man cast a despairing glance toward the house, +where "The years" were "creeping slowly by, Lorena," +in a very high pitch,—and then moved on.</p> + +<p>"I hope she ain't seen nothin'," he thought. "If I +jest can git them guns away from 'em——"</p> + +<p>Frank followed close behind him with his old gun +held ready for need, and Willy untied the horse and led +it. The bushes concealed them from the dwelling.</p> + +<p>As soon as they were well out of sight of the house, +Frank gave the order:<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[Pg 93]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Halt!" They all halted.</p> + +<p>"Willy, tie the horse." It was done.</p> + +<p>"I wonder if those boys is thinkin' 'bout shootin' me?" +thought the soldier, turning and putting his hand on his +pistol.</p> + +<p>As he did so, Frank's gun came to his shoulder.</p> + +<p>"Throw up your hands or you are a dead man." The +hands went up.</p> + +<p>"Willy, keep your gun on him, while I search him for +any weapons." Willy cocked the old musket and brought +it to bear on the prisoner.</p> + +<p>"Little boy, don't handle that thing so reckless," the +man expostulated. "Ef that musket was to go off, it +might kill me!"</p> + +<p>"No talking," demanded Frank, going up to him. +"Hold up your hands. Willy, shoot him if he moves."</p> + +<p>Frank drew a long pistol from its holster with an air +of business. He searched carefully, but there was no +more.</p> + +<p>The fellow gritted his teeth. "If she ever hears of +<i>this</i>, Tim's got her certain," he groaned; "but she won't +never hear."</p> + +<p>At a turn in the road his heart sank within him; for +just around the curve they came upon Tim Mills sitting +quietly on a stump. He looked at them with a quizzical +eye, but said not a word.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[Pg 94]</a></span></p> + +<p>The prisoner's face was a study when he recognized +his rival and enemy. As Mills did not move, his courage +returned.</p> + +<p>"Good mornin', Tim," he said, with great politeness.</p> + +<p>The man on the stump said nothing; he only looked on +with complacent enjoyment.</p> + +<p>"Tim, is these two boys crazy?" he asked slowly.</p> + +<p>"They're crazy 'bout shootin' deserters," replied Tim.</p> + +<p>"Tim, tell 'em I ain't no deserter." His voice was full +of entreaty.</p> + +<p>"Well, if you ain't a d'serter, what you doin' outn the +army?"</p> + +<p>"You know——" began the fellow fiercely; but Tim +shifted his long single-barrel lazily into his hand and +looked the man straight in the eyes, and the prisoner +stopped.</p> + +<p>"Yes, I know," said Tim with a sudden spark in his +eyes. "An' <i>you</i> know," he added after a pause, during +which his face resumed its usual listless look. "An' my +edvice to you is to go 'long with them boys, if you don't +want to git three loads of slugs in you. They <i>may</i> put +'em in you anyway. They's sort of 'stracted 'bout d'serters, +and I can swear to it." He touched his forehead expressively.</p> + +<p>"March on!" said Frank.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[Pg 95]</a></span></p> + +<p class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;"> +<img src="images/image005.png" width="600" height="456" alt="FRANK AND WILLY CAPTURE A MEMBER OF THE CONSCRIPT-GUARD." title="FRANK AND WILLY CAPTURE A MEMBER OF THE CONSCRIPT-GUARD." /> +<span class="caption">FRANK AND WILLY CAPTURE A MEMBER OF THE CONSCRIPT-GUARD.</span> +</p> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[Pg 97]</a></span></p> + +<p>The prisoner, grinding his teeth, moved forward, followed +by his guards.</p> + +<p>As the enemies parted each man sent the same ugly +look after the other.</p> + +<p>"It's all over! He's got her," groaned Johnson. As +they passed out of sight, Mills rose and sauntered somewhat +briskly (for him) in the direction of John Hall's.</p> + +<p>They soon reached a little stream, not far from the +depot where the provost-guard was stationed. On its +banks the man made his last stand; but his obstinacy +brought a black muzzle close to his head with a stern little +face behind it, and he was fain to march straight through +the water, as he was ordered.</p> + +<p>Just as he was emerging on the other bank, with his +boots full of water and his trousers dripping, closely followed +by Frank brandishing a pistol, a small body of soldiers +rode up. They were the conscript-guard. Johnson's +look was despairing.</p> + +<p>"Why, Billy, what in thunder——? Thought you +were sick in bed!"</p> + +<p>Another minute and the soldiers took in the situation +by instinct—and Johnson's rage was drowned in the universal +explosion of laughter.</p> + +<p>The boys had captured a member of the conscript-guard.</p> + +<p>In the midst of all, Frank and Willy, overwhelmed by<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[Pg 98]</a></span> +their ridiculous error, took to their heels as hard as they +could, and the last sounds that reached them were the +roars of the soldiers as the scampering boys disappeared +in a cloud of dust.</p> + +<p>Johnson went back, in a few days, to see John Hall's +daughter; but the young lady declared she wouldn't marry +any man who let two boys make him wade through a +creek; and a month or two later she married Tim Mills.</p> + +<p>To all the gibes he heard on the subject of his capture, +and they were many, Johnson made but one reply:</p> + +<p>"Them boys's had parents in a a—sylum, <i>sure</i>!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[Pg 99]</a></span></p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XIII" id="CHAPTER_XIII"></a>CHAPTER XIII.</h2> + + +<p>It was now nearing the end of the third year of the +war. Hugh was seventeen, and was eager to go +into the army. His mother would have liked to keep +him at home; but she felt that it was her duty not to withhold +anything, and Colonel Marshall offered Hugh a place +with him. So a horse was bought, and Hugh went to +Richmond and came back with a uniform and a sabre. +The boys truly thought that General Lee himself was not +so imposing or so great a soldier as Hugh. They followed +him about like two pet dogs, and when he sat down +they stood and gazed at him adoringly.</p> + +<p>When Hugh rode away to the army it was harder to +part with him than they had expected; and though he +had left them his gun and dog, to console them during his +absence, it was difficult to keep from crying. Everyone +on the plantation was moved. Uncle Balla, who up to +the last moment had been very lively attending to the +horse, as the young soldier galloped away sank down on +the end of the steps of the office, and, dropping his hands +on his knees, followed Hugh with his eyes until he disappeared<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[Pg 100]</a></span> +over the hill. The old driver said nothing, but +his face expressed a great deal.</p> + +<p>The boys' mother cried a great deal, but it was generally +when she was by herself.</p> + +<p>"She's afraid Hugh'll be kilt," Willy said to Uncle +Balla, in explanation of her tears,—the old servant having +remarked that he "b'lieved she cried more when Hugh +went away, than she did when Marse John and Marse +William both went."</p> + +<p>"Hi! warn't she 'fred they'll be kilt, too?" he asked +in some scorn.</p> + +<p>This was beyond Willy's logic, so he pondered over it.</p> + +<p>"Yes, but she's afraid Hugh'll be kilt, as <i>well</i> as +them," he said finally, as the best solution of the problem.</p> + +<p>It did not seem to wholly satisfy Uncle Balla's mind, +for when he moved off he said, as though talking to himself:</p> + +<p>"She sutn'ey is 'sot' on that boy. He'll be a gen'l +hisself, the first thing she know."</p> + +<p>There was a bond of sympathy between Uncle Balla +and his mistress which did not exist so strongly between +her and any of the other servants. It was due perhaps +to the fact that he was the companion and friend of her +boys.</p> + +<p>That winter the place where the army went into winter +quarters was some distance from Oakland; but the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[Pg 101]</a></span> +young officers used to ride over, from time to time, two +or three together, and stay for a day or two.</p> + +<p>Times were harder than they had been before, but the +young people were as gay as ever.</p> + +<p>The colonel, who had been dreadfully wounded in the +summer, had been made a brigadier-general for gallantry. +Hugh had received a slight wound in the same action. The +General had written to the boy's mother about him; but +he had not been home. The General had gone back to +his command. He had never been to Oakland since he +was wounded.</p> + +<p>One evening, the boys had just teased their Cousin +Belle into reading them their nightly portion of "The +Talisman," as they sat before a bright lightwood fire, when +two horsemen galloped up to the gate, their horses splashed +with mud from fetlocks to ears. In a second, Lucy Ann +dashed headlong into the room, with her teeth gleaming:</p> + +<p>"Here Marse Hugh, out here!"</p> + +<p>There was a scamper to the door—the boys first, shouting +at the tops of their voices, Cousin Belle next, and +Lucy Ann close at her heels.</p> + +<p>"Who's with him, Lucy Ann?" asked Miss Belle, as +they reached the passage-way, and heard several voices +outside.</p> + +<p>"The Cunel's with 'im."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[Pg 102]</a></span></p> + +<p>The young lady turned and fled up the steps as fast +as she could.</p> + +<p>"You see I brought my welcome with me," said the +General, addressing the boy's mother, and laying his hand +on his young aide's shoulder, as they stood, a little later, +"thawing out" by the roaring log-fire in the sitting-room.</p> + +<p>"You always bring that; but you are doubly welcome +for bringing this young soldier back to me," said she, +putting her arm affectionately around her son.</p> + +<p>Just then the boys came rushing in from taking the +horses to the stable. They made a dive toward the fire +to warm their little chapped hands.</p> + +<p>"I told you Hugh warn't as tall as the General," said +Frank, across the hearth to Willy.</p> + +<p>"Who said he was?"</p> + +<p>"You!"</p> + +<p>"I didn't."</p> + +<p>"You did."</p> + +<p>They were a contradictory pair of youngsters, and +their voices, pitched in a youthful treble, were apt in +discussion to strike a somewhat higher key; but it did not +follow that they were in an ill-humor merely because they +contradicted each other.</p> + +<p>"What <i>did</i> you say, if you didn't say that?" insisted +Frank.</p> + +<p>"I said he <i>looked</i> as if he <i>thought</i> himself as tall as the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[Pg 103]</a></span> +General," declared Willy, defiantly, oblivious in his excitement +of the eldest brother's presence. There was a +general laugh at Hugh's confusion; but Hugh had carried +an order across a field under a hot fire, and had brought +a regiment up in the nick of time, riding by its colonel's +side in a charge which had changed the issue of the fight, +and had a sabre wound in the arm to show for it. He +could therefore afford to pass over such an accusation +with a little tweak of Willy's ear.</p> + +<p>"Where's Cousin Belle?" asked Frank.</p> + +<p>"I s'peck she's putting on her fine clothes for the General +to see. Didn't she run when she heard he was here!"</p> + +<p>"Willy!" said his mother, reprovingly.</p> + +<p>"Well, she did, Ma."</p> + +<p>His mother shook her head at him; but the General +put his hand on the boy, and drew him closer.</p> + +<p>"You say she ran?" he asked, with a pleasant light in +his eyes.</p> + +<p>"Yes, sirree; she did <i>that</i>."</p> + +<p>Just then the door opened, and their Cousin Belle entered +the room. She looked perfectly beautiful. The +greetings were very cordial—to Hugh especially. She +threw her arms around his neck, and kissed him.</p> + +<p>"You young hero!" she cried. "Oh, Hugh, I am so +proud of you!"—kissing him again, and laughing at him, +with her face glowing, and her big brown eyes full of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[Pg 104]</a></span> +light. "Where were you wounded? Oh! I was so frightened +when I heard about it!"</p> + +<p>"Where was it? Show it to us, Hugh; please do," +exclaimed both boys at once, jumping around him, and +pulling at his arm.</p> + +<p>"Oh, Hugh, is it still very painful?" asked his cousin, +her pretty face filled with sudden sympathy.</p> + +<p>"Oh! no, it was nothing—nothing but a scratch," said +Hugh, shaking the boys off, his expression being divided +between feigned indifference and sheepishness, at this +praise in the presence of his chief.</p> + +<p>"No such thing, Miss Belle," put in the General, glad +of the chance to secure her commendation. "It might +have been very serious, and it was a splendid ride he +made."</p> + +<p>"Were you not ashamed of yourself to send him into +such danger?" she said, turning on him suddenly. "Why +did you not go yourself?"</p> + +<p>The young man laughed. Her beauty entranced him. +He had scars enough to justify him in keeping silence +under her pretended reproach.</p> + +<p>"Well, you see, I couldn't leave the place where I was. +I had to send some one, and I knew Hugh would do it. +He led the regiment after the colonel and major fell—and +he did it splendidly, too."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[Pg 105]</a></span></p> + +<p>There was a chorus from the young lady and the boys +together.</p> + +<p>"Oh, Hugh, you hear what he says!" exclaimed the +former, turning to her cousin. "Oh, I am so glad that +he thinks so!" Then, recollecting that she was paying +him the highest compliment, she suddenly began to blush, +and turned once more to him. "Well, you talk as if you +were surprised. Did you expect anything else?"</p> + +<p>There was a fine scorn in her voice, if it had been +real.</p> + +<p>"Certainly not; you are all too clever at making an +attack," he said coolly, looking her in the eyes. "But I +have heard even of <i>your</i> running away," he added, with +a twinkle in his eyes.</p> + +<p>"When?" she asked quickly, with a little guilty color +deepening in her face as she glanced at the boys. "I +never did."</p> + +<p>"Oh, she did!" exclaimed both boys in a breath, breaking +in, now that the conversation was within their range. +"You ought to have seen her. She just <i>flew</i>!" exclaimed +Frank.</p> + +<p>The girl made a rush at the offender to stop him.</p> + +<p>"He doesn't know what he is talking about," she said, +roguishly, over her shoulder.</p> + +<p>"Yes, he does," called the other. "She was standing +at the foot of the steps when you all came, and—oo—oo—oo—"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[Pg 106]</a></span> +the rest was lost as his cousin placed her hand +close over his mouth.</p> + +<p>"Here! here! run away! You are too dangerous. +They don't know what they are talking about," she said, +throwing a glance toward the young officer, who was +keenly enjoying her confusion. Her hand slipped from +Willy's mouth and he went on. "And when she heard +it was you, she just clapped her hands and ran—oo—oo—umm."</p> + +<p>"Here, Hugh, put them out," she said to that young +man, who, glad to do her bidding, seized both miscreants +by their arms and carried them out, closing the door after +them.</p> + +<p>Hugh bore the boys into the dining-room, where he +kept them, until supper-time.</p> + +<p>After supper, the rest of the family dispersed, and +the boys' mother invited them to come with her and Hugh +to her own room, though they were eager to go and see +the General, and were much troubled lest he should think +their mother was rude in leaving him.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[Pg 107]</a></span></p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XIV" id="CHAPTER_XIV"></a>CHAPTER XIV.</h2> + + +<p>The next day was Sunday. The General and +Hugh had but one day to stay. They were to +leave at daybreak the following morning. They +thoroughly enjoyed their holiday; at least the boys knew +that Hugh did. They had never known him so affable +with them. They did not see much of the General, after +breakfast. He seemed to like to stay "stuck up in the +house" all the time, talking to Cousin Belle; the boys +thought this due to his lameness. Something had occurred, +the boys didn't understand just what; but the +General was on an entirely new footing with all of them, +and their Cousin Belle was in some way concerned in the +change. She did not any longer run from the General, +and it seemed to them as though everyone acted as if he +belonged to her. The boys did not altogether like the +state of affairs. That afternoon, however, he and their +Cousin Belle let the boys go out walking with them, and +he was just as hearty as he could be; he made them tell +him all about capturing the deserter, and about catching +the hogs, and everything they did. They told him all +about their "Robbers' Cave," down in the woods near<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[Pg 108]</a></span> +where an old house had stood. It was between two ravines +near a spring they had found. They had fixed up +the "cave" with boards and old pieces of carpet "and +everything," and they told him, as a secret, how to get +to it through the pines without leaving a trail. He had +to give the holy pledge of the "Brotherhood" before this +could be divulged to him; but he took it with a solemnity +which made the boys almost forgive the presence of their +Cousin Belle. It was a little awkward at first that she +was present; but as the "Constitution" provided only as +to admitting men to the mystic knowledge, saying nothing +about women, this difficulty was, on the General's suggestion, +passed over, and the boys fully explained the location +of the spot, and how to get there by turning off +abruptly from the path through the big woods right at +the pine thicket,—and all the rest of the way.</p> + +<p>"'Tain't a 'sure-enough' cave," explained Willy; "but +it's 'most as good as one. The old rock fire-place is just +like a cave."</p> + +<p>"The gullies are so deep you can't get there except +that one way," declared Frank.</p> + +<p>"Even the Yankees couldn't find you there," asserted +Willy.</p> + +<p>"I don't believe anybody could, after that; but I trust +they will never have to try," laughed their Cousin Belle,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[Pg 109]</a></span> +with an anxious look in her bright eyes at the mere +thought.</p> + +<p>That night they were at supper, about eight o'clock, +when something out-of-doors attracted the attention of +the party around the table. It was a noise,—a something +indefinable, but the talk and mirth stopped suddenly, and +everybody listened.</p> + +<p>There was a call, and the hurried steps of some one +running, just outside the door, and Lucy Ann burst into +the room, her face ashy pale.</p> + +<p>"The yard's full o' mens—Yankees," she gasped, just +as the General and Hugh rose from the table.</p> + +<p>"How many are there?" asked both gentlemen.</p> + +<p>"They's all 'roun' the house ev'y which a-way."</p> + +<p>The General looked at his sweetheart. She came to +his side with a cry.</p> + +<p>"Go up stairs to the top of the house," called the +boys' mother.</p> + +<p>"We can hide you; come with us," said the boys.</p> + +<p>"Go up the back way, Frank 'n' Willy, to you-all's +den," whispered Lucy Ann.</p> + +<p>"That's where we are going," said the boys as she +went out.</p> + +<p>"You all come on!" This to the General and Hugh.</p> + +<p>"The rest of you take your seats," said the boys' +mother.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[Pg 110]</a></span></p> + +<p>All this had occupied only a few seconds. The soldiers +followed the boys out by a side-door and dashed up +the narrow stairs to the second-story just as a thundering +knocking came at the front door. It was as dark as pitch, +for candles were too scarce to burn more than one at a +time.</p> + +<p>"You run back," said Hugh to the boys, as they groped +along. "There are too many of us. I know the way."</p> + +<p>But it was too late; the noise down stairs told that +the enemy was already in the house!</p> + +<p>As the soldiers left the supper-room, the boys' mother +had hastily removed two plates from the places and set +two chairs back against the wall; she made the rest fill up +the spaces, so that there was nothing to show that the +two men had been there.</p> + +<p>She had hardly taken her seat again, when the sound +of heavy footsteps at the door announced the approach of +the enemy. She herself rose and went to the door; but +it was thrown open before she reached it and an officer +in full Federal uniform strode in, followed by several men.</p> + +<p>The commander was a tall young fellow, not older +than the General. The lady started back somewhat +startled, and there was a confused chorus of exclamations +of alarm from the rest of those at the table. The +officer, finding himself in the presence of ladies, removed +his cap with a polite bow.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[Pg 111]</a></span></p> + +<p>"I hope, madam, that you ladies will not be alarmed," +he said. "You need be under no apprehension, I assure +you." Even while speaking, his eye had taken a hasty +survey of the room.</p> + +<p>"We desire to see General Marshall, who is at present +in this house and I am sorry to have to include your son +in my requisition. We know that they are here, and if +they are given us, I promise you that nothing shall be +disturbed."</p> + +<p>"You appear to be so well instructed that I can add +little to your information," said the mistress of the house, +haughtily. "I am glad to say, however, that I hardly +think you will find them."</p> + +<p>"Madam, I know they are here," said the young soldier +positively, but with great politeness. "I have positive +information to that effect. They arrived last evening +and have not left since. Their horses are still in +the stable. I am sorry to be forced to do violence to my +feelings, but I must search the house. Come, men."</p> + +<p>"I doubt not you have found their horses," began the +lady, but she was interrupted by Lucy Ann, who entered +at the moment with a plate of fresh corn-cakes, and +caught the last part of the sentence.</p> + +<p>"Come along, Mister," she said, "I'll show you myself," +and she set down her plate, took the candle from<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[Pg 112]</a></span> +the table, and walked to the door, followed by the soldiers.</p> + +<p>"Lucy Ann!" exclaimed her mistress; but she was too +much amazed at the girl's conduct to say more.</p> + +<p>"I know whar dey is!" Lucy Ann continued, taking no +notice of her mistress. They heard her say, as she was +shutting the door, "Y' all come with me; I 'feared they +gone; ef they ain't, I know whar they is!"</p> + +<p>"Open every room," said the officer.</p> + +<p>"Oh, yes, sir; I gwine ketch 'em for you," she said, +eagerly opening first one door, and then the other, "that +is, ef they ain' gone. I mighty 'feared they gone. I seen +'em goin' out the back way about a little while befo' you +all come,—but I thought they might 'a' come back. Mister, +ken y' all teck me 'long with you when you go?" she +asked the officer, in a low voice. "I want to be free."</p> + +<p>"I don't know; we can some other time, if not now. +We are going to set you all free."</p> + +<p>"Oh, glory! Come 'long, Mister; let's ketch 'em. +They ain't heah, but I know whar dey is."</p> + +<p>The soldiers closely examined every place where it +was possible a man could be concealed, until they had been +over all the lower part of the house.</p> + +<p>Lucy Ann stopped. "Dey's gone!" she said positively.</p> + +<p>The officer motioned to her to go up stairs.</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir, I wuz jes' goin' tell you we jes' well look up-stairs,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[Pg 113]</a></span> +too," she said, leading the way, talking all the time, +and shading the flickering candle with her hand.</p> + +<p>The little group, flat on the floor against the wall in +their dark retreat, could now hear her voice distinctly. +She was speaking in a confidential undertone, as if afraid +of being overheard.</p> + +<p>"I wonder I didn't have sense to get somebody to +watch 'em when they went out," they heard her say.</p> + +<p>"She's betrayed us!" whispered Hugh.</p> + +<p>The General merely said, "Hush," and laid his hand +firmly on the nearest boy to keep him still. Lucy Ann +led the soldiers into the various chambers one after another. +At last she opened the next room, and, through the +wall, the men in hiding heard the soldiers go in and walk +about.</p> + +<p>They estimated that there were at least half-a-dozen.</p> + +<p>"Isn't there a garret?" asked one of the searching +party.</p> + +<p>"Nor, sir, 'tain't no garret, jes' a loft; but they ain't +up there," said Lucy Ann's voice.</p> + +<p>"We'll look for ourselves." They came out of the +room. "Show us the way."</p> + +<p>"Look here, if you tell us a lie, we'll hang you!"</p> + +<p>The voice of the officer was very stern.</p> + +<p>"I ain' gwine tell you no lie, Mister. What you reckon +I wan' tell you lie for? Dey ain' in the garret, I<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[Pg 114]</a></span> +know,——Mister, please don't p'int dem things at me. +I's 'feared o' dem things," said the girl in a slightly whimpering +voice; "I gwine show you."</p> + +<p>She came straight down the passage toward the recess +where the fugitives were huddled, the men after her, their +heavy steps echoing through the house. The boys were +trembling violently. The light, as the searchers came +nearer, fell on the wall, crept along it, until it lighted up +the whole alcove, except where they lay. The boys held +their breath. They could hear their hearts thumping.</p> + +<p>Lucy Ann stepped into the recess with her candle, and +looked straight at them.</p> + +<p>"They ain't in here," she exclaimed, suddenly putting +her hand up before the flame, as if to prevent it flaring, +thus throwing the alcove once more into darkness. "The +trap-door to the garret's 'roun' that a-way," she said to +the soldiers, still keeping her position at the narrow entrance, +as if to let them pass. When they had all passed, +she followed them.</p> + +<p>The boys began to wriggle with delight, but the General's +strong hand kept them still.</p> + +<p>Naturally, the search in the garret proved fruitless, +and the hiding-party heard the squad swearing over their +ill-luck as they came back; while Lucy Ann loudly lamented +not having sent some one to follow the fugitives, +and made a number of suggestions as to where they had<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[Pg 115]</a></span> +gone, and the probability of catching them if the soldiers +went at once in pursuit.</p> + +<p>"Did you look in here?" asked a soldier, approaching +the alcove.</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir; they ain't in there." She snuffed the candle +out suddenly with her fingers. "Oh, oh!—my light +done gone out! Mind! Let me go in front and show you +the way," she said; and, pressing before, she once more +led them along the passage.</p> + +<p>"Mind yo' steps; ken you see?" she asked.</p> + +<p>They went down stairs, while Lucy Ann gave them +minute directions as to how they might catch "Marse +Hugh an' the Gen'l" at a certain place a half-mile from +the house (an unoccupied quarter), which she carefully +described.</p> + +<p>A further investigation ensued downstairs, but in a +little while the searchers went out of the house. Their +tone had changed since their disappointment, and loud +threats floated up the dark stairway to the prisoners still +crouching in the little recess.</p> + +<p>In a few minutes the boys' Cousin Belle came rushing +up stairs.</p> + +<p>"Now's your time! Come quick," she called; "they +will be back directly. Isn't she an angel!" The whole +party sprang to their feet, and ran down to the lower +floor.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[Pg 116]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Oh, we were so frightened!" "Don't let them see +you." "Make haste," were the exclamations that greeted +them as the two soldiers said their good-byes and prepared +to leave the house.</p> + +<p>"Go out by the side-door; that's your only chance. +It's pitch-dark, and the bushes will hide you. But where +are you going?"</p> + +<p>"We are going to the boys' cave," said the General, +buckling on his pistol; "I know the way, and we'll get +away as soon as these fellows leave, if we cannot before."</p> + +<p>"God bless you!" said the ladies, pushing them away +in dread of the enemy's return.</p> + +<p>"Come on, General," called Hugh in an undertone. +The General was lagging behind a minute to say good-bye +once more. He stooped suddenly and kissed the boys' +Cousin Belle before them all.</p> + +<p>"Good-bye. God bless you!" and he followed Hugh +out of the window into the darkness. The girl burst into +tears and ran up to her room.</p> + +<p>A few seconds afterward the house was once more +filled with the enemy, growling at their ill-luck in having +so narrowly missed the prize.</p> + +<p>"We'll catch 'em yet," said the leader.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[Pg 117]</a></span></p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XV" id="CHAPTER_XV"></a>CHAPTER XV.</h2> + + +<p>The raiders were up early next morning scouring +the woods and country around. They knew +that the fugitive soldiers could not have gone +far, for the Federals had every road picketed, and their +main body was not far away. As the morning wore on, +it became a grave question at Oakland how the two soldiers +were to subsist. They had no provisions with them, +and the roads were so closely watched that there was no +chance of their obtaining any. The matter was talked +over, and the boys' mother and Cousin Belle were in +despair.</p> + +<p>"They can eat their shoes," said Willy, reflectively.</p> + +<p>The ladies exclaimed in horror.</p> + +<p>"That's what men always do when they get lost in +a wilderness where there is no game."</p> + +<p>This piece of information from Willy did not impress +his hearers as much as he supposed it would.</p> + +<p>"I'll tell you! Let me and Frank go and carry 'em +something to eat!"</p> + +<p>"How do you know where they are?"</p> + +<p>"They are at our Robber's Cave, aren't they, Cousin<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[Pg 118]</a></span> +Belle? We told the General yesterday how to get there, +didn't we?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, and he said last night that he would go there."</p> + +<p>Willy's idea seemed a good one, and the offer was +accepted. The boys were to go out as if to see the troops, +and were to take as much food as they thought could +pass for their luncheon. Their mother cooked and put +up a luncheon large enough to have satisfied the appetites +of two young Brobdingnagians, and they set out on their +relief expedition.</p> + +<p>The two sturdy little figures looked full of importance +as they strode off up the road. They carried many +loving messages. Their Cousin Belle gave to each separately +a long whispered message which each by himself +was to deliver to the General. It was thought best not to +hazard a note.</p> + +<p>They were watched by the ladies from the portico until +they disappeared over the hill. They took a path which +led into the woods, and walked cautiously for fear some +of the raiders might be lurking about. However, the boys +saw none of the enemy, and in a little while they came to +a point where the pines began. Then they turned into +the woods, for the pines were so thick the boys could not +be seen, and the pine tags made it so soft under foot that +they could walk without making any noise.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[Pg 119]</a></span></p> + +<p>They were pushing their way through the bushes, +when Frank suddenly stopped.</p> + +<p>"Hush!" he said.</p> + +<p>Willy halted and listened.</p> + +<p>"There they are."</p> + +<p>From a little distance to one side, in the direction of +the path they had just left, they heard the trampling of +a number of horses' feet.</p> + +<p>"That's not our men," said Willy. "Hugh and the +General haven't any horses."</p> + +<p>"No; that's the Yankees," said Frank. "Let's lie down. +They may hear us."</p> + +<p>The boys flung themselves upon the ground and almost +held their breath until the horses had passed out of +hearing.</p> + +<p>"Do you reckon they are hunting for us?" asked +Willy in an awed whisper.</p> + +<p>"No, for Hugh and the General. Come on."</p> + +<p>They rose, went tipping a little deeper into the pines, +and again made their way toward the cave.</p> + +<p>"Maybe they've caught 'em," suggested Willy.</p> + +<p>"They can't catch 'em in these pines," replied Frank. +"You can't see any distance at all. A horse can't get +through, and the General and Hugh could shoot 'em, and +then get away before they could catch 'em."</p> + +<p>They hurried on.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[Pg 120]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Frank, suppose they take us for Yankees?"</p> + +<p>Evidently Willy's mind had been busy since Frank's +last speech.</p> + +<p>"They aren't going to shoot <i>us</i>," said Frank; but it +was an unpleasant suggestion, for they were not very far +from the dense clump of pines between two gullies, which +the boys called their cave.</p> + +<p>"We can whistle," he said, presently.</p> + +<p>"Won't Hugh and the General think we are enemies +trying to surround them?" Willy objected. The dilemma +was a serious one. "We'll have to crawl up," said Frank, +after a pause.</p> + +<p>And this was agreed upon. They were soon on the +edge of the deep gully which, on one side, protected the +spot from all approach. They scrambled down its steep +side and began to creep along, peeping over its other edge +from time to time, to see if they could discover the clearing +which marked the little green spot on top of the hill, +where once had stood an old cabin. The base of the +ruined chimney, with its immense fire-place, constituted +the boys' "cave." They were close to it, now, and felt +themselves to be in imminent danger of a sweeping fusillade. +They had just crept up to the top of the ravine and +were consulting, when some one immediately behind them, +not twenty feet away, called out:<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[Pg 121]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Hello! What are you boys doing here? Are you +trying to capture us?"</p> + +<p>They jumped at the unexpected voice. The General +broke into a laugh. He had been sitting on the ground +on the other side of the declivity, and had been watching +their manœuvres for some time.</p> + +<p>He brought them to the house-spot where Hugh was +asleep on the ground; he had been on watch all the morning, +and, during the General's turn, was making up for +his lost sleep. He was soon wide awake enough, and he +and the General, with appetites bearing witness to their +long fast, were without delay engaged in disposing of +the provisions which the boys had brought.</p> + +<p>The boys were delighted with the mystery of their surroundings. +Each in turn took the General aside and held +a long interview with him, and gave him all their Cousin +Belle's messages. No one had ever treated them with +such consideration as the General showed them. The two +men asked the boys all about the dispositions of the enemy, +but the boys had little to tell.</p> + +<p>"They are after us pretty hotly," said the General. +"I think they are going away shortly. It's nothing but a +raid, and they are moving on. We must get back to camp +to-night."</p> + +<p>"How are you going?" asked the boys. "You haven't +any horses."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[Pg 122]</a></span></p> + +<p>"We are going to get some of their horses," said the officer. +"They have taken ours—now they must furnish +us with others."</p> + +<p>It was about time for the boys to start for home. The +General took each of them aside, and talked for a long +time. He was speaking to Willy, on the edge of the clearing, +when there was a crack of a twig in the pines. In a +second he had laid the boy on his back in the soft grass +and whipped out a pistol. Then, with a low, quick call +to Hugh, he sprang swiftly into the pines toward the +sound.</p> + +<p>"Crawl down into the ravine, boys," called Hugh, following +his companion. The boys rolled down over the +bank like little ground-hogs; but in a second they heard +a familiar drawling voice call out in a subdued tone:</p> + +<p>"Hold on, Cunnel! it's nobody but me; don't you know +me?" And, in a moment, they heard the General's astonished +and somewhat stern reply:</p> + +<p>"Mills, what are you doing here? Who's with you? +What do you want?"</p> + +<p>"Well," said the new-comer, slowly, "I 'lowed I'd come +to see if I could be o' any use to you. I heard the Yankees +had run you 'way from Oakland last night, and was sort +o' huntin' for you. Fact is, they's been up my way, and +I sort o' 'lowed I'd come an' see ef I could help you git +back to camp."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[Pg 123]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Where have you been all this time? I wonder you +are not ashamed to look me in the face!"</p> + +<p>The General's voice was still stern. He had turned +around and walked back to the cleared space.</p> + +<p>The deserter scratched his head in perplexity.</p> + +<p>"I needn' 'a' come," he said, doggedly. "Where's +them boys? I don' want the boys hurted. I seen 'em +comin' here, an' I jes' followed 'em to see they didn't get +in no trouble. But——"</p> + +<p>This speech about the boys effected what the offer of +personal service to the General himself had failed to bring +about.</p> + +<p>"Sit down and let me talk to you," said the General, +throwing himself on the grass.</p> + +<p>Mills seated himself cross-legged near the officer, with +his gun across his knees, and began to bite a straw which +he pulled from a tuft by his side.</p> + +<p>The boys had come up out of their retreat, and taken +places on each side of the General.</p> + +<p>"You all take to grass like young partridges," said the +hunter. The boys were flattered, for they considered any +notice from him a compliment.</p> + +<p>"What made you fool us, and send us to catch that +conscript-guard?" Frank asked.</p> + +<p>"Well, you ketched him, didn't you? You're the only<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[Pg 124]</a></span> +ones ever been able to ketch him," he said, with a low +chuckle.</p> + +<p>"Now, Mills, you know how things stand," said the +General. "It's a shame for you to have been acting this +way. You know what people say about you. But if you +come back to camp and do your duty, I'll have it all +straightened out. If you don't, I'll have you shot."</p> + +<p>His voice was as calm and his manner as composed +as if he were promising the man opposite him a reward +for good conduct. He looked Mills steadily in the eyes +all the time. The boys felt as if their friend were about +to be executed. The General seemed an immeasurable +distance above them.</p> + +<p>The deserter blinked twice or thrice, slowly bit his +shred of straw, looked casually first toward one boy and +then toward the other, but without the slightest change +of expression in his face.</p> + +<p>"Cun'l," he said, at length, "I ain't no deserter. I +ain't feared of bein' shot. Ef I was, I wouldn' 'a' come +here now. I'm gwine wid you, an' I'm gwine back to my +company; an' I'm gwine fight, ef Yankees gits in my way; +but ef I gits tired, I's comin' home; an' 'tain't no use to +tell you I ain't, 'cause I <i>is</i>,—an' ef anybody flings up to me +that I's a-runnin' away, I'm gwine to kill 'em!"</p> + +<p>He rose to his feet in the intensity of his feeling, and +his eyes, usually so dull, were like live coals.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[Pg 125]</a></span></p> + +<p>The General looked at him quietly a few seconds, then +himself arose and laid his hand on Tim Mills' shoulder.</p> + +<p>"All right," he said.</p> + +<p>"I got a little snack M'lindy put up," said Mills, pulling +a substantial bundle out of his game-bag. "I 'lowed +maybe you might be sort o' hongry. Jes' two or three +squirrels I shot," he said, apologetically.</p> + +<p>"You boys better git 'long home, I reckon," said Mills +to Willy. "You ain' 'fraid, is you? 'Cause if you is, +I'll go with you."</p> + +<p>His voice had resumed its customary drawl.</p> + +<p>"Oh, no," said both boys, eagerly. "We aren't +afraid."</p> + +<p>"An' tell your ma I ain' let nobody tetch nothin' on +the Oakland plantation; not sence that day you all went +huntin' deserters; not if I knowed 'bout it."</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir."</p> + +<p>"An' tell her I'm gwine take good keer o' Hugh an' +the Cunnel. Good-bye!—now run along!"</p> + +<p>"All right, sir,—good-bye."</p> + +<p>"An' ef you hear anybody say Tim Mills is a d'serter, +tell 'em it's a lie, an' you know it. Good-bye." He turned +away as if relieved.</p> + +<p>The boys said good-bye to all three, and started in the +direction of home.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[Pg 126]</a></span></p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XVI" id="CHAPTER_XVI"></a>CHAPTER XVI.</h2> + + +<p>After crossing the gully, and walking on through +the woods for what they thought a safe distance, +they turned into the path.</p> + +<p>They were talking very merrily about the General and +Hugh and their friend Mills, and were discussing some +romantic plan for the recapture of their horses from the +enemy, when they came out of the path into the road, +and found themselves within twenty yards of a group of +Federal soldiers, quietly sitting on their horses, evidently +guarding the road.</p> + +<p>The sight of the blue-coats made the boys jump. They +would have crept back, but it was too late—they caught +the eye of the man nearest them. They ceased talking +as suddenly as birds in the trees stop chirruping when the +hawk sails over; and when one Yankee called to them, in +a stern tone, "Halt there!" and started to come toward +them, their hearts were in their mouths.</p> + +<p>"Where are you boys going?" he asked, as he came +up to them.</p> + +<p>"Going home."</p> + +<p>"Where do you belong?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[Pg 127]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Over there—at Oakland," pointing in the direction +of their home, which seemed suddenly to have moved a +thousand miles aways.</p> + +<p>"Where have you been?" The other soldiers had +come up now.</p> + +<p>"Been down this way." The boys' voices were never +so meek before. Each reply was like an apology.</p> + +<p>"Been to see your brother?" asked one who had not +spoken before—a pleasant-looking fellow. The boys +looked at him. They were paralyzed by dread of the +approaching question.</p> + +<p>"Now, boys, we know where you have been," said a +small fellow, who wore a yellow chevron on his arm. He +had a thin moustache and a sharp nose, and rode a wiry, +dull sorrel horse. "You may just as well tell us all about +it. We know you've been to see 'em, and we are going +to make you carry us where they are."</p> + +<p>"No, we ain't," said Frank, doggedly.</p> + +<p>Willy expressed his determination also.</p> + +<p>"If you don't it's going to be pretty bad for you," +said the little corporal. He gave an order to two of the +men, who sprang from their horses, and, catching Frank, +swung him up behind another cavalryman. The boy's +face was very pale, but he bit his lip.</p> + +<p>"Go ahead," continued the corporal to a number of +his men, who started down the path. "You four men remain<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[Pg 128]</a></span> +here till we come back," he said to the men on the +ground, and to two others on horseback. "Keep him +here," jerking his thumb toward Willy, whose face was +already burning with emotion.</p> + +<p>"I'm going with Frank," said Willy. "Let me go." +This to the man who had hold of him by the arm. "Frank, +make him let me go," he shouted, bursting into tears, and +turning on his captor with all his little might.</p> + +<p>"Willy, he's not goin' to hurt you,—don't you tell!" +called Frank, squirming until he dug his heels so into +the horse's flanks that the horse began to kick up.</p> + +<p>"Keep quiet, Johnny; he's not goin' to hurt him," said +one of the men, kindly. He had a brown beard and shining +white teeth.</p> + +<p>They rode slowly down the narrow path, the dragoon +holding Frank by the leg. Deep down in the woods, beyond +a small branch, the path forked.</p> + +<p>"Which way?" asked the corporal, stopping and addressing +Frank.</p> + +<p>Frank set his mouth tight and looked him in the eyes.</p> + +<p>"Which is it?" the corporal repeated.</p> + +<p>"I ain't going to tell," said he, firmly.</p> + +<p>"Look here, Johnny; we've got you, and we are going +to make you tell us; so you might just as well do it, easy. +If you don't, we're goin' to make you."</p> + +<p>The boy said nothing.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">[Pg 129]</a></span></p> + +<p class="figcenter" style="width: 494px;"> +<img src="images/image006.png" width="494" height="580" alt="THE BOY FACED HIS CAPTOR, WHO HELD A STRAP IN ONE HAND." title="THE BOY FACED HIS CAPTOR, WHO HELD A STRAP IN ONE HAND." /> +<span class="caption">THE BOY FACED HIS CAPTOR, WHO HELD A STRAP IN ONE HAND.</span> +</p> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">[Pg 131]</a></span></p> + +<p>"You men dismount. Stubbs, hold the horses." He +himself dismounted, and three others did the same, giving +their horses to a fourth.</p> + +<p>"Get down!"—this to Frank and the soldier behind +whom he was riding. The soldier dismounted, and the +boy slipped off after him and faced his captor, who held +a strap in one hand.</p> + +<p>"Are you goin' to tell us?" he asked.</p> + +<p>"No."</p> + +<p>"Don't you know?" He came a step nearer, and held +the strap forward. There was a long silence. The boy's +face paled perceptibly, but took on a look as if the proceedings +were indifferent to him.</p> + +<p>"If you say you don't know"—said the man, hesitating +in face of the boy's resolution. "Don't you know +where they are?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, I know; but I ain't goin' to tell you," said Frank, +bursting into tears.</p> + +<p>"The little Johnny's game," said the soldier who had +told him the others were not going to hurt Willy. The +corporal said something to this man in an undertone, to +which he replied:</p> + +<p>"You can try, but it isn't going to do any good. I +don't half like it, anyway."</p> + +<p>Frank had stopped crying after his first outburst.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">[Pg 132]</a></span></p> + +<p>"If you don't tell, we are going to shoot you," said +the little soldier, drawing his pistol.</p> + +<p>The boy shut his mouth close, and looked straight at +the corporal. The man laid down his pistol, and, seizing +Frank, drew his hands behind him, and tied them.</p> + +<p>"Get ready, men," he said, as he drew the boy aside to +a small tree, putting him with his back to it.</p> + +<p>Frank thought his hour had come. He thought of his +mother and Willy, and wondered if the soldiers would +shoot Willy, too. His face twitched and grew ghastly +white. Then he thought of his father, and of how proud +he would be of his son's bravery when he should hear of +it. This gave him strength.</p> + +<p>"The knot—hurts my hands," he said.</p> + +<p>The man leaned over and eased it a little.</p> + +<p>"I wasn't crying because I was scared," said Frank.</p> + +<p>The kind looking fellow turned away.</p> + +<p>"Now, boys, get ready," said the corporal, taking up +his pistol.</p> + +<p>How large it looked to Frank. He wondered where +the bullets would hit him, and if the wounds would bleed, +and whether he would be left alone all night out there in +the woods, and if his mother would come and kiss him.</p> + +<p>"I want to say my prayers," he said, faintly.</p> + +<p>The soldier made some reply which he could not hear,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">[Pg 133]</a></span> +and the man with the beard started forward; but just +then all grew dark before his eyes.</p> + +<p>Next, he thought he must have been shot, for he felt +wet about his face, and was lying down. He heard some +one say, "He's coming to," and another replied, "Thank +God!"</p> + +<p>He opened his eyes. He was lying beside the little +branch with his head in the lap of the big soldier with the +beard, and the little corporal was leaning over him throwing +water in his face from a cap. The others were standing +around.</p> + +<p>"What's the matter?" asked Frank.</p> + +<p>"That's all right," said the little corporal, kindly. +"We were just a-foolin' a bit with you, Johnny."</p> + +<p>"We never meant to hurt you," said the other. "You +feel better now?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, where's Willy?" He was too tired to move.</p> + +<p>"He's all right. We'll take you to him."</p> + +<p>"Am I shot?" asked Frank.</p> + +<p>"No! Do you think we'd have touched a hair of your +head—and you such a brave little fellow? We were just +trying to scare you a bit and carried it too far, and you +got a little faint,—that's all."</p> + +<p>The voice was so kindly that Frank was encouraged to +sit up.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">[Pg 134]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Can you walk now?" asked the corporal, helping him +and steadying him as he rose to his feet.</p> + +<p>"I'll take him," said the big fellow, and before the boy +could move, he had stooped, taken Frank in his arms, and +was carrying him back toward the place where they had +left Willy, while the others followed after with the horses.</p> + +<p>"I can walk," said Frank.</p> + +<p>"No, I'll carry you, b-bless your heart!"</p> + +<p>The boy did not know that the big dragoon was looking +down at the light hair resting on his arm, and that +while he trod the Virginia wood-path, in fancy he was +home in Delaware; or that the pressure the boy felt from +his strong arms, was a caress given for the sake of another +boy far away on the Brandywine. A little while +before they came in sight Frank asked to be put down.</p> + +<p>The soldier gently set him on his feet, and before he +let him go kissed him.</p> + +<p>"I've got a curly-headed fellow at home, just the size +of you," he said softly.</p> + +<p>Frank saw that his eyes were moist. "I hope you'll +get safe back to him," he said.</p> + +<p>"God grant it!" said the soldier.</p> + +<p>When they reached the squad at the gate, they found +Willy still in much distress on Frank's account; but he +wiped his eyes when his brother reappeared, and listened<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">[Pg 135]</a></span> +with pride to the soldiers' praise of Frank's "grit," as +they called it. When they let the boys go, the little corporal +wished Frank to accept a five-dollar gold piece; but +he politely declined it.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">[Pg 136]</a></span></p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XVII" id="CHAPTER_XVII"></a>CHAPTER XVII.</h2> + + +<p>The story of Frank's adventure and courage was +the talk of all the Oakland plantation. His +mother and Cousin Belle both kissed him, and +called him their little hero. Willy also received a full +share of praise for his courage.</p> + +<p>About noon there was great commotion among the +troops. They were far more numerous than they had +been in the morning, and instead of riding about the woods +in small bodies, hunting for the concealed soldiers, they +were collecting together and preparing to move.</p> + +<p>It was learned that a considerable body of cavalry +was passing down the road by Trinity Church, and that +the depot had been burnt again the night before. Somehow, +a rumor got about that the Confederates were following +up the raiders.</p> + +<p>In an hour most of the soldiers went away, but a +number still stayed on. Their horses were picketed about +the yard feeding; and they themselves lounged around, +making themselves at home in the house, and pulling to +pieces the things that were left. They were not, however, +as wanton in their destruction as the first set, who +had passed by the year before.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">[Pg 137]</a></span></p> + +<p>Among those who yet remained were the little corporal, +and the big young soldier who had been so kind +to Frank. They were in the rear-guard. At length the +last man rode off.</p> + +<p>The boys had gone in and out among them, without +being molested. Now and then some rough fellow would +swear at them, but for the most part their intercourse +with the boys was friendly. When, therefore, they rode +off, the boys were allowed by their mother to go and see +the main body.</p> + +<p>Peter and Cole were with them. They took the main +road and followed along, picking up straps, and cartridges, +and all those miscellaneous things dropped by a large body +of troops as they pass along.</p> + +<p>Cartridges were very valuable, as they furnished the +only powder and shot the boys could get for hunting, and +their supply was out. These were found in unusual numbers. +The boys filled their pockets, and finally filled their +sleeves, tying them tightly at the wrist with strings, so +that the contents would not spill out. One of the boys +found even an old pistol, which was considered a great +treasure. He bore it proudly in his belt, and was envied +by all the others.</p> + +<p>It was quite late in the afternoon when they thought +of turning toward home, their pockets and sleeves bagging +down with the heavy musket-cartridges. They left the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">[Pg 138]</a></span> +Federal rear-guard feeding their horses at a great white +pile of corn which had been thrown out of the corn-house +of a neighbor, and was scattered all over the ground.</p> + +<p>They crossed a field, descended a hill, and took the +main road at its foot, just as a body of cavalry came +in sight. A small squad, riding some little distance in +advance of the main body, had already passed by. These +were Confederates. The first man they saw, at the head +of the column by the colonel, was the General, and a little +behind him was none other than Hugh on a gray roan; +while not far down the column rode their friend Tim +Mills, looking rusty and sleepy as usual.</p> + +<p>"Goodness! Why, here are the General and Hugh! +How in the world did you get away?" exclaimed the boys.</p> + +<p>They learned that it was a column of cavalry following +the line of the raid, and that the General and Hugh had +met them and volunteered. The soldiers greeted the boys +cordially.</p> + +<p>"The Yankees are right up there," said the youngsters.</p> + +<p>"Where? How many? What are they doing?" +asked the General.</p> + +<p>"A whole pack of 'em—right up there at the stables, +and all about, feeding their horses and sitting all around, +and ever so many more have gone along down the road."</p> + +<p>"Fling the fence down there!" The boys pitched +down the rails in two or three places. An order was<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">[Pg 139]</a></span> +passed back, and in an instant a stir of preparation was +noticed all down the line of horsemen.</p> + +<p>A courier galloped up the road to recall the advance-guard. +The head of the column passed through the gap, +and, without waiting for the others, dashed up the hill at +a gallop—the General and the colonel a score of yards +ahead of any of the others.</p> + +<p>"Let's go and see the fight!" cried the boys; and the +whole set started back up the hill as fast as their legs could +carry them.</p> + +<p>"S'pose they shoot! Won't they shoot us?" asked +one of the negro boys, in some apprehension. This, +though before unthought of, was a possibility, and for +a moment brought them down to a slower pace.</p> + +<p>"We can lie flat and peep over the top of the hill." +This was Frank's happy thought, and the party started +ahead again. "Let's go around that way." They made +a little detour.</p> + +<p>Just before they reached the crest they heard a shot, +"bang!" immediately followed by another, "bang!" and +in a second more a regular volley began, and was kept up.</p> + +<p>They reached the crest of the hill in time to see the +Confederates gallop up the slope toward the stables, firing +their pistols at the blue-coats, who were forming in the +edge of a little wood, over beyond a fence, from the other +side of which the smoke of their carbines was rolling.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">[Pg 140]</a></span> +They had evidently started on just as the boys left, and +before the Confederates came in sight.</p> + +<p>The boys saw their friends dash at this fence, and +could distinguish the General and Hugh, who were still in +the lead. Their horses took the fence, going over like +birds, and others followed,—Tim Mills among them,—while +yet more went through a gate a few yards to one +side.</p> + +<p>"Look at Hugh! Look at Hugh!"</p> + +<p>"Look! That horse has fallen down!" cried one of +the boys, as a horse went down just at the entrance of the +wood, rolling over his rider.</p> + +<p>"He's shot!" exclaimed Frank, for neither horse nor +rider attempted to rise.</p> + +<p>"See; they are running!"</p> + +<p>The little squad of blue-coats were retiring into the +woods, with the grays closely pressing them.</p> + +<p>"Let's cut across and see 'em run 'em over the bridge."</p> + +<p>"Come on!"</p> + +<p>All the little group of spectators, white and black, +started as hard as they could go for a path they knew, +which led by a short cut through the little piece of woods. +Beyond lay a field divided by a stream, a short distance +on the other side of which was a large body of woods.</p> + +<p>The popping was still going on furiously in the woods, +and bullets were "zoo-ing" over the fields. But the boys<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">[Pg 141]</a></span> +could not see anything, and they did not think about the +flying balls.</p> + +<p>They were all excitement at the idea of "our men" +whipping the enemy, and they ran with all their might to +be in time to see them "chase 'em across the field."</p> + +<p>The road on which the skirmish took place, and down +which the Federal rear-guard had retreated, made a sharp +curve beyond the woods, around the bend of a little stream +crossed by a small bridge; and the boys, in taking the +short cut, had placed the road between themselves and +home; but they did not care about that, for their men were +driving the others. They "just wanted to see it."</p> + +<p>They reached the edge of the field in time to see that +the Yankees were on the other side of the stream. They +knew them to be where puffs of smoke came out of the +opposite wood. And the Confederates had stopped beyond +the bridge, and were halted, in some confusion, in +the field.</p> + +<p>The firing was very sharp, and bullets were singing +in every direction. Then the Confederates got together, +and went as hard as they could right at them up to the +wood, all along the edge of which the smoke was pouring +in continuous puffs and with a rattle of shots. They saw +several horses fall as the Confederates galloped on, but +the smoke hid most of it. Next they saw a long line of +fire appear in the smoke on both sides of the road, where<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">[Pg 142]</a></span> +it entered the wood; then the Confederates stopped, and +became all mixed up; a number of horses galloped away +without their riders, another line of white and red flame +came out of the woods, the Confederates began to come +back, leaving many horses on the ground, and a body +of cavalry in blue coats poured out of the wood in pursuit.</p> + +<p>"Look! look! They are running—they are beating +our men!" exclaimed the boys. "They have driven 'em +back across the bridge!"</p> + +<p>"How many of them there are!"</p> + +<p>"What shall we do? Suppose they see us!"</p> + +<p>"Come on, Mah'srs Frank 'n' Willy, let's go home," +said the colored boys. "They'll shoot us."</p> + +<p>The fight was now in the woods which lay between +the boys and their home. But just then the gray-coats +got together, again turned at the edge of the wood, and +dashed back on their pursuers, and—the smoke and bushes +on the stream hid everything. In a second more both +emerged on the other side of the smoke and went into the +woods on the further edge of the field, all in confusion, +and leaving on the ground more horses and men than +before.</p> + +<p>"What's them things 'zip-zippin' 'round my ears?" +asked one of the negro boys.</p> + +<p>"Bullets," said Frank, proud of his knowledge.</p> + +<p>"Will they hurt me if they hit me?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">[Pg 143]</a></span></p> + +<p class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;"> +<img src="images/image007.png" width="600" height="408" alt=""LOOK! LOOK! THEY ARE RUNNING! THEY ARE BEATING OUR MEN!" EXCLAIMED THE BOYS." title=""LOOK! LOOK! THEY ARE RUNNING! THEY ARE BEATING OUR MEN!" EXCLAIMED THE BOYS." /> +<span class="caption">"LOOK! LOOK! THEY ARE RUNNING! THEY ARE BEATING OUR MEN!" EXCLAIMED THE BOYS.</span> +</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">[Pg 145]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Of course they will. They'll kill you."</p> + +<p>"I'm gwine home," said the boy, and off he started at +a trot.</p> + +<p>"Hold on!—We're goin', too; but let's go down this +way; this is the best way."</p> + +<p>They went along the edge of the field, toward the +point in the road where the skirmish had been and where +the Confederates had rallied. They stopped to listen to +the popping in the woods on the other side, and were just +saying how glad they were that "our men had whipped +them," when a soldier came along.</p> + +<p>"What in the name of goodness are you boys doing +here?" he asked.</p> + +<p>"We're just looking on an' lis'ning," answered the boys +meekly.</p> + +<p>"Well, you'd better be getting home as fast as you +can. They are too strong for us, and they'll be driving +us back directly, and some of you may get killed or run +over."</p> + +<p>This was dreadful! Such an idea had never occurred +to the boys. A panic took possession of them.</p> + +<p>"Come on! Let's go home!" This was the universal +idea, and in a second the whole party were cutting straight +for home, utterly stampeded.</p> + +<p>They could readily have found shelter and security +back over the hill, from the flying balls; but they preferred<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">[Pg 146]</a></span> +to get home, and they made straight for it. The popping +of the guns, which still kept up in the woods across the +little river, now meant to them that the victorious Yankees +were driving back their friends. They believed that +the bullets which now and then yet whistled over the woods +with a long, singing "zoo-ee," were aimed at them. For +their lives, then, they ran, expecting to be killed every +minute.</p> + +<p>The load of cartridges in their pockets, which they +had carried for hours, weighed them down. As they ran +they threw these out. Then followed those in their +sleeves. Frank and the other boys easily got rid of theirs, +but Willy had tied the strings around his wrists in such +hard knots that he could not possibly untie them. He +was falling behind.</p> + +<p>Frank heard him call. Without slacking his speed he +looked back over his shoulder. Willy's face was red, and +his mouth was twitching. He was sobbing a little, and +was tearing at the strings with his teeth as he ran. Then +the strings came loose one after the other, the cartridges +were shaken out over the ground, and Willy's face at +once cleared up as he ran forward lightened of his load.</p> + +<p>They had passed almost through the narrow skirt of +woods where the first attack was made, when they heard +some one not far from the side of the road call, "Water!"</p> + +<p>The boys stopped. "What's that?" they asked each<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">[Pg 147]</a></span> +other in a startled undertone. A groan came from the +same direction, and a voice said, "Oh, for some water!"</p> + +<p>A short, whispered consultation was held.</p> + +<p>"He's right up on that bank. There's a road up +there."</p> + +<p>Frank advanced a little; a man was lying somewhat +propped up against a tree. His eyes were closed, and +there was a ghastly wound in his head.</p> + +<p>"Willy, it's a Yankee, and he's shot."</p> + +<p>"Is he dead?" asked the others, in awed voices.</p> + +<p>"No. Let's ask him if he's hurt much."</p> + +<p>They all approached him. His eyes were shut and his +face was ashy white.</p> + +<p>"Willy, it's <i>my</i> Yankee!" exclaimed Frank.</p> + +<p>The wounded man moved his hand at the sound of +the voices.</p> + +<p>"Water," he murmured. "Bring me water, for pity's +sake!"</p> + +<p>"I'll get you some,—don't you know me? Let me have +your canteen," said Frank, stooping and taking hold of +the canteen. It was held by its strap; but the boy whipped +out a knife and cut it loose.</p> + +<p>The man tried to speak; but the boys could not understand +him.</p> + +<p>"Where are you goin' get it, Frank?" asked the other +boys.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">[Pg 148]</a></span></p> + +<p>"At the branch down there that runs into the creek."</p> + +<p>"The Yankees'll shoot you down there," objected +Peter and Willy.</p> + +<p>"<i>I</i> ain' gwine that way," said Cole.</p> + +<p>The soldier groaned.</p> + +<p>"<i>I'll</i> go with you, Frank," said Willy, who could not +stand the sight of the man's suffering.</p> + +<p>"We'll be back directly."</p> + +<p>The two boys darted off, the others following them at +a little distance. They reached the open field. The shooting +was still going on in the woods on the other side, but +they no longer thought of it. They ran down the hill +and dashed across the little flat to the branch at the nearest +point, washed the blood from the canteen, and filled +it with the cool water.</p> + +<p>"I wish we had something to wash his face with," +sighed Willy, "but I haven't got a handkerchief."</p> + +<p>"Neither have I." Willy looked thoughtful. A second +more and he had stripped off his light sailor's jacket +and dipped it in the water. The next minute the two boys +were running up the hill again.</p> + +<p>When they reached the spot where the wounded man +lay, he had slipped down and was flat on the ground. His +feeble voice still called for water, but was much weaker +than before. Frank stooped and held the canteen to the +man's lips, and he drank. Then Willy and Frank, together,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149">[Pg 149]</a></span> +bathed his face with the still dripping cotton jacket. +This revived him somewhat; but he did not recognize +them and talked incoherently. They propped up his head.</p> + +<p>"Frank, it's getting mighty late, and we've got to go +home," said Willy.</p> + +<p>The boys' voice or words reached the ears of the +wounded man.</p> + +<p>"Take me home," he murmured; "I want some water +from the well by the dairy."</p> + +<p>"Give him some more water."</p> + +<p>Willy lifted the canteen. "Here it is."</p> + +<p>The soldier swallowed with difficulty.</p> + +<p>He could not raise his hand now. There was a pause. +The boys stood around, looking down on him. "I've come +back home," he said. His eyes were closed.</p> + +<p>"He's dreaming," whispered Willy.</p> + +<p>"Did you ever see anybody die?" asked Frank, in a +low tone.</p> + +<p>Willy's face paled.</p> + +<p>"No, Frank; let's go home and tell somebody."</p> + +<p>Frank stooped and touched the soldier's face. He was +talking all the time now, though they could not understand +everything he said. The boy's touch seemed to rouse him.</p> + +<p>"It's bedtime," he said, presently. "Kneel down and +say your prayers for Father."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150">[Pg 150]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Willy, let's say our prayers for him," whispered +Frank.</p> + +<p>"I can say, 'Now I lay me.'" But before he could +begin,</p> + +<p>"'Now I lay me down to sleep,'" said the soldier +tenderly. The boys followed him, thinking he had heard +them. They did not know that he was saying—for one +whom but that morning he had called "his curly-head at +home"—the prayer that is common to Virginia and to +Delaware, to North and to South, and which no wars can +silence and no victories cause to be forgotten.</p> + +<p>The soldier's voice now was growing almost inaudible. +He spoke between long-drawn breaths.</p> + +<p>"'If I should die before I wake.'"</p> + +<p>"'If I should die before I wake,'" they repeated, and +continued the prayer.</p> + +<p>"'And this I ask for Jesus' sake,'" said the boys, ending. +There was a long pause. Frank stroked the pale +face softly with his hands.</p> + +<p>"'And this I ask for Jesus' sake,'" whispered the lips. +Then, very softly, "Kiss me good-night."</p> + +<p>"Kiss him, Frank."</p> + +<p>The boy stooped over and kissed the lips that had kissed +him in the morning. Willy kissed him, also. The lips +moved in a faint smile.</p> + +<p>"God bless——"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151">[Pg 151]</a></span></p> + +<p>The boys waited,—but that was all. The dusk settled +down in the woods. The prayer was ended.</p> + +<p>"He's dead," said Frank, in deep awe.</p> + +<p>"Frank, aren't you mighty sorry?" asked Willy in a +trembling voice. Then he suddenly broke out crying.</p> + +<p>"I don't want him to die! I don't want him to die!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_152" id="Page_152">[Pg 152]</a></span></p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XVIII" id="CHAPTER_XVIII"></a>CHAPTER XVIII.</h2> + + +<p>When the boys reached home it was pitch-dark. +They found their mother very anxious about +them. They gave an account of the "battle," +as they called it, telling all about the charge, in which, by +their statement, the General and Hugh did wonderful +deeds. Their mother and Cousin Belle sat and listened +with tightly folded hands and blanched faces.</p> + +<p>Then they told how they found the wounded Yankee +soldier on the bank, and about his death. They were +startled by seeing their Cousin Belle suddenly fall on her +knees and throw herself across their mother's lap in a +passion of tears. Their mother put her arms around the +young girl, kissed and soothed her.</p> + +<p>Early the next morning their mother had an ox-cart +(the only vehicle left on the place), sent down to the spot +to bring the body of the soldier up to Oakland, so that it +might be buried in the grave-yard there. Carpenter William +made the coffin, and several men were set to work +to dig the grave in the garden.</p> + +<p>It was about the middle of the day when the cart came +back. A sheet covered the body. The little cortege was<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">[Pg 153]</a></span> +a very solemn one, the steers pulling slowly up the hill +and a man walking on each side. Then the body was put +into the coffin and reverently carried to the grave. The +boys' mother read the burial service out of the prayer-book, +and afterward Uncle William Slow offered a prayer. +Just as they were about to turn away, the boys' mother +began to sing, "Abide with me; fast falls the eventide." +She and Cousin Belle and the boys sang the hymn together, +and then all walked sadly away, leaving the fresh +mound in the garden, where birds peeped curiously from +the lilac-bushes at the soldier's grave in the warm, light of +the afternoon sun.</p> + +<p>A small packet of letters and a gold watch and chain, +found in the soldier's pocket, were sealed up by the boys' +mother and put in her bureau drawer, for they could not +then be sent through the lines. There was one letter, however, +which they buried with him. It contained two locks +of hair, one gray, the other brown and curly.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>The next few months brought no new incidents, but +the following year deep gloom fell upon Oakland. It was +not only that the times were harder than they had ever +been—though the plantation was now utterly destitute; +there were no provisions and no crops, for there were +no teams. It was not merely that a shadow was settling +down on all the land; for the boys did not trouble themselves<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">[Pg 154]</a></span> +about these things, though such anxieties were +bringing gray hairs to their mother's temples.</p> + +<p>The General had been wounded and captured during +a cavalry fight. The boys somehow connected their +Cousin Belle with the General's capture, and looked on +her with some disfavor. She and the General had quarrelled +a short time before, and it was known that she had +returned his ring. When, therefore, he was shot through +the body and taken by the enemy, the boys could not admit +that their cousin had any right to stay up-stairs in her +own room weeping about it. They felt that it was all her +own fault, and they told her so; whereupon she simply +burst out crying and ran from the room.</p> + +<p>The hard times grew harder. The shadow deepened. +Hugh was wounded and captured in a charge at Petersburg, +and it was not known whether he was badly hurt or +not. Then came the news that Richmond had been evacuated. +The boys knew that this was a defeat; but even +then they did not believe that the Confederates were +beaten. Their mother was deeply affected by the news.</p> + +<p>That night at least a dozen of the negroes disappeared. +The other servants said the missing ones had gone to Richmond +"to get their papers."</p> + +<p>A week or so later the boys heard the rumor that +General Lee had surrendered at a place called Appomattox. +When they came home and told their mother what<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155">[Pg 155]</a></span> +they had heard, she turned as pale as death, arose, and +went into her chamber. The news was corroborated next +day. During the following two days, every negro on the +plantation left, excepting lame old Sukey Brown. Some +of them came and said they had to go to Richmond, that +"the word had come" for them. Others, including even +Uncle Balla and Lucy Ann, slipped away by night.</p> + +<p>After that their mother had to cook, and the boys +milked and did the heavier work. The cooking was not +much trouble, however, for black-eyed pease were about +all they had to eat.</p> + +<p>One afternoon, the second day after the news of Lee's +surrender, the boys, who had gone to drive up the cows +to be milked, saw two horsemen, one behind the other, +coming slowly down the road on the far hill. The front +horse was white, and, as their father rode a white horse, +they ran toward the house to carry the news. Their +mother and Cousin Belle, however, having seen the horsemen, +were waiting on the porch as the men came through +the middle gate and rode across the field.</p> + +<p>It was their father and his body-servant, Ralph, who +had been with him all through the war. They came +slowly up the hill; the horses limping and fagged, the riders +dusty and drooping.</p> + +<p>It seemed like a funeral. The boys were near the +steps, and their mother stood on the portico with her forehead<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">[Pg 156]</a></span> +resting against a pillar. No word was spoken. Into +the yard they rode at a walk, and up to the porch. Then +their father, who had not once looked up, put both hands +to his face, slipped from his horse, and walked up the +steps, tears running down his cheeks, and took their +mother into his arms. It <i>was</i> a funeral—the Confederacy +was dead.</p> + +<p>A little later, their father, who had been in the house, +came out on the porch near where Ralph still stood holding +the horses.</p> + +<p>"Take off the saddles, Ralph, and turn the horses out," +he said.</p> + +<p>Ralph did so.</p> + +<p>"Here,—here's my last dollar. You have been a faithful +servant to me. Put the saddles on the porch." It +was done. "You are free," he said to the black, and then +he walked back into the house.</p> + +<p>Ralph stood where he was for some minutes without +moving a muscle. His eyes blinked mechanically. Then +he looked at the door and at the windows above him. Suddenly +he seemed to come to himself. Turning slowly, he +walked solemnly out of the yard.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157">[Pg 157]</a></span></p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XIX" id="CHAPTER_XIX"></a>CHAPTER XIX.</h2> + + +<p>The boys' Uncle William came the next day. The +two weeks which followed were the hardest the +boys had ever known. As yet nothing had been +heard of Hugh or the General, though the boys' father +went to Richmond to see whether they had been released.</p> + +<p>The family lived on corn-bread and black-eyed pease. +There was not a mouthful of meat on the plantation. A +few aged animals were all that remained on the place.</p> + +<p>The boys' mother bought a little sugar and made some +cakes, and the boys, day after day, carried them over to +the depot and left them with a man there to be sold. Such +a thing had never been known before in the history of the +family.</p> + +<p>A company of Yankees were camped very near, but +they did not interfere with the boys. They bought the +cakes and paid for them in greenbacks, which were the +first new money they had at Oakland. One day the boys +were walking along the road, coming back from the camp, +when they met a little old one-horse wagon driven by a +man who lived near the depot. In it were a boy about +Willy's size and an old lady with white hair, both in deep<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158">[Pg 158]</a></span> +mourning. The boy was better dressed than any boy +they had ever seen. They were strangers.</p> + +<p>The boys touched their limp little hats to the lady, and +felt somewhat ashamed of their own patched clothes in +the presence of the well-dressed stranger. Frank and +Willy passed on. They happened to look back. The +wagon stopped just then, and the lady called them:</p> + +<p>"Little boys!"</p> + +<p>They halted and returned.</p> + +<p>"We are looking for my son; and this gentleman tells +me that you live about here, and know more of the country +than any one else I may meet."</p> + +<p>"Do you know where any graves is?—Yankee +graves?" asked the driver, cutting matters short.</p> + +<p>"Yes, there are several down on the road by Pigeon +Hill, where the battle was, and two or three by the creek +down yonder, and there's one in our garden."</p> + +<p>"Where was your son killed, ma'am? Do you know +that he was killed?" asked the driver.</p> + +<p>"I do not know. We fear that he was; but, of course, +we still hope there may have been some mistake. The +last seen of him was when General Sheridan went through +this country, last year. He was with his company in the +rear-guard, and was wounded and left on the field. We +hoped he might have been found in one of the prisons; +but there is no trace of him, and we fear——"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159">[Pg 159]</a></span></p> + +<p class="figcenter" style="width: 443px;"> +<img src="images/image008.png" width="443" height="580" alt="THE BOYS SELL THEIR CAKES TO THE YANKEES." title="THE BOYS SELL THEIR CAKES TO THE YANKEES." /> +<span class="caption">THE BOYS SELL THEIR CAKES TO THE YANKEES.</span> +</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_161" id="Page_161">[Pg 161]</a></span></p> + +<p>She broke down and began to cry. "He was my only +son," she sobbed, "my only son—and I gave him up for +the Union, and——" She could say no more.</p> + +<p>Her distress affected the boys deeply.</p> + +<p>"If I could but find his grave. Even that would be +better than this agonizing suspense."</p> + +<p>"What was your son's name?" asked the boys, gently.</p> + +<p>She told them.</p> + +<p>"Why, that's our soldier!" exclaimed both boys.</p> + +<p>"Do you know him?" she asked eagerly. "Is—? +Is——?" Her voice refused to frame the fearful question.</p> + +<p>"Yes'm. In our garden," said the boys, almost inaudibly.</p> + +<p>The mother bent her head over on her grandson's +shoulder and wept aloud. Awful as the suspense had +been, now that the last hope was removed the shock was +terrible. She gave a stifled cry, then wept with uncontrollable +grief.</p> + +<p>The boys, with pale faces and eyes moist with sympathy, +turned away their heads and stood silent. At length +she grew calmer.</p> + +<p>"Won't you come home with us? Our father and +mother will be so glad to have you," they said hospitably.</p> + +<p>After questioning them a little further, she decided to +go. The boys climbed into the back of the wagon. As<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_162" id="Page_162">[Pg 162]</a></span> +they went along, the boys told her all about her son,—his +carrying Frank, their finding him wounded near the +road, and about his death and burial.</p> + +<p>"He was a real brave soldier," they told her consolingly.</p> + +<p>As they approached the house, she asked whether they +could give her grandson something to eat.</p> + +<p>"Oh, yes, indeed. Certainly," they answered. Then, +thinking perhaps they were raising her hopes too high, +they exclaimed apologetically:</p> + +<p>"We haven't got much. We didn't kill any squirrels +this morning. Both our guns are broken and don't shoot +very well, now."</p> + +<p>She was much impressed by the appearance of the +place, which looked very beautiful among the trees.</p> + +<p>"Oh, yes, they're big folks," said the driver.</p> + +<p>She would have waited at the gate when they reached +the house, but the boys insisted that they all should come +in at once. One of them ran forward and, meeting his +mother just coming out to the porch, told who the visitor +was.</p> + +<p>Their mother instantly came down the steps and walked +toward the gate. The women met face to face. There +was no introduction. None was needed.</p> + +<p>"My son——" faltered the elder lady, her strength +giving out.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_163" id="Page_163">[Pg 163]</a></span></p> + +<p>The boys' mother put her handkerchief to her eyes.</p> + +<p>"I have one, too;—God alone knows where he is," +she sobbed.</p> + +<p>Each knew how great was the other's loss, and in sympathy +with another's grief found consolation for her own.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_164" id="Page_164">[Pg 164]</a></span></p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XX" id="CHAPTER_XX"></a>CHAPTER XX.</h2> + + +<p>The visitors remained at Oakland for several days, +as the lady wished to have her son's remains removed +to the old homestead in Delaware. She +was greatly distressed over the want which she saw at +Oakland—for there was literally nothing to eat but black-eyed +pease and the boys' chickens. Every incident of the +war interested her. She was delighted with their Cousin +Belle, and took much interest in her story, which was told +by the boys' mother.</p> + +<p>Her grandson, Dupont, was a fine, brave, and generous +young fellow. He had spent his boyhood near a town, +and could neither ride, swim, nor shoot as the Oakland +boys did; but he was never afraid to try anything, and +the boys took a great liking to him, and he to them.</p> + +<p>When the young soldier's body had been removed, the +visitors left; not, however, until the boys had made their +companion promise to pay them a visit. After the departure +of these friends they were much missed.</p> + +<p>But the next day there was a great rejoicing at Oakland. +Every one was in the dining-room at dinner, and +the boys' father had just risen from the table and walked<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_165" id="Page_165">[Pg 165]</a></span> +out of the room. A second later they heard an exclamation +of astonishment from him, and he called eagerly to +his wife, "Come here, quickly!" and ran down the steps. +Every one rose and ran out. Hugh and the General were +just entering the yard.</p> + +<p>They were pale and thin and looked ill; but all the +past was forgotten in the greeting.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>The boys soon knew that the General was making his +peace with their Cousin Belle, who looked prettier than +ever. It required several long walks before all was made +right; but there was no disposition toward severity on +either side. It was determined that the wedding was to +take place very soon. The boys' father suggested, as an +objection to an immediate wedding, that since the General +was just half his usual size, it would be better to wait until +he should regain his former proportions, so that all of +him might be married; but the General would not accept +the proposition for delay, and Cousin Belle finally consented +to be married at once.</p> + +<p>The old place was in a great stir over the preparations. +A number of the old servants, including Uncle Balla and +Lucy Ann, had one by one come back to their old home. +The trunks in the garret were ransacked once more, and +enough was found to make up a wedding trousseau of two +dresses.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_166" id="Page_166">[Pg 166]</a></span></p> + +<p>Hugh was to be the General's best man, and the boys +were to be the ushers. The only difficulty was that their +patched clothes made them feel a little abashed at the +prominent roles they were to assume. However, their +mother made them each a nice jacket from a striped +dress, one of her only two dresses, and she adorned them +with the military brass buttons their father had had taken +from his coat; so they felt very proud. Their father, of +course, was to give the bride away,—an office he accepted +with pleasure, he said, provided he did not have to move +too far, which might be hazardous so long as he had to +wear his spurs to keep the soles on his boots.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>Thus, even amid the ruins, the boys found life joyous, +and if they were without everything else, they had life, +health, and hope. The old guns were broken, and they +had to ride in the ox-cart; but they hoped to have others +and to do better, some day.</p> + +<p>The "some day" came sooner than they expected.</p> + +<p>The morning before the wedding, word came that there +were at the railroad station several boxes for their mother. +The ox-cart was sent for them. When the boxes arrived, +that evening, there was a letter from their friend in Delaware, +congratulating Cousin Belle and apologizing for +having sent "a few things" to her Southern friends.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_167" id="Page_167">[Pg 167]</a></span></p> + +<p class="figcenter" style="width: 427px;"> +<img src="images/image009.png" width="427" height="580" alt="SOME OF THE SERVANTS CAME BACK TO THEIR OLD HOME." title="SOME OF THE SERVANTS CAME BACK TO THEIR OLD HOME." /> +<span class="caption">SOME OF THE SERVANTS CAME BACK TO THEIR OLD HOME.</span> +</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_169" id="Page_169">[Pg 169]</a></span></p> + +<p>The "few things" consisted not only of necessaries, but +of everything which good taste could suggest. There was +a complete trousseau for Cousin Belle, and clothes for +each member of the family. The boys had new suits of +fine cloth with shirts and underclothes in plenty.</p> + +<p>But the best surprise of all was found when they came +to the bottom of the biggest box, and found two long, +narrow cases, marked, "For the Oakland boys." These +cases held beautiful, new double-barrelled guns of the finest +make. There was a large supply of ammunition, and +in each case there was a letter from Dupont promising +to come and spend his vacation with them, and sending his +love and good wishes and thanks to his friends—the "Two +Little Confederates."</p> + +<p> </p> +<p class="center">THE END.</p> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p> </p> + +<h3>Transcriber's Notes</h3> + +<p>Original spelling, hyphenation, capitalization, and punctuation have +been retained except for the following changes:</p> + +<p>Table of Contents has been added.</p> + +<p>Page <a href="#Page_20">20</a>: hen-roots changed to hen-roosts (hen-roots were robbed).</p> + +<p>Page <a href="#Page_86">86</a>: litttle changed to little (looked a litttle rustier).</p> + +<p>Page <a href="#Page_107">107</a>: throughly changed to thoroughly (throughly enjoyed their +holiday;).</p> + + +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<hr class="full" /> +<p>***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TWO LITTLE CONFEDERATES***</p> +<p>******* This file should be named 26725-h.txt or 26725-h.zip *******</p> +<p>This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:<br /> +<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/6/7/2/26725">http://www.gutenberg.org/2/6/7/2/26725</a></p> +<p>Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed.</p> + +<p>Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution.</p> + + + +<pre> +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/license">http://www.gutenberg.org/license)</a>. + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS,' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Each eBook is in a subdirectory of the same number as the eBook's +eBook number, often in several formats including plain vanilla ASCII, +compressed (zipped), HTML and others. + +Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks replace the old file and take over +the old filename and etext number. The replaced older file is renamed. +VERSIONS based on separate sources are treated as new eBooks receiving +new filenames and etext numbers. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + +<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org">http://www.gutenberg.org</a> + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + +EBooks posted prior to November 2003, with eBook numbers BELOW #10000, +are filed in directories based on their release date. If you want to +download any of these eBooks directly, rather than using the regular +search system you may utilize the following addresses and just +download by the etext year. + +<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/etext06/">http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/etext06/</a> + + (Or /etext 05, 04, 03, 02, 01, 00, 99, + 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90) + +EBooks posted since November 2003, with etext numbers OVER #10000, are +filed in a different way. The year of a release date is no longer part +of the directory path. The path is based on the etext number (which is +identical to the filename). The path to the file is made up of single +digits corresponding to all but the last digit in the filename. For +example an eBook of filename 10234 would be found at: + +http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/0/2/3/10234 + +or filename 24689 would be found at: +http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/4/6/8/24689 + +An alternative method of locating eBooks: +<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/GUTINDEX.ALL">http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/GUTINDEX.ALL</a> + +*** END: FULL LICENSE *** +</pre> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/26725-h/images/image001.jpg b/26725-h/images/image001.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..da8f692 --- /dev/null +++ b/26725-h/images/image001.jpg diff --git a/26725-h/images/image002.jpg b/26725-h/images/image002.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3c959d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/26725-h/images/image002.jpg diff --git a/26725-h/images/image003.jpg b/26725-h/images/image003.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c4303c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/26725-h/images/image003.jpg diff --git a/26725-h/images/image004.png b/26725-h/images/image004.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a02e604 --- /dev/null +++ b/26725-h/images/image004.png diff --git a/26725-h/images/image005.png b/26725-h/images/image005.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2513b4f --- /dev/null +++ b/26725-h/images/image005.png diff --git a/26725-h/images/image006.png b/26725-h/images/image006.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..45289dd --- /dev/null +++ b/26725-h/images/image006.png diff --git a/26725-h/images/image007.png b/26725-h/images/image007.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..da90e55 --- /dev/null +++ b/26725-h/images/image007.png diff --git a/26725-h/images/image008.png b/26725-h/images/image008.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..645e10b --- /dev/null +++ b/26725-h/images/image008.png diff --git a/26725-h/images/image009.png b/26725-h/images/image009.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..36a0f66 --- /dev/null +++ b/26725-h/images/image009.png diff --git a/26725.txt b/26725.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..99b788a --- /dev/null +++ b/26725.txt @@ -0,0 +1,4687 @@ +The Project Gutenberg eBook, Two Little Confederates, by Thomas Nelson Page + + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + + + + +Title: Two Little Confederates + + +Author: Thomas Nelson Page + + + +Release Date: September 29, 2008 [eBook #26725] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-646-US (US-ASCII) + + +***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TWO LITTLE CONFEDERATES*** + + +E-text prepared by Juliet Sutherland, Diane Monico, and the Project +Gutenberg Online Distributed Proofreading Team (https://www.pgdp.net) + + + +Note: Project Gutenberg also has an HTML version of this + file which includes the original illustrations. + See 26725-h.htm or 26725-h.zip: + (https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/6/7/2/26725/26725-h/26725-h.htm) + or + (https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/6/7/2/26725/26725-h.zip) + + + + + +TWO LITTLE CONFEDERATES + + * * * * * + +BOOKS FOR YOUNG READERS +BY THOMAS NELSON PAGE + +Tommy Trot's Visit to Santa Claus + +Santa Claus's Partner + +A Captured Santa Claus + +Among the Camps + +Two Little Confederates + +The Page Story Book + + +CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS + + * * * * * + +TWO LITTLE CONFEDERATES + +by + +THOMAS NELSON PAGE + +Illustrated + + + + + + + +[Illustration: "I'M IN COMMAND," SAID THE GENTLEMAN, SMILING AT HIM +OVER THE TOWEL.] + + + +New York +Charles Scribner's Sons +1929 + +Copyright, 1888, by +Charles Scribner's Sons + +Copyright, 1916, by +Thomas Nelson Page + +Printed in the United States of America + + + + +TO MY MOTHER + + + + +LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS + + +"I'm in command," said the gentleman, +smiling at him over the towel _Frontispiece_ + + PAGE +The old man walked up to the door, and +standing on one side, flung it open 29 + +"Gentlemen, marsters, don't teck my horses, +ef you please," said Uncle Balla 69 + +Frank and Willy capture a member of the +conscript-guard 95 + +The boy faced his captor, who held a strap +in one hand 129 + +"Look! Look! They are running. They are +beating our men!" exclaimed the boys 143 + +The boys sell their cakes to the Yankees 159 + +Some of the servants came back to their old home 167 + + + + +TWO LITTLE CONFEDERATES. + + + + +CHAPTER I. + + +The "Two Little Confederates" lived at Oakland. It was not a handsome +place, as modern ideas go, but down in Old Virginia, where the +standard was different from the later one, it passed in old times as +one of the best plantations in all that region. The boys thought it +the greatest place in the world, of course excepting Richmond, where +they had been one year to the fair, and had seen a man pull fire out +of his mouth, and do other wonderful things. It was quite secluded. It +lay, it is true, right between two of the county roads, the +Court-house Road being on one side, and on the other the great +"Mountain Road," down which the large covered wagons with six horses +and jingling bells used to go; but the lodge lay this side of the one, +and "the big woods," where the boys shot squirrels, and hunted +'possums and coons, and which reached to the edge of "Holetown," +stretched between the house and the other, so that the big gate-post +where the semi-weekly mail was left by the mail-rider each Tuesday +and Friday afternoon was a long walk, even by the near cut through the +woods. The railroad was ten miles away by the road. There was a nearer +way, only about half the distance, by which the negroes used to walk +and which during the war, after all the horses were gone, the boys, +too, learned to travel; but before that, the road by Trinity Church +and Honeyman's Bridge was the only route, and the other was simply a +dim bridle-path, and the "horseshoe-ford" was known to the initiated +alone. + +The mansion itself was known on the plantation as "the great-house," +to distinguish it from all the other houses on the place, of which +there were many. It had as many wings as the angels in the vision of +Ezekiel. + +These additions had been made, some in one generation, some in +another, as the size of the family required; and finally, when there +was no side of the original structure to which another wing could be +joined, a separate building had been erected on the edge of the yard +which was called "The Office," and was used as such, as well as for a +lodging-place by the young men of the family. The privilege of +sleeping in the Office was highly esteemed, for, like the _toga +virilis_, it marked the entrance upon manhood of the youths who were +fortunate enough to enjoy it. There smoking was admissible, there the +guns were kept in the corner, and there the dogs were allowed to +sleep at the feet of their young masters, or in bed with them, if they +preferred it. + +In one of the rooms in this building the boys went to school whilst +small, and another they looked forward to having as their own when +they should be old enough to be elevated to the coveted dignity of +sleeping in the Office. Hugh already slept there, and gave himself +airs in proportion; but Hugh they regarded as a very aged person; not +as old, it was true, as their cousins who came down from college at +Christmas, and who, at the first outbreak of war, all rushed into the +army; but each of these was in the boys' eyes a Methuselah. Hugh had +his own horse and the double-barrelled gun, and when a fellow got +those there was little material difference between him and other men, +even if he did have to go to the academy,--which was really something +like going to school. + +The boys were Frank and Willy; Frank being the eldest. They went by +several names on the place. Their mother called them her "little men," +with much pride; Uncle Balla spoke of them as "them chillern," which +generally implied something of reproach; and Lucy Ann, who had been +taken into the house to "run after" them when they were little boys, +always coupled their names as "Frank 'n' Willy." Peter and Cole did +the same when their mistress was not by. + +When there first began to be talk at Oakland about the war, the boys +thought it would be a dreadful thing; their principal ideas about war +being formed from an intimate acquaintance with the Bible and its +accounts of the wars of the Children of Israel, in which men, women +and children were invariably put to the sword. This gave a vivid +conception of its horrors. + +One evening, in the midst of a discussion about the approaching +crisis, Willy astonished the company, who were discussing the merits +of probable leaders of the Union armies, by suddenly announcing that +he'd "bet they didn't have any general who could beat Joab." + +Up to the time of the war, the boys had led a very uneventful, but a +very pleasant life. They used to go hunting with Hugh, their older +brother, when he would let them go, and after the cows with Peter and +Cole. Old Balla, the driver, was their boon comrade and adviser, and +taught them to make whips, and traps for hares and birds, as he had +taught them to ride and to cobble shoes. + +He lived alone (for his wife had been set free years before, and lived +in Philadelphia). His room over "the old kitchen" was the boys' +play-room when he would permit them to come in. There were so many +odds and ends in it that it was a delightful place. + +Then the boys played blindman's-buff in the house, or hide-and-seek +about the yard or garden, or upstairs in their den, a narrow alcove +at the top of the house. + +The little willow-shadowed creek, that ran through the meadow behind +the barn, was one of their haunts. They fished in it for minnows and +little perch; they made dams and bathed in it; and sometimes they +played pirates upon its waters. + +Once they made an extended search up and down its banks for any +fragments of Pharaoh's chariots which might have been washed up so +high; but that was when they were younger and did not have much +sense. + + + + +CHAPTER II. + + +There was great excitement at Oakland during the John Brown raid, and +the boys' grandmother used to pray for him and Cook, whose pictures +were in the papers. + +The boys became soldiers, and drilled punctiliously with guns which +they got Uncle Balla to make for them. Frank was the captain, Willy +the first lieutenant, and a dozen or more little negroes composed the +rank and file, Peter and Cole being trusted file-closers. + +A little later they found their sympathies all on the side of peace +and the preservation of the Union. Their uncle was for keeping the +Union unbroken, and ran for the Convention against Colonel Richards, +who was the chief officer of the militia in the county, and was as +blood-thirsty as Tamerlane, who reared the pyramid of skulls, and as +hungry for military renown as the great Napoleon, about whom the boys +had read. + +There was immense excitement in the county over the election. Though +the boys' mother had made them add to their prayers a petition that +their Uncle William might win, and that he might secure the +blessings of peace; and, though at family prayers, night and morning, +the same petition was presented, the boys' uncle was beaten at the +polls by a large majority. And then they knew there was bound to be +war, and that it must be very wicked. They almost felt the "invader's +heel," and the invaders were invariably spoken of as "cruel," and the +heel was described as of "iron," and was always mentioned as engaged +in the act of crushing. They would have been terribly alarmed at this +cruel invasion had they not been reassured by the general belief of +the community that one Southerner could whip ten Yankees, and that, +collectively, the South could drive back the North with pop-guns. When +the war actually broke out, the boys were the most enthusiastic of +rebels, and the troops in Camp Lee did not drill more continuously nor +industriously. + +Their father, who had been a Whig and opposed secession until the very +last, on Virginia's seceding, finally cast his lot with his people, +and joined an infantry company; and Uncle William raised and equipped +an artillery company, of which he was chosen captain; but the infantry +was too tame and the artillery too ponderous to suit the boys. + +They were taken to see the drill of the county troop of cavalry, with +its prancing horses and clanging sabres. It was commanded by a cousin; +and from that moment they were cavalrymen to the core. They flung +away their stick-guns in disgust; and Uncle Balla spent two grumbling +days fashioning them a stableful of horses with real heads and "sure +'nough" leather bridles. + +Once, indeed, a secret attempt was made to utilize the horses and +mules which were running in the back pasture; but a premature +discovery of the matter ended in such disaster to all concerned that +the plan was abandoned, and the boys had to content themselves with +their wooden steeds. + +The day that the final orders came for their father and uncle to go to +Richmond,--from which point they were ordered to "the Peninsula,"--the +boys could not understand why every one was suddenly plunged into such +distress. Then, next morning, when the soldiers left, the boys could +not altogether comprehend it. They thought it was a very fine thing to +be allowed to ride Frank and Hun, the two war-horses, with their new, +deep army saddles and long bits. They cried when their father and +uncle said good-bye, and went away; but it was because their mother +looked so pale and ill, and not because they did not think it was all +grand. They had no doubt that all would come back soon, for old Uncle +Billy, the "head-man," who had been born down in "Little York," where +Cornwallis surrendered, had expressed the sentiment of the whole +plantation when he declared, as he sat in the back yard surrounded by +an admiring throng and surveyed the two glittering sabres which he had +no one but himself to polish, that "Ef them Britishers jest sees dese +swodes dee'll run!" The boys tried to explain to him that these were +not British, but Yankees,--but he was hard to convince. Even Lucy Ann, +who was incurably afraid of everything like a gun or fire-arm, partook +of the general fervor, and boasted effusively that she had actually +"tetched Marse John's big pistils." + +Hugh, who was fifteen, and was permitted to accompany his father to +Richmond, was regarded by the boys with a feeling of mingled envy and +veneration, which he accepted with dignified complacency. + +Frank and Willy soon found that war brought some immunities. The house +filled up so with the families of cousins and friends who were +refugees that the boys were obliged to sleep in the Office, and thus +they felt that, at a bound, they were almost as old as Hugh. + +There were the cousins from Gloucester, from the Valley, and families +of relatives from Baltimore and New York, who had come south on the +declaration of war. Their favorite was their Cousin Belle, whose +beauty at once captivated both boys. This was the first time that the +boys knew anything of girls, except their own sister, Evelyn; and +after a brief period, during which the novelty gave them pleasure, +the inability of the girls to hunt, climb trees, or play knucks, etc., +and the additional restraint which their presence imposed, caused them +to hold the opinion that "girls were no good." + + + + +CHAPTER III. + + +In course of time they saw a great deal of "the army,"--which meant +the Confederates. The idea that the Yankees could ever get to Oakland +never entered any one's head. It was understood that the army lay +between Oakland and them, and surely they could never get by the +innumerable soldiers who were always passing up one road or the other, +and who, day after day and night after night, were coming to be fed, +and were rapidly eating up everything that had been left on the place. +By the end of the first year they had been coming so long that they +made scarcely any difference; but the first time a regiment camped in +the neighborhood it created great excitement. + +It became known one night that a cavalry regiment, in which were +several of their cousins, was encamped at Honeyman's Bridge, and the +boys' mother determined to send a supply of provisions for the camp +next morning; so several sheep were killed, the smoke-house was +opened, and all night long the great fires in the kitchen and +wash-house glowed; and even then there was not room, so that a big +fire was kindled in the back yard, beside which saddles of mutton +were roasted in the tin kitchens. Everybody was "rushing." + +The boys were told that they might go to see the soldiers, and as they +had to get off long before daylight, they went to bed early, and left +all "the other boys"--that is, Peter and Cole and other colored +children--squatting about the fires and trying to help the cooks to +pile on wood. + +It was hard to leave the exciting scene. + +They were very sleepy the next morning; indeed, they seemed scarcely +to have fallen asleep when Lucy Ann shook them; but they jumped up +without the usual application of cold water in their faces, which Lucy +Ann so delighted to make; and in a little while they were out in the +yard, where Balla was standing holding three horses,--their mother's +riding-horse; another with a side-saddle for their Cousin Belle, whose +brother was in the regiment; and one for himself,--and Peter and Cole +were holding the carriage-horses for the boys, and several other men +were holding mules. + +Great hampers covered with white napkins were on the porch, and the +savory smell decided the boys not to eat their breakfast, but to wait +and take their share with the soldiers. + +The roads were so bad that the carriage could not go; and as the boys' +mother wished to get the provisions to the soldiers before they broke +camp, they had to set out at once. In a few minutes they were all in +the saddle, the boys and their mother and Cousin Belle in front, and +Balla and the other servants following close behind, each holding +before him a hamper, which looked queer and shadowy as they rode on in +the darkness. + +The sky, which was filled with stars when they set out, grew white as +they splashed along mile after mile through the mud. Then the road +became clearer; they could see into the woods, and the sky changed to +a rich pink, like the color of peach-blossoms. Their horses were +covered with mud up to the saddle-skirts. They turned into a lane only +half a mile from the bridge, and, suddenly, a bugle rang out down in +the wooded bottom below them, and the boys hardly could be kept from +putting their horses to a run, so fearful were they that the soldiers +were leaving, and that they should not see them. Their mother, +however, told them that this was probably the reveille, or +"rising-bell," of the soldiers. She rode on at a good sharp canter, +and the boys were diverting themselves over a discussion as to who +would act the part of Lucy Ann in waking the regiment of soldiers, +when they turned a curve, and at the end of the road, a few hundred +yards ahead, stood several horsemen. + +"There they are," exclaimed both boys. + +"No, that is a picket," said their mother; "gallop on, Frank, and +tell them we are bringing breakfast for the regiment." + +Frank dashed ahead, and soon they saw a soldier ride forward to meet +him, and, after a few words, return with him to his comrades. Then, +while they were still a hundred yards distant, they saw Frank, who had +received some directions, start off again toward the bridge, at a hard +gallop. The picket had told him to go straight on down the hill, and +he would find the camp just the other side of the bridge. He +accordingly rode on, feeling very important at being allowed to go +alone to the camp on such a mission. + +As he reached a turn in the road, just above the river, the whole +regiment lay swarming below him among the large trees on the bank of +the little stream. The horses were picketed to bushes and stakes, in +long rows, the saddles lying on the ground, not far off; and hundreds +of men were moving about, some in full uniform and others without coat +or vest. A half-dozen wagons with sheets on them stood on one side +among the trees, near which several fires were smoking, with men +around them. + +As Frank clattered up to the bridge, a soldier with a gun on his arm, +who had been standing by the railing, walked out to the middle of the +bridge. + +"Halt! Where are you going in such a hurry, my young man?" he said. + +"I wish to see the colonel," said Frank, repeating as nearly as he +could the words the picket had told him. + +"What do you want with him?" + +Frank was tempted not to tell him; but he was so impatient to deliver +his message before the others should arrive, that he told him what he +had come for. + +"There he is," said the sentinel, pointing to a place among the trees +where stood at least five hundred men. + +Frank looked, expecting to recognize the colonel by his noble bearing, +or splendid uniform, or some striking marks. + +"Where?" he asked, in doubt; for while a number of the men were in +uniform, he knew these to be privates. + +"There," said the sentry, pointing; "by that stump, near the yellow +horse-blanket." + +Frank looked again. The only man he could fix upon by the description +was a young fellow, washing his face in a tin basin, and he felt that +this could not be the colonel; but he did not like to appear dull, so +he thanked the man and rode on, thinking he would go to the point +indicated, and ask some one else to show him the officer. + +He felt quite grand as he rode in among the men, who, he thought, +would recognize his importance and treat him accordingly; but, as he +passed on, instead of paying him the respect he had expected, they +began to guy him with all sorts of questions. + +"Hullo, bud, going to jine the cavalry?" asked one. "Which is oldest; +you or your horse?" inquired another. + +"How's pa--and ma?" "Does your mother know you're out?" asked others. +One soldier walked up, and putting his hand on the bridle, proceeded +affably to ask him after his health, and that of every member of his +family. At first Frank did not understand that they were making fun of +him, but it dawned on him when the man asked him solemnly: + +"Are there any Yankees around, that you were running away so fast just +now?" + +"No; if there were I'd never have found _you_ here," said Frank, +shortly, in reply; which at once turned the tide in his favor and +diverted the ridicule from himself to his teaser, who was seized by +some of his comrades and carried off with much laughter and slapping +on the back. + +"I wish to see Colonel Marshall," said Frank, pushing his way through +the group that surrounded him, and riding up to the man who was still +occupied at the basin on the stump. + +"All right, sir, I'm the man," said the individual, cheerily looking +up with his face dripping and rosy from its recent scrubbing. + +"You the colonel!" exclaimed Frank, suspicious that he was again being +ridiculed, and thinking it impossible that this slim, rosy-faced +youngster, who was scarcely stouter than Hugh, and who was washing in +a tin basin, could be the commander of all these soldierly-looking +men, many of whom were old enough to be his father. + +"Yes, I'm the lieutenant-colonel. I'm in command," said the gentleman, +smiling at him over the towel. + +Something made Frank understand that this was really the officer, and +he gave his message, which was received with many expressions of +thanks. + +"Won't you get down? Here, Campbell, take this horse, will you?" he +called to a soldier, as Frank sprang from his horse. The orderly +stepped forward and took the bridle. + +"Now, come with me," said the colonel, leading the way. "We must get +ready to receive your mother. There are some ladies coming--and +breakfast," he called to a group who were engaged in the same +occupation he had just ended, and whom Frank knew by instinct to be +officers. + +The information seemed to electrify the little knot addressed; for +they began to rush around, and in a few moments they all were in their +uniforms, and surrounding the colonel, who, having brushed his hair +with the aid of a little glass hung on a bush, had hurried into his +coat and was buckling on his sword and giving orders in a way which at +once satisfied Frank that he was every inch a colonel. + +"Now let us go and receive your mother," said he to the boy. As he +strode through the camp with his coat tightly buttoned, his soft hat +set jauntily on the side of his head, his plumes sweeping over its +side, and his sword clattering at his spurred heel, he presented a +very different appearance from that which he had made a little before, +with his head in a tin basin, and his face covered with lather. In +fact, Colonel Marshall was already a noted officer, and before the end +of the war he attained still higher rank and reputation. + +The colonel met the rest of the party at the bridge, and introduced +himself and several officers who soon joined him. The negroes were +directed to take the provisions over to the other side of the stream +into the camp, and in a little while the whole regiment were enjoying +the breakfast. The boys and their mother had at the colonel's request +joined his mess, in which was one of their cousins, the brother of +their cousin Belle. + +The gentlemen could eat scarcely anything, they were so busy attending +to the wants of the ladies. The colonel, particularly, waited on their +cousin Belle all the time. + +As soon as they had finished the colonel left them, and a bugle blew. +In a minute all was bustle. Officers were giving orders; horses were +saddled and brought out; and by what seemed magic to the boys, the +men, who just before were scattered about among the trees laughing +and eating, were standing by their horses all in proper order. The +colonel and the officers came and said good-bye. + +Again the bugle blew. Every man was in his saddle. A few words by the +colonel, followed by other words from the captains, and the column +started, turning across the bridge, the feet of the horses thundering +on the planks. Then the regiment wound up the hill at a walk, the men +singing snatches of a dozen songs of which "The Bonnie Blue Flag," +"Lorena," and "Carry Me Back to Old Virginia Shore," were the chief +ones. + +It seemed to the boys that to be a soldier was the noblest thing on +earth; and that this regiment could do anything. + + + + +CHAPTER IV. + + +After this it became a common thing for passing regiments to camp near +Oakland, and the fire blazed many a night, cooking for the soldiers, +till the chickens were crowing in the morning. The negroes all had +hen-houses and raised their own chickens, and when a camp was near +them they used to drive a thriving trade on their own account, selling +eggs and chickens to the privates while the officers were entertained +in the "gret house." + +It was thought an honor to furnish food to the soldiers. Every soldier +was to the boys a hero, and each young officer might rival Ivanhoe or +Coeur de Lion. + +It was not a great while, however, before they learned that all +soldiers were not like their favorite knights. At any rate, thefts +were frequent. The absence of men from the plantations, and the +constant passing of strangers made stealing easy; hen-roots were +robbed time after time, and even pigs and sheep were taken without any +trace of the thieves. The boys' hen-house, however, which was in the +yard, had never been troubled. It was about their only possession, and +they took great pride in it. + +One night the boys were fast asleep in their room in the office, with +old Bruno and Nick curled up on their sheep-skins on the floor. Hugh +was away, so the boys were the only "men" on the place, and felt that +they were the protectors of the plantation. The frequent thefts had +made every one very suspicious, and the boys had made up their minds +to be on the watch, and, if possible, to catch the thief. + +The negroes said that the deserters did the stealing. + +On the night in question, the boys were sound asleep when old Bruno +gave a low growl, and then began walking and sniffing up and down the +room. Soon Nick gave a sharp, quick bark. + +Frank waked first. He was not startled, for the dogs were in the habit +of barking whenever they wished to go out-of-doors. Now, however, they +kept it up, and it was in a strain somewhat different from their usual +signal. + +"What's the matter with you? Go and lie down, Bruno," called Frank. +"Hush up, Nick!" But Bruno would not lie down, and Nick would not keep +quiet, though at the sound of Frank's voice they felt less +responsibility, and contented themselves with a low growling. + +After a little while Frank was on the point of dropping off to sleep +again, when he heard a sound out in the yard, which at once thoroughly +awakened him. He nudged Willy in the side. + +"Willy--Willy, wake up; there's some one moving around outdoors." + +"Umm-mm," groaned Willy, turning over and settling himself for another +nap. + +The sound of a chicken chirping out in fright reached Frank's ear. + +"Wake up, Willy!" he called, pinching him hard. "There's some one at +the hen-house." + +Willy was awake in a second. The boys consulted as to what should be +done. Willy was sceptical. He thought Frank had been dreaming, or that +it was only Uncle Balla, or "some one" moving about the yard. But a +second cackle of warning reached them, and in a minute both boys were +out of bed pulling on their clothes with trembling impatience. + +"Let's go and wake Uncle Balla," proposed Willy, getting himself all +tangled in the legs of his trousers. + +"No; I'll tell you what, let's catch him ourselves," suggested Frank. + +"All right," assented Willy. "We'll catch him and lock him up; suppose +he's got a pistol? your gun maybe won't go off; it doesn't always +burst the cap." + +"Well, your old musket is loaded, and you can hold him, while I snap +the cap at him, and get it ready." + +"All right--I can't find my jacket--I'll hold him." + +"Where in the world is my hat?" whispered Frank. "Never mind, it must +be in the house. Let's go out the back way. We can get out without his +hearing us." + +"What shall we do with the dogs? Let's shut them up." + +"No, let's take 'em with us. We can keep them quiet and hold 'em in, +and they can track him if he gets away." + +"All right;" and the boys slowly opened the door, and crept stealthily +out, Frank clutching his double-barrelled gun, and Willy hugging a +heavy musket which he had found and claimed as one of the prizes of +war. It was almost pitch-dark. + +They decided that one should take one side of the hen-house, and one +the other side (in such a way that if they had to shoot, they would +almost certainly shoot one another!) but before they had separated +both dogs jerked loose from their hands and dashed away in the +darkness, barking furiously. + +"There he goes round the garden," shouted Willy, as the sound of +footsteps like those of a man running with all his might came from the +direction which the dogs had taken. + +"Come on," and both started; but, after taking a few steps, they +stopped to listen so that they might trace the fugitive. + +A faint noise behind them arrested their attention, and Frank tiptoed +back toward the hen-house. It was too dark to see much, but he heard +the hen-house door creak, and was conscious even in the darkness that +it was being pushed slowly open. + +"Here's one, Willy," he shouted, at the same time putting his gun to +his shoulder and pulling the trigger. The hammer fell with a sharp +"click" just as the door was snatched to with a bang. The cap had +failed to explode, or the chicken-eating days of the individual in the +hen-house would have ended then and there. + +The boys stood for some moments with their guns pointed at the door of +the hen-house expecting the person within to attempt to burst out; but +the click of the hammer and their hurried conference without, in which +it was promptly agreed to let him have both barrels if he appeared, +reconciled him to remaining within. + +After some time it was decided to go and wake Uncle Balla, and confer +with him as to the proper disposition of their captive. Accordingly, +Frank went off to obtain help, while Willy remained to watch the +hen-house. As Frank left he called back: + +"Willy, you take good aim at him, and if he pokes his head out--let +him have it!" + +This Willy solemnly promised to do. + +Frank was hardly out of hearing before Willy was surprised to hear the +prisoner call him by name in the most friendly and familiar manner, +although the voice was a strange one. + +"Willy, is that you?" called the person inside. + +"Yes." + +"Where's Frank?" + +"Gone to get Uncle Balla." + +"Did you see that other fellow?" + +"Yes." + +"I wish you'd shot him. He brought me here and played a joke on me. He +told me this was a house I could sleep in, and shut me up in +here,--and blest if I don't b'lieve it's nothin' but a hen-house. Let +me out here a minute," he continued, after a pause, cajolingly. + +"No, I won't," said Willy firmly, getting his gun ready. + +There was a pause, and then from the depths of the hen-house issued +the most awful groan: + +"Umm! Ummm!! Ummmm!!!" + +Willy was frightened. + +"Umm! Umm!" was repeated. + +"What's the matter with you?" asked Willy, feeling sorry in spite of +himself. + +"Oh! Oh! Oh! I'm so sick," groaned the man in the hen-house. + +"How? What's the matter?" + +"That man that fooled me in here gave me something to drink, and it's +pizened me; oh! oh! oh! I'm dying." + +It was a horrible groan. + +Willy's heart relented. He moved to the door and was just about to +open it to look in when a light flashed across the yard from Uncle +Balla's house, and he saw him coming with a flaming light-wood knot in +his hand. + + + + +CHAPTER V. + + +Instead of opening the door, therefore, Willy called to the old man, +who was leisurely crossing the yard: "Run, Uncle Balla. Quick, run!" + +At the call Old Balla and Frank set out as fast as they could. + +"What's the matter? Is he done kill de chickens? Is he done got away?" +the old man asked, breathlessly. + +"No, he's dyin'," shouted Willy. + +"Hi! is you shoot him?" asked the old driver. + +"No, that other man's poisoned him. He was the robber and he fooled +this one," explained Willy, opening the door and peeping anxiously in. + +"Go 'long, boy,--now, d'ye ever heah de better o' dat?--dat man's +foolin' wid you; jes' tryin' to git yo' to let him out." + +"No, he isn't," said Willy; "you ought to have heard him." + +But both Balla and Frank were laughing at him, so he felt very +shamefaced. He was relieved by hearing another groan. + +"Oh, oh, oh! Ah, ah!" + +"You hear that?" he asked, triumphantly. + +"I boun' I'll see what's the matter with him, the roscol! Stan' right +dyah, y' all, an' if he try to run shoot him, but mine you don' hit +_me_," and the old man walked up to the door, and standing on one side +flung it open. "What you doin' in dyah after dese chillern's +chickens?" he called fiercely. + +"Hello, old man, 's 'at you? I's mighty sick," muttered the person +within. Old Balla held his torch inside the house, amid a confused +cackle and flutter of fowls. + +"Well, ef 'tain' a white man, and a soldier at dat!" he exclaimed. +"What you doin' heah, robbin' white folks' hen-roos'?" he called, +roughly. "Git up off dat groun'; you ain' sick." + +"Let me get up, Sergeant,--hic--don't you heah the roll-call?--the +tent's mighty dark; what you fool me in here for?" muttered the man +inside. + +The boys could see that he was stretched out on the floor, apparently +asleep, and that he was a soldier in uniform. Balla stepped inside. + +"Is he dead?" asked both boys as Balla caught him by the arms, lifted +him, and let him fall again limp on the floor. + +"Nor, he's dead-drunk," said Balla, picking up an empty flask. "Come +on out. Let me see what I gwi' do wid you?" he said, scratching his +head. + +[Illustration: THE OLD MAN WALKED UP TO THE DOOR, AND STANDING ON ONE +SIDE FLUNG IT OPEN.] + +"I know what I gwi' do wid you. I gwi' lock you up right whar you is." + +"Uncle Balla, s'pose he gets well, won't he get out?" + +"Ain' _I_ gwi' lock him up? Dat's good from you, who was jes' gwi' let +'im out ef me an' Frank hadn't come up when we did." + +Willy stepped back abashed. His heart accused him and told him the +charge was true. Still he ventured one more question: + +"Hadn't you better take the hens out?" + +"Nor; 'tain' no use to teck nuttin' out dyah. Ef he comes to, he know +we got 'im, an' he dyahson' trouble nuttin'." + +And the old man pushed to the door and fastened the iron hasp over the +strong staple. Then, as the lock had been broken, he took a large nail +from his pocket and fastened it in the staple with a stout string so +that it could not be shaken out. All the time he was working he was +talking to the boys, or rather to himself, for their benefit. + +"Now, you see ef we don' find him heah in the mornin'! Willy jes' gwi' +let you get 'way, but a _man_ got you now, wha'ar' been handlin' +horses an' know how to hole 'em in the stalls. I boun' he'll have to +butt like a ram to git out dis log hen-house," he said, finally, as he +finished tying the last knot in his string, and gave the door a +vigorous rattle to test its strength. + +Willy had been too much abashed at his mistake to fully appreciate all +of the witticisms over the prisoner, but Frank enjoyed them almost as +much as Unc' Balla himself. + +"Now y' all go 'long to bed, an' I'll go back an' teck a little nap +myself," said he, in parting. "Ef he gits out that hen-house I'll give +you ev'y chicken I got. But he am' _gwine_ git out. A _man's_ done +fasten him up dyah." + +The boys went off to bed, Willy still feeling depressed over his +ridiculous mistake. They were soon fast asleep, and if the dogs barked +again they did not hear them. + +The next thing they knew, Lucy Ann, convulsed with laughter, was +telling them a story about Uncle Balla and the man in the hen-house. +They jumped up, and pulling on their clothes ran out in the yard, +thinking to see the prisoner. + +Instead of doing so, they found Uncle Balla standing by the hen-house +with a comical look of mystification and chagrin; the roof had been +lifted off at one end and not only the prisoner, but every chicken was +gone! + +The boys were half inclined to cry; Balla's look, however, set them to +laughing. + +"Unc' Balla, you got to give me every chicken you got, 'cause you said +you would," said Willy. + +"Go 'way from heah, boy. Don' pester me when I studyin' to see which +way he got out." + +"You ain't never had a horse get through the roof before, have you?" +said Frank. + +"Go 'way from here, I tell you," said the old man, walking around the +house, looking at it. + +As the boys went back to wash and dress themselves, they heard Balla +explaining to Lucy Ann and some of the other servants that "the man +them chillern let git away had just come back and tooken out the one +he had locked up"; a solution of the mystery he always stoutly +insisted upon. + +One thing, however, the person's escape effected--it prevented Willy's +ever hearing any more of his mistake; but that did not keep him now +and then from asking Uncle Balla "if he had fastened his horses +well." + + + + +CHAPTER VI. + + +These hens were not the last things stolen from Oakland. Nearly all +the men in the country had gone with the army. Indeed, with the +exception of a few overseers who remained to work the farms, every man +in the neighborhood, between the ages of seventeen and fifty, was in +the army. The country was thus left almost wholly unprotected, and it +would have been entirely so but for the "Home Guard," as it was +called, which was a company composed of young boys and the few old men +who remained at home, and who had volunteered for service as a local +guard, or police body, for the neighborhood of their homes. + +Occasionally, too, later on, a small detachment of men, under a leader +known as a "conscript-officer," would come through the country hunting +for any men who were subject to the conscript law but who had evaded +it, and for deserters who had run away from the army and refused to +return. + +These two classes of troops, however, stood on a very different +footing. The Home Guard was regarded with much respect, for it was +composed of those whose extreme age or youth alone withheld them from +active service; and every youngster in its ranks looked upon it as a +training school, and was ready to die in defence of his home if need +were, and, besides, expected to obtain permission to go into the army +"next year." + +The conscript-guard, on the other hand, were grown men, and were +thought to be shirking the very dangers and hardships into which they +were trying to force others. + +A few miles from Oakland, on the side toward the mountain road and +beyond the big woods, lay a district of virgin forest and old-field +pines which, even before the war, had acquired a reputation of an +unsavory nature, though its inhabitants were a harmless people. No +highways ran through this region, and the only roads which entered it +were mere wood-ways, filled with bushes and carpeted with pine-tags; +and, being travelled only by the inhabitants, appeared to outsiders +"to jes' peter out," as the phrase went. This territory was known by +the unpromising name of Holetown. + +Its denizens were a peculiar but kindly race known to the boys as +"poor white folks," and called by the negroes, with great contempt, +"po' white trash." Some of them owned small places in the pines; but +the majority were simply tenants. They were an inoffensive people, and +their worst vices were intemperance and evasion of the tax-laws. + +They made their living--or rather, they existed--by fishing and +hunting; and, to eke it out, attempted the cultivation of little +patches of corn and tobacco near their cabins, or in the bottoms where +small branches ran into the stream already mentioned. + +In appearance they were usually so thin and sallow that one had to +look at them twice to see them clearly. At best, they looked vague and +illusive. + +They were brave enough. At the outbreak of the war nearly all of the +men in this community enlisted, thinking, as many others did, that war +was more like play than work, and consisted more of resting than of +laboring. Although most of them, when in battle, showed the greatest +fearlessness, yet the duties of camp soon became irksome to them, and +they grew sick of the restraint and drilling of camp-life; so some of +them, when refused a furlough, took it, and came home. Others stayed +at home after leave had ended, feeling secure in their stretches of +pine and swamp, not only from the feeble efforts of the +conscript-guard, but from any parties who might be sent in search of +them. + +In this way it happened, as time went by, that Holetown became known +to harbor a number of deserters. + +According to the negroes, it was full of them; and many stories were +told about glimpses of men dodging behind trees in the big woods, or +rushing away through the underbrush like wild cattle. And, though the +grown people doubted whether the negroes had not been startled by some +of the hogs, which were quite wild, feeding in the woods, the boys +were satisfied that the negroes really had seen deserters. + +This became a certainty when there came report after report of these +wood-skulkers, and when the conscript-guard, with the brightest of +uniforms, rode by with as much show and noise as if on a fox-hunt. +Then it became known that deserters were, indeed, infesting the piny +district of Holetown, and in considerable numbers. + +Some of them, it was said, were pursuing agriculture and all their +ordinary vocations as openly as in time of peace, and more +industriously. They had a regular code of signals, and nearly every +person in the Holetown settlement was in league with them. + +When the conscript-guard came along, there would be a rush of +tow-headed children through the woods, or some of the women about the +cabins would blow a horn lustily; after which not a man could be found +in all the district. The horn told just how many men were in the +guard, and which path they were following; every member of the troop +being honored with a short, quick "toot." + +"What are you blowing-that horn for?" sternly asked the guard one +morning of an old woman,--old Mrs. Hall who stood out in front of her +little house blowing like Boreas in the pictures. + +"Jes' blowin' fur Millindy to come to dinner," she said, sullenly. +"Can't y' all let a po' 'ooman call her gals to git some'n' to eat? +You got all her boys in d'army, killin' 'em; whyn't yo' go and git +kilt some yo'self, 'stidder ridin' 'bout heah tromplin' all over po' +folk's chickens?" + +When the troop returned in the evening, she was still blowing; +"blowin' fur Millindy to come home," she said, with more sharpness +than before. But there must have been many Millindys, for horns were +sounding all through the settlement. + +The deserters, at such times, were said to take to the swamps, and +marvellous rumors were abroad of one or more caves, all fitted up, +wherein they concealed themselves, like the robbers in the stories the +boys were so fond of reading. + +After a while thefts of pigs and sheep became so common that they were +charged to the deserters. + +Finally it grew to be such a pest that the ladies in the neighborhood +asked the Home Guard to take action in the matter, and after some +delay it became known that this valorous body was going to invade +Holetown and capture the deserters or drive them away. Hugh was to +accompany them, of course; and he looked very handsome, as well as +very important, when he started out on horseback to join the troop. +It was his first active service; and with his trousers in his boots +and his pistol in his belt he looked as brave as Julius Caesar, and +quite laughed at his mother's fears for him, as she kissed him +good-bye and walked out with him to his horse, which Balla held at the +gate. + +The boys asked leave to go with him; but Hugh was so scornful over +their request, and looked so soldierly as he galloped away with the +other men that the boys felt as cheap as possible. + + + + +CHAPTER VII. + + +When the boys went into the house they found that their Aunt Mary had +a headache that morning, and, even with the best intentions of doing +her duty in teaching them, had been forced to go to bed. Their mother +was too much occupied with her charge of providing for a family of +over a dozen white persons, and five times as many colored dependents, +to give any time to acting as substitute in the school-room, so the +boys found themselves with a holiday before them. It seemed vain to +try to shoot duck on the creek, and the perch were averse to biting. +The boys accordingly determined to take both guns and to set out for a +real hunt in the big woods. + +They received their mother's permission, and after a lunch was +prepared they started in high glee, talking about the squirrels and +birds they expected to kill. + +Frank had his gun, and Willy had the musket; and both carried a +plentiful supply of powder and some tolerably round slugs made from +cartridges. + +They usually hunted in the part of the woods nearest the house, and +they knew that game was not very abundant there; so, as a good long +day was before them, they determined to go over to the other side of +the woods. + +They accordingly pushed on, taking a path which led through the +forest. They went entirely through the big woods without seeing +anything but one squirrel, and presently found themselves at the +extreme edge of Holetown. They were just grumbling at the lack of game +when they heard a distant horn. The sound came from perhaps a mile or +more away, but was quite distinct. + +"What's that? Somebody fox-hunting?--or is it a dinner-horn?" asked +Willy, listening intently. + +"It's a horn to warn deserters, that's what 'tis," said Frank, pleased +to show his superior knowledge. + +"I tell you what to do:--let's go and hunt deserters," said Willy, +eagerly. + +"All right. Won't that be fun!" and both boys set out down the road +toward a point where they knew one of the paths ran into the +pine-district, talking of the numbers of prisoners they expected to +take. + +In an instant they were as alert and eager as young hounds on a trail. +They had mapped out a plan before, and they knew exactly what they had +to do. Frank was the captain, by right of his being older; and Willy +was lieutenant, and was to obey orders. The chief thing that troubled +them was that they did not wish to be seen by any of the women or +children about the cabins, for they all knew the boys, because they +were accustomed to come to Oakland for supplies; then, too, the boys +wished to remain on friendly terms with their neighbors. Another thing +worried them. They did not know what to do with their prisoners after +they should have captured them. However, they pushed on and soon came +to a dim cart-way, which ran at right-angles to the main road and +which went into the very heart of Holetown. Here they halted to +reconnoitre and to inspect their weapons. + +Even from the main road, the track, as it led off through the +overhanging woods with thick underbrush of chinquapin bushes, appeared +to the boys to have something strange about it, though they had at +other times walked it from end to end. Still, they entered boldly, +clutching their guns. Willy suggested that they should go in Indian +file and that the rear one should step in the other's footprints as +the Indians do; but Frank thought it was best to walk abreast, as the +Indians walked in their peculiar way only to prevent an enemy who +crossed their trail from knowing how many they were; and, so far from +it being any disadvantage for the deserters to know _their_ number, it +was even better that they should know there were two, so that they +would not attack from the rear. Accordingly, keeping abreast, they +struck in; each taking the woods on one side of the road, which he +was to watch and for which he was to be responsible. + +The farther they went the more indistinct the track became, and the +wilder became the surrounding woods. They proceeded with great +caution, examining every particularly thick clump of bushes; peeping +behind each very large tree; and occasionally even taking a glance up +among its boughs; for they had themselves so often planned how, if +pursued, they would climb trees and conceal themselves, that they +would not have been at all surprised to find a fierce deserter, armed +to the teeth, crouching among the branches. + +Though they searched carefully every spot where a deserter could +possibly lurk, they passed through the oak woods and were deep in the +pines without having seen any foe or heard a noise which could +possibly proceed from one. A squirrel had daringly leaped from the +trunk of a hickory-tree and run into the woods, right before them, +stopping impudently to take a good look at them; but they were hunting +larger game than squirrels, and they resisted the temptation to take a +shot at him,--an exercise of virtue which brought them a distinct +feeling of pleasure. They were, however, beginning to be embarrassed +as to their next course. They could hear the dogs barking farther on +in the pines, and knew they were approaching the vicinity of the +settlement; for they had crossed the little creek which ran through a +thicket of elder bushes and "gums," and which marked the boundary of +Holetown. Little paths, too, every now and then turned off from the +main track and went into the pines, each leading to a cabin or bit of +creek-bottom deeper in. They therefore were in a real dilemma +concerning what to do; and Willy's suggestion, to eat lunch, was a +welcome one. They determined to go a little way into the woods, where +they could not be seen, and had just taken the lunch out of the +game-bag and were turning into a by-path, when they met a man who was +coming along at a slow, lounging walk, and carrying a long +single-barrelled shot-gun across his arm. + +When first they heard him, they thought he might be a deserter; but +when he came nearer they saw that he was simply a countryman out +hunting; for his old game-bag (from which peeped a squirrel's tail) +was over his shoulder, and he had no weapon at all, excepting that old +squirrel-gun. + +"Good morning, sir," said both boys, politely. + +"Mornin'! What luck y' all had?" he asked good-naturedly, stopping and +putting the butt of his gun on the ground, and resting lazily on it, +preparatory to a chat. + +"We're not hunting; we're hunting deserters." + +"Huntin' deserters!" echoed the man with a smile which broke into a +chuckle of amusement as the thought worked its way into his brain. +"Ain't you see' none?" + +"No," said both boys in a breath, greatly pleased at his friendliness. +"Do you know where any are?" + +The man scratched his head, seeming to reflect. + +"Well, 'pears to me I hearn tell o' some, 'roun' to'des that-a-ways," +making a comprehensive sweep of his arm in the direction just opposite +to that which the boys were taking. "I seen the conscrip'-guard a +little while ago pokin' 'roun' this-a-way; but Lor', that ain' the way +to ketch deserters. I knows every foot o' groun' this-a-way, an' ef +they was any deserters roun' here I'd be mighty apt to know it." + +This announcement was an extinguisher to the boys' hopes. Clearly, +they were going in the wrong direction. + +"We are just going to eat our lunch," said Frank; "won't you join us?" + +Willy added his invitation to his brother's, and their friend politely +accepted, suggesting that they should walk back a little way and find +a log. This all three did; and in a few minutes they were enjoying the +lunch which the boys' mother had provided, while the stranger was +telling the boys his views about deserters, which, to say the least, +were very original. + +"I seen the conscrip'-guard jes' this mornin', ridin' 'round whar they +knowd they warn' no deserters, but ole womens and children," he said +with his mouth full. "Whyn't they go whar they knows deserters _is_?" +he asked. + +"Where are they? We heard they had a cave down on the river, and we +were going there," declared the boys. + +"Down on the river?--a cave? Ain' no cave down thar, without it's +below Rockett's mill; fur I've hunted and fished ev'y foot o' that +river up an' down both sides, an' 'tain' a hole thar, big enough to +hide a' ole hyah, I ain' know." + +This proof was too conclusive to admit of further argument. + +"Why don't _you_ go in the army?" asked Willy, after a brief +reflection. + +"What? Why don't _I_ go in the army?" repeated the hunter. "Why, I's +_in_ the army! You didn' think I warn't in the army, did you?" + +The hunter's tone and the expression of his face were so full of +surprise that Willy felt deeply mortified at his rudeness, and began +at once to stammer something to explain himself. + +"I b'longs to Colonel Marshall's regiment," continued the man, "an' +I's been home sick on leave o' absence. Got wounded in the leg, an' +I's jes' gettin' well. I ain' rightly well enough to go back now, but +I's anxious to git back; I'm gwine to-morrow mornin' ef I don' go this +evenin'. You see I kin hardly walk now!" and to demonstrate his +lameness, he got up and limped a few yards. "I ain' well yit," he +pursued, returning and dropping into his seat on the log, with his +face drawn up by the pain the exertion had brought on. + +"Let me see your wound. Is it sore now?" asked Willy, moving nearer to +the man with a look expressive of mingled curiosity and sympathy. + +"You can't see it; it's up heah," said the soldier, touching the upper +part of his hip; "an' I got another one heah," he added, placing his +hand very gently to his side. "This one's whar a Yankee run me through +with his sword. Now, that one was where a piece of shell hit me,--I +don't keer nothin' 'bout that," and he opened his shirt and showed a +triangular, purple scar on his shoulder. + +"You certainly must be a brave soldier," exclaimed both boys, +impressed at sight of the scar, their voices softened by fervent +admiration. + +"Yes, I kep' up with the bes' of 'em," he said, with a pleased smile. + +Suddenly a horn began to blow, "toot--toot--toot," as if all the +"Millindys" in the world were being summoned. It was so near the boys +that it quite startled them. + +"That's for the deserters, now," they both exclaimed. + +Their friend looked calmly up and down the road, both ways. + +"Them rascally conscrip'-guard been tellin' you all that, to gi' 'em +some excuse for keepin' out o' th' army theyselves--that's all. Th' +ain' gwine ketch no deserters any whar in all these parts, an' you kin +tell 'em so. I'm gwine down thar an' see what that horn's a-blowin' +fur; hit's somebody's dinner horn, or somp'n'," he added, rising and +taking up his game-bag. + +"Can't we go with you?" asked the boys. + +"Well, nor, I reckon you better not," he drawled; "thar's some right +bad dogs down thar in the pines,--mons'us bad; an' I's gwine cut +through the woods an' see ef I can't pick up a squ'rr'l, gwine 'long, +for the ole 'ooman's supper, as I got to go 'way to-night or +to-morrow; she's mighty poorly." + +"Is she poorly much?" asked Willy, greatly concerned. "We'll get mamma +to come and see her to-morrow, and bring her some bread." + +"Nor, she ain' so sick; that is to say, she jis' poorly and 'sturbed +in her mind. She gittin' sort o' old. Here, y' all take these +squ'rr'ls," he said, taking the squirrels from his old game-bag and +tossing them at Willy's feet. Both boys protested, but he insisted. +"Oh, yes; I kin get some mo' fur her. + +"Y' all better go home. Well, good-bye, much obliged to you," and he +strolled off with his gun in the bend of his arm, leaving the boys to +admire and talk over his courage. + +They turned back, and had gone about a quarter of a mile, when they +heard a great trampling of horses behind them. They stopped to listen, +and in a little while a squadron of cavalry came in sight. The boys +stepped to one side of the road to wait for them, eager to tell the +important information they had received from their friend, that there +were no deserters in that section. In a hurried consultation they +agreed not to tell that they had been hunting deserters themselves, as +they knew the soldiers would only have a laugh at their expense. + +"Hello, boys, what luck?" called the officer in the lead, in a +friendly manner. + +They told him they had not shot anything; that the squirrels had been +given to them; and then both boys inquired: + +"You all hunting for deserters?" + +"You seen any?" asked the leader, carelessly, while one or two men +pressed their horses forward eagerly. + +"No, th' ain't any deserters in this direction at all," said the boys, +with conviction in their manner. + +"How do you know?" asked the officer. + +"'Cause a gentleman told us so." + +"Who? When? What gentleman?" + +"A gentleman who met us a little while ago." + +"How long ago? Who was he?" + +"Don't know who he was," said Frank. + +"When we were eating our snack," put in Willy, not to be left out. + +"How was he dressed? Where was it? What sort of man was he?" eagerly +inquired the leading trooper. + +The boys proceeded to describe their friend, impressed by the intense +interest accorded them by the listeners. + +"He was a sort of man with red hair, and wore a pair of gray breeches +and an old pair of shoes, and was in his shirt-sleeves." Frank was the +spokesman. + +"And he had a gun--a long squirrel-gun," added Willy, "and he said he +belonged to Colonel Marshall's regiment." + +"Why, that's Tim Mills. He's a deserter himself," exclaimed the +captain. + +"No, he ain't--_he_ ain't any deserter," protested both at once. "He +is a mighty brave soldier, and he's been home on a furlough to get +well of a wound on his leg where he was shot." + +"Yes, and it ain't well yet, but he's going back to his command +to-night or to-morrow morning; and he's got another wound in his side +where a Yankee ran him through with his sword. We know _he_ ain't any +deserter." + +"How do you know all this?" asked the officer. + +"He told us so himself, just now--a little while ago, that is," said +the boys. + +The man laughed. + +"Why, he's fooled you to death. That's Tim himself, that's been doing +all the devilment about here. He is the worst deserter in the whole +gang." + +"We saw the wound on his shoulder," declared the boys, still doubting. + +"I know it; he's got one there,--that's what I know him by. Which way +did he go,--and how long has it been?" + +"He went that way, down in the woods; and it's been some time. He's +got away now." + +The lads by this time were almost convinced of their mistake; but they +could not prevent their sympathy from being on the side of their late +agreeable companion. + +"We'll catch the rascal," declared the leader, very fiercely. "Come +on, men,--he can't have gone far;" and he wheeled his horse about and +dashed back up the road at a great pace, followed by his men. The boys +were half inclined to follow and aid in the capture; but Frank, after +a moment's thought, said solemnly: + +"No, Willy; an Arab never betrays a man who has eaten his salt. This +man has broken bread with us; we cannot give him up. I don't think we +ought to have told about him as much as we did." + +This was an argument not to be despised. + +A little later, as the boys trudged home, they heard the horns blowing +again a regular "toot-toot" for "Millindy." It struck them that +supper followed dinner very quickly in Holetown. + +When the troop passed by in the evening the men were in very bad +humor. They had had a fruitless addition to their ride, and some of +them were inclined to say that the boys had never seen any man at all, +which the boys thought was pretty silly, as the man had eaten at least +two-thirds of their lunch. + +Somehow the story got out, and Hugh was very scornful because the boys +had given their lunch to a deserter. + + + + +CHAPTER VIII. + + +As time went by the condition of things at Oakland changed--as it did +everywhere else. The boys' mother, like all the other ladies of the +country, was so devoted to the cause that she gave to the soldiers +until there was nothing left. After that there was a failure of the +crops, and the immediate necessities of the family and the hands on +the place were great. + +There was no sugar nor coffee nor tea. These luxuries had been given +up long before. An attempt was made to manufacture sugar out of the +sorghum, or sugar-cane, which was now being cultivated as an +experiment; but it proved unsuccessful, and molasses made from the +cane was the only sweetening. The boys, however, never liked anything +sweetened with molasses, so they gave up everything that had molasses +in it. Sassafras tea was tried as a substitute for tea, and a drink +made out of parched corn and wheat, of burnt sweet potato and other +things, in the place of coffee; but none of them were fit to drink--at +least so the boys thought. The wheat crop proved a failure; but the +corn turned out very fine, and the boys learned to live on corn bread, +as there was no wheat bread. + +The soldiers still came by, and the house was often full of young +officers who came to see the boys' cousins. The boys used to ride the +horses to and from the stables, and, being perfectly fearless, became +very fine riders. + +Several times, among the visitors, came the young colonel who had +commanded the regiment that had camped at the bridge the first year of +the war. It did not seem to the boys that Cousin Belle liked him, for +she took much longer to dress when he came; and if there were other +officers present she would take very little notice of the colonel. + +Both boys were in love with her, and after considerable hesitation had +written her a joint letter to tell her so, at which she laughed +heartily and kissed them both and called them her sweethearts. But, +though they were jealous of several young officers who came from time +to time, they felt sorry for the colonel,--their cousin was so mean to +him. They were on the best terms with him, and had announced their +intention of going into his regiment if only the war should last long +enough. When he came there was always a scramble to get his horse; +though of all who came to Oakland he rode the wildest horses, as both +boys knew by practical experience. + +At length the soldiers moved off too far to permit them to come on +visits, and things were very dull. So it was for a long while. + +But one evening in May, about sunset, as the boys were playing in the +yard, a man came riding through the place on the way to Richmond. His +horse showed that he had been riding hard. He asked the nearest way to +"Ground-Squirrel Bridge." The Yankees, he said, were coming. It was a +raid. He had ridden ahead of them, and had left them about Greenbay +depot, which they had set on fire. He was in too great a hurry to stop +and get something to eat, and he rode off, leaving much excitement +behind him; for Greenbay was only eight miles away, and Oakland lay +right between two roads to Richmond, down one or the other of which +the party of raiders must certainly pass. + +It was the first time the boys ever saw their mother exhibit so much +emotion as she then did. She came to the door and called: + +"Balla, come here." Her voice sounded to the boys a little strained +and troubled, and they ran up the steps and stood by her. Balla came +to the portico, and looked up with an air of inquiry. He, too, showed +excitement. + +"Balla, I want you to know that if you wish to go, you can do so." + +"Hi, Mistis----" began Balla, with an air of reproach; but she cut him +short and kept on. + +"I want you all to know it." She was speaking now so as to be heard by +the cook and the maids who were standing about the yard listening to +her. "I want you all to know it--every one on the place! You can go if +you wish; but, if you go, you can never come back!" + +"Hi, Mistis," broke in Uncle Balla, "whar is I got to go? I wuz born +on dis place an' I 'spec' to die here, an' be buried right _yonder_;" +and he turned and pointed up to the dark clumps of trees that marked +the graveyard on the hill, a half mile away, where the colored people +were buried. "Dat I does," he affirmed positively. "Y' all sticks by +us, and we'll stick by you." + +"I know I ain't gwine nowhar wid no Yankees or nothin'," said Lucy +Ann, in an undertone. + +"Dee tell me dee got hoofs and horns," laughed one of the women in the +yard. + +The boys' mother started to say something further to Balla, but though +she opened her lips, she did not speak; she turned suddenly and walked +into the house and into her chamber, where she shut the door behind +her. The boys thought she was angry, but when they softly followed her +a few minutes afterward, she got up hastily from where she had been +kneeling beside the bed, and they saw that she had been crying. A +murmur under the window called them back to the portico. It had begun +to grow dark; but a bright spot was glowing on the horizon, and on +this every one's gaze was fixed. + +"Where is it, Balla? What is it?" asked the boys' mother, her voice +no longer strained and harsh, but even softer than usual. + +"It's the depot, madam. They's burnin' it. That man told me they was +burnin' ev'ywhar they went." + +"Will they be here to-night?" asked his mistress. + +"No, marm; I don' hardly think they will. That man said they couldn't +travel more than thirty miles a day; but they'll be plenty of 'em here +to-morrow--to breakfast." He gave a nervous sort of laugh. + +"Here,--you all come here," said their mistress to the servants. She +went to the smoke-house and unlocked it. "Go in there and get down the +bacon--take a piece, each of you." A great deal was still left. +"Balla, step here." She called him aside and spoke earnestly in an +undertone. + +"Yes'm, that's so; that's jes' what I wuz gwine do," the boys heard +him say. + +Their mother sent the boys out. She went and locked herself in her +room, but they heard her footsteps as she turned about within, and now +and then they heard her opening and shutting drawers and moving +chairs. + +In a little while she came out. + +"Frank, you and Willy go and tell Balla to come to the chamber door. +He may be out in the stable." + +They dashed out, proud to bear so important a message. They could not +find him, but an hour later they heard him, coming from the stable. +He at once went into the house. They rushed into the chamber, where +they found the door of the closet open. + +"Balla, come in here," called their mother from within. "Have you got +them safe?" she asked. + +"Yes'm; jes' as safe as they kin be. I want to be 'bout here when they +come, or I'd go down an' stay whar they is." + +"What is it?" asked the boys. + +"Where is the best place to put that?" she said, pointing to a large, +strong box in which, they knew, the finest silver was kept; indeed, +all excepting what was used every day on the table. + +"Well, I declar', Mistis, that's hard to tell," said the old driver, +"without it's in the stable." + +"They may burn that down." + +"That's so; you might bury it under the floor of the smoke-house?" + +"I have heard that they always look for silver there," said the boys' +mother. "How would it do to bury it in the garden?" + +"That's the very place I was gwine name," said Balla, with flattering +approval. "They can't burn _that_ down, and if they gwine dig for it +then they'll have to dig a long time before they git over that big +garden." He stooped and lifted up one end of the box to test its +weight. + +"I thought of the other end of the flower-bed, between the big +rose-bush and the lilac." + +"That's the very place I had in my mind," declared the old man. "They +won' never fine it dyah!" + +"We know a good place," said the boys both together; "it's a heap +better than that. It's where we bury our treasures when we play +'Black-beard the Pirate.'" + +"Very well," said their mother; "I don't care to know where it is +until after to-morrow, anyhow. I know I can trust you," she added, +addressing Balla. + +"Yes'm, you know dat," said he, simply. "I'll jes' go an' git my hoe." + +"The garden hasn't got a roof to it, has it, Unc' Balla?" asked Willy, +quietly. + +"Go 'way from here, boy," said the old man, making a sweep at him with +his hand. "That boy ain' never done talkin' 'bout that thing yit," he +added, with a pleased laugh, to his mistress. + +"And you ain't ever given me all those chickens either," responded +Willy, forgetting his grammar. + +"Oh, well, I'm _gwi'_ do it; ain't you hear me say I'm gwine do it?" +he laughed as he went out. + +The boys were too excited to get sleepy before the silver was hidden. +Their mother told them they might go down into the garden and help +Balla, on condition that they would not talk. + +"That's the way we always do when we bury the treasure. Ain't it, +Willy?" asked Frank. + +"If a man speaks, it's death!" declared Willy, slapping his hand on +his side as if to draw a sword, striking a theatrical attitude and +speaking in a deep voice. + +"Give the 'galleon' to us," said Frank. + +"No; be off with you," said their mother. + +"That ain't the way," said Frank. "A pirate never digs the hole until +he has his treasure at hand. To do so would prove him but a novice; +wouldn't it, Willy?" + +"Well, I leave it all to you, my little Buccaneers," said their +mother, laughing. "I'll take care of the spoons and forks we use every +day. I'll just hide them away in a hole somewhere." + +The boys started off after Balla with a shout, but remembered their +errand and suddenly hushed down to a little squeal of delight at being +actually engaged in burying treasure--real silver. It seemed too good +to be true, and withal there was a real excitement about it, for how +could they know but that some one might watch them from some +hiding-place, or might even fire into them as they worked? + +They met the old fellow as he was coming from the carriage-house with +a hoe and a spade in his hands. He was on his way to the garden in a +very straightforward manner, but the boys made him understand that to +bury treasure it was necessary to be particularly secret, and after +some little grumbling, Balla humored them. + +The difficulty of getting the box of silver out of the house secretly, +whilst all the family were up, and the servants were moving about, was +so great that this part of the affair had to be carried on in a manner +different from the usual programme of pirates of the first water. Even +the boys had to admit this; and they yielded to old Balla's advice on +this point, but made up for it by additional formality, ceremony, and +secrecy in pointing out the spot where the box was to be hid. + +Old Balla was quite accustomed to their games and fun--their "pranks," +as he called them. He accordingly yielded willingly when they marched +him to a point at the lower end of the yard, on the opposite side from +the garden, and left him. But he was inclined to give trouble when +they both reappeared with a gun, and in a whisper announced that they +must march first up the ditch which ran by the spring around the foot +of the garden. + +"Look here, boys; I ain' got time to fool with you chillern," said the +old man. "Ain't you hear your ma tell me she 'pend on me to bury that +silver what yo' gran'ma and gran'pa used to eat off o'--an' don' wan' +nobody to know nothin' 'bout it? An' y' all comin' here with guns, +like you huntin' squ'rr'ls, an' now talkin' 'bout wadin' in the +ditch!" + +"But, Unc' Balla, that's the way all buccaneers do," protested Frank. + +"Yes, buccaneers always go by water," said Willy. + +"And we can stoop in the ditch and come in at the far end of the +garden, so nobody can see us," added Frank. + +"Bookanear or bookafar,--I's gwine in dat garden and dig a hole wid my +hoe, an' I is too ole to be wadin' in a ditch like chillern. I got the +misery in my knee now, so bad I'se sca'cely able to stand. I don't +know huccome y' all ain't satisfied with the place you' ma an' I done +pick, anyways." + +This was too serious a mutiny for the boys. So it was finally greed +that one gun should be returned to the office, and that they should +enter by the gate, after which Balla was to go with the boys by the +way they should show him, and see the spot they thought of. + +They took him down through the weeds around the garden, crouching +under the rose-bushes, and at last stopped at a spot under the slope, +completely surrounded by shrubbery. + +"Here is the spot," said Frank in a whisper, pointing under one of the +bushes. + +"It's in a line with the longest limb of the big oak-tree by the +gate," added Willy, "and when this locust bush and that cedar grow to +be big trees, it will be just half-way between them." + +As this seemed to Balla a very good place, he set to work at once to +dig, the two boys helping him as well as they could. It took a great +deal longer to dig the hole in the dark than they had expected, and +when they got back to the house everything was quiet. + +The boys had their hats pulled over their eyes, and had turned their +jackets inside out to disguise themselves. + +"It's a first-rate place! Ain't it, Unc' Balla?" they said, as they +entered the chamber where their mother and aunt were waiting for them. + +"Do you think it will do, Balla?" their mother asked. + +"Oh, yes, madam; it's far enough, an' they got mighty comical ways to +get dyah, wadin' in ditch an' things--it will do. I ain' sho' I kin +fin' it ag'in myself." He was not particularly enthusiastic. Now, +however, he shouldered the box, with a grunt at its weight, and the +party went slowly out through the back door into the dark. The glow of +the burning depot was still visible in the west. + +Then it was decided that Willy should go before--he said to +"reconnoitre," Balla said "to open the gate and lead the way,"--and +that Frank should bring up the rear. + +They trudged slowly on through the darkness, Frank and Willy watching +on every side, old Balla stooping under the weight of the big box. + +After they were some distance in the garden they heard, or thought +they heard, a sound back at the gate, but decided that it was nothing +but the latch clicking; and they went on down to their hiding place. + +In a little while the black box was well settled in the hole, and the +dirt was thrown upon it. The replaced earth made something of a mound, +which was unfortunate. They had not thought of this; but they covered +it with leaves, and agreed that it was so well hidden, the Yankees +would never dream of looking there. + +"Unc' Balla, where are your horses?" asked one of the boys. + +"That's for me to know, an' them to find out what kin," replied the +old fellow with a chuckle of satisfaction. + +The whole party crept back out of the garden, and the boys were soon +dreaming of buccaneers and pirates. + + + + +CHAPTER IX. + + +The boys were not sure that they had even fallen asleep when they +heard Lucy Ann call, outside. They turned over to take another nap. +She was coming up to the door. No, for it was a man's step, it must be +Uncle Balla's; they heard horses trampling and people talking. In a +second the door was flung open, and a man strode into the room, +followed by one, two, a half-dozen others, all white and all in +uniform. They were Yankees. The boys were too frightened to speak. +They thought they were arrested for hiding the silver. + +"Get up, you lazy little rebels," cried one of the intruders, not +unpleasantly. As the boys were not very quick in obeying, being really +too frightened to do more than sit up in bed, the man caught the +mattress by the end, and lifting it with a jerk emptied them and all +the bedclothes out into the middle of the floor in a heap. At this all +the other men laughed. A minute more and he had drawn his sword. The +boys expected no less than to be immediately killed. They were almost +paralyzed. But instead of plunging his sword into them, the man began +to stick it into the mattresses and to rip them up; while others +pulled open the drawers of the bureau and pitched the things on the +floor. + +The boys felt themselves to be in a very exposed and defenceless +condition; and Willy, who had become tangled in the bedclothes, and +had been a little hurt in falling, now that the strain was somewhat +over, began to cry. + +In a minute a shadow darkened the doorway and their mother stood in +the room. + +"Leave the room instantly!" she cried. "Aren't you ashamed to frighten +children!" + +"We haven't hurt the brats," said the man with the sword +good-naturedly. + +"Well, you terrify them to death. It's just as bad. Give me those +clothes!" and she sprang forward and snatched the boys' clothes from +the hands of a man who had taken them up. She flung the suits to the +boys, who lost no time in slipping into them. + +They had at once recovered their courage in the presence of their +mother. She seemed to them, as she braved the intruders, the grandest +person they had ever seen. Her face was white, but her eyes were like +coals of fire. They were very glad she had never looked or talked so +to them. + +When they got outdoors the yard was full of soldiers. They were upon +the porches, in the entry, and in the house. The smoke-house was open +and so were the doors of all the other outhouses, and now and then a +man passed, carrying some article which the boys recognized. + +In a little while the soldiers had taken everything they could carry +conveniently, and even things which must have caused them some +inconvenience. They had secured all the bacon that had been left in +the smoke-house, as well as all other eatables they could find. It was +a queer sight, to see the fellows sitting on their horses with a ham +or a pair of fowls tied to one side of the saddle and an engraving or +a package of books, or some ornament, to the other. + +A new party of men had by this time come up from the direction of the +stables. + +"Old man, come here!" called some of them to Balla, who was standing +near expostulating with the men who were about the fire. + +"Who?--me?" asked Balla. + +"B'ain't you the carriage driver?" + +"Ain't I the keridge driver?" + +"Yes, _you_; we know you are, so you need not be lying about it." + +"Hi! yes; I the keridge driver. Who say I ain't?" + +"Well, where have you hid those horses? Come, we want to know, quick," +said the fellow roughly, taking out his pistol in a threatening way. + +The old man's eyes grew wide. "Hi! befo' de Lord! Marster, how I know +anything of the horses ef they ain't in the stable,--there's where we +keep horses!" + +"Here, you come with us. We won't have no foolin' 'bout this," said +his questioner, seizing him by the shoulder and jerking him angrily +around. "If you don't show us pretty quick where those horses are, +we'll put a bullet or two into you. March off there!" + +He was backed by a half-a-dozen more, but the pistol, which was at old +Balla's head, was his most efficient ally. + +"Hi! Marster, don't pint dat thing at me that way. I ain't ready to +die yit--an' I ain' like dem things, no-ways," protested Balla. + +There is no telling how much further his courage could have withstood +their threats, for the boys' mother made her appearance. She was about +to bid Balla show where the horses were, when a party rode into the +yard leading them. + +"Hi! there are Bill and John, now," exclaimed the boys, recognizing +the black carriage-horses which were being led along. + +"Well, ef dee ain't got 'em, sho' 'nough!" exclaimed the old driver, +forgetting his fear of the cocked pistols. + +"Gentlemen, marsters, don't teck my horses, ef you _please_," he +pleaded, pushing through the group that surrounded him, and +approaching the man who led the horses. + +They only laughed at him. + +[Illustration: "GENTLEMEN, MARSTERS, DON'T TECK MY HORSES, EF YOU +PLEASE," SAID UNCLE BALLA.] + +Both the boys ran to their mother, and flinging their arms about her, +burst out crying. + +In a few minutes the men started off, riding across the fields; and in +a little while not a soldier was in sight. + +"I wish Marse William could see you ridin' 'cross them fields," said +Balla, looking after the retiring troop in futile indignation. + +Investigation revealed the fact that every horse and mule on the +plantation had been carried off, except only two or three old mules, +which were evidently considered not worth taking. + + + + +CHAPTER X. + + +After this, times were very hard on the plantation. But the boys' +mother struggled to provide as best she could for the family and +hands. She used to ride all over the county to secure the supplies +which were necessary for their support; one of the boys usually being +her escort and riding behind her on one of the old mules that the +raiders had left. In this way the boys became acquainted with the +roads of the county and even with all the bridle-paths in the +neighborhood of their home. Many of these were dim enough too, running +through stretches of pine forest, across old fields which were little +better than jungle, along gullies, up ditches, and through woods mile +after mile. They were generally useful only to a race, such as the +negroes, which had an instinct for direction like that shown by some +animals but the boys learned to follow them unerringly, and soon +became as skilful in "keepin' de parf" as any night-walker on the +plantation. + +As the year passed the times grew harder and harder, and the +expeditions made by the boys' mother became longer and longer, and +more and more frequent. + +The meat gave out, and, worst of all, they had no hogs left for next +year. The plantation usually subsisted on bacon; but now there was not +a pig left on the place--unless the old wild sow in the big woods (who +had refused to be "driven up" the fall before) still survived, which +was doubtful; for the most diligent search was made for her without +success, and it was conceded that even she had fallen prey to the +deserters. Nothing was heard of her for months. + +One day, in the autumn, the boys were out hunting in the big woods, in +the most distant and wildest part, where they sloped down toward a +little marshy branch that ran into the river a mile or two away. + +It was a very dry spell and squirrels were hard to find, owing, the +boys agreed, to the noise made in tramping through the dry leaves. +Finally, they decided to station themselves each at the foot of a +hickory and wait for the squirrels. They found two large hickory trees +not too far apart, and took their positions each on the ground, with +his back to a tree. + +It was very dull, waiting, and a half-whispered colloquy was passing +between them as to the advisability of giving it up, when a faint +"cranch, cranch, cranch," sounded in the dry leaves. At first the boys +thought it was a squirrel, and both of them grasped their guns. Then +the sound came again, but this time there appeared to be, not one, +but a number of animals, rustling slowly along. + +"What is it?" asked Frank of Willy, whose tree was a little nearer the +direction from which the sound came. + +"'Tain't anything but some cows or sheep, I believe," said Willy, in a +disappointed tone. The look of interest died out of Frank's face, but +he still kept his eyes in the direction of the sound, which was now +very distinct. The underbrush, however, was too thick for them to see +anything. At length Willy rose and pushed his way rapidly through the +bushes toward the animals. There was a sudden "oof, oof," and Frank +heard them rushing back down through the woods toward the marsh. + +"Somebody's hogs," he muttered, in disgust. + +"Frank! Frank!" called Willy, in a most excited tone. + +"What?" + +"It's the old spotted sow, and she's got a lot of pigs with her--great +big shoats, nearly grown!" + +Frank sprang up and ran through the bushes. + +"At least six of 'em!" + +"Let's follow 'em!" + +"All right." + +The boys, stooping their heads, struck out through the bushes in the +direction from which the yet retreating animals could still be heard. + +"Let's shoot 'em." + +"All right." + +On they kept as hard as they could. What great news it was! What royal +game! + +"It's like hunting wild boars, isn't it?" shouted Willy, joyfully. + +They followed the track left by the animals in the leaves kicked up in +their mad flight. It led down over the hill, through the thicket, and +came to an end at the marsh which marked the beginning of the swamp. +Beyond that it could not be traced; but it was evident that the wild +hogs had taken refuge in the impenetrable recesses of the marsh which +was their home. + + + + +CHAPTER XI. + + +After circling the edge of the swamp for some time the boys, as it was +now growing late, turned toward home. They were full of their valuable +discovery, and laid all sorts of plans for the capture of the hogs. +They would not tell even their mother, as they wished to surprise her. +They were, of course, familiar with all the modes of trapping game, as +described in the story books, and they discussed them all. The easiest +way to get the hogs was to shoot them, and this would be the most +"fun"; but it would never do, for the meat would spoil. When they +reached home they hunted up Uncle Balla and told him about their +discovery. He was very much inclined to laugh at them. The hogs they +had seen were nothing, he told them, but some of the neighbors' hogs +which had wandered into the woods. + +When the boys went to bed they talked it over once more, and +determined that next day they would thoroughly explore the woods and +the swamp also, as far as they could. + +The following afternoon, therefore, they set out, and made immediately +for that part of the woods where they had seen and heard the hogs the +day before. One of them carried a gun and the other a long +jumping-pole. After finding the trail they followed it straight down +to the swamp. + +Rolling their trousers up above their knees, they waded boldly in, +selecting an opening between the bushes which looked like a hog-path. +They proceeded slowly, for the briers were so thick in many places +that they could hardly make any progress at all when they neared the +branch. So they turned and worked their way painfully down the stream. +At last, however, they reached a place where the brambles and bushes +seemed to form a perfect wall before them. It was impossible to get +through. + +"Let's go home," said Willy. "'Tain't any use to try to get through +there. My legs are scratched all to pieces now." + +"Let's try and get out here," said Frank, and he turned from the wall +of brambles. They crept along, springing from hummock to hummock. +Presently they came to a spot where the oozy mud extended at least +eight or ten feet before the next tuft of grass. + +"How am I to get the gun across?" asked Willy, dolefully. + +"That's a fact! It's too far to throw it, even with the caps off." + +At length they concluded to go back for a piece of log they had seen, +and to throw this down so as to lessen the distance. + +They pulled the log out of the sand, carried it to the muddy spot, and +threw it into the mud where they wanted it. + +Frank stuck his pole down and felt until he had what he thought a +secure hold on it, fixed his eye on the tuft of grass beyond, and +sprang into air. + +As he jumped the pole slipped from its insecure support into the miry +mud, and Frank, instead of landing on the hummock for which he had +aimed, lost his direction, and soused flat on his side with a loud +"spa-lash," in the water and mud three feet to the left. + +He was a queer object as he staggered to his feet in the quagmire; but +at the instant a loud "oof, oof," came from, the thicket, not a dozen +yards away, and the whole herd of hogs, roused, by his fall, from +slumber in their muddy lair, dashed away through the swamp with "oofs" +of fear. + +"There they go, there they go!" shouted both boys, eagerly,--Willy, in +his excitement, splashing across the perilous-looking quagmire, and +finding it not so deep as it had looked. + +"There's where they go in and out," exclaimed Frank, pointing to a low +round opening, not more than eighteen inches high, a little further +beyond them, which formed an arch in the almost solid wall of +brambles surrounding the place. + +As it was now late they returned home, resolving to wait until the +next afternoon before taking any further steps. There was not a pound +of bacon to be obtained anywhere in the country for love or money, and +the flock of sheep was almost gone. + +Their mother's anxiety as to means for keeping her dependents from +starving was so great that the boys were on the point of telling her +what they knew; and when they heard her wishing she had a few hogs to +fatten, they could scarcely keep from letting her know their plans. At +last they had to jump up, and run out of the room. + +Next day the boys each hunted up a pair of old boots which they had +used the winter before. The leather was so dry and worn that the boots +hurt their growing feet cruelly, but they brought the boots along to +put on when they reached the swamp. This time, each took a gun, and +they also carried an axe, for now they had determined on a plan for +capturing the hogs. + +"I wish we had let Peter and Cole come," said Willy, dolefully, +sitting on the butt end of a log they had cut, and wiping his face on +his sleeve. + +"Or had asked Uncle Balla to help us," added Frank. + +"They'd be certain to tell all about it." + +"Yes; so they would." + +They settled down in silence, and panted. + +"I tell you what we ought to do! Bait the hog-path, as you would for +fish." This was the suggestion of the angler, Frank. + +"With what?" + +"Acorns." + +The acorns were tolerably plentiful around the roots of the big oaks, +so the boys set to work to pick them up. It was an easier job than +cutting the log, and it was not long before each had his hat full. + +As they started down to the swamp, Frank exclaimed, suddenly, "Look +there, Willy!" + +Willy looked, and not fifty yards away, with their ends resting on old +stumps, were three or four "hacks," or piles of rails, which had been +mauled the season before and left there, probably having been +forgotten or overlooked. + +Willy gave a hurrah, while bending under the weight of a large rail. + +At the spot where the hog-path came out of the thicket they commenced +to build their trap. + +First they laid a floor of rails; then they built a pen, five or six +rails high, which they strengthened with "outriders." When the pen was +finished, they pried up the side nearest the thicket, from the bottom +rail, about a foot; that is, high enough for the animals to enter. +This they did by means of two rails, using one as a fulcrum and one +as a lever, having shortened them enough to enable the work to be done +from inside the pen. + +The lever they pulled down at the farther end until it touched the +bottom of the trap, and fastened it by another rail, a thin one, run +at right-angles to the lever, and across the pen. This would slip +easily when pushed away from the gap, and needed to be moved only +about an inch to slip from the end of the lever and release it; the +weight of the pen would then close the gap. Behind this rail the +acorns were to be thrown; and the hogs, in trying to get the bait, +would push the rail, free the lever or trigger, and the gap would be +closed by the fall of the pen when the lever was released. + +It was nearly night when the boys finished. + +They scattered a portion of the acorns for bait along the path and up +into the pen, to toll the hogs in. The rest they strewed inside the +pen, beyond their sliding rail. + +They could scarcely tear themselves away from the pen; but it was so +late they had to hurry home. + +Next day was Sunday. But Monday morning, by daylight, they were up and +went out with their guns, apparently to hunt squirrels. They went, +however, straight to their trap. As they approached they thought they +heard the hogs grunting in the pen. Willy was sure of it; and they ran +as hard as they could. But there were no hogs there. After going every +morning and evening for two weeks, there never had been even an acorn +missed, so they stopped their visits. + +Peter and Cole found out about the pen, and then the servants learned +of it, and the boys were joked and laughed at unmercifully. + +"I believe them boys is distracted," said old Balla, in the kitchen; +"settin' a pen in them woods for to ketch hogs,--with the gap open! +Think hogs goin' stay in pen with gap open--ef any wuz dyah to went +in!" + +"Well, you come out and help us hunt for them," said the boys to the +old driver. + +"Go 'way, boy, I ain' got time foolin' wid you chillern, buildin' pen +in swamp. There ain't no hogs in them woods, onless they got in dyah +sence las' fall." + +"You saw 'em, didn't you, Willy?" declared Frank. + +"Yes, I did." + +"Go 'way. Don't you know, ef that old sow had been in them woods, the +boys would have got her up las' fall--an' ef they hadn't, she'd come +up long befo' this?" + +"Mister Hall ketch you boys puttin' his hogs up in pen, he'll teck you +up," said Lucy Ann, in her usual teasing way. + +This was too much for the boys to stand after all they had done. Uncle +Balla must be right. They would have to admit it. The hogs must have +belonged to some one else. And their mother was in such desperate +straits about meat! + +Lucy Ann's last shot, about catching Mr. Hall's hogs, took effect; and +the boys agreed that they would go out some afternoon and pull the pen +down. + +The next afternoon they took their guns, and started out on a +squirrel-hunt. + +They did not have much luck, however. + +"Let's go by there, and pull the old pen down," said Frank, as they +started homeward from the far side of the woods. + +"It's out of the way,--let the old thing rip." + +"We'd better pull it down. If a hog were to be caught there, it +wouldn't do." + +"I wish he would!--but there ain't any hogs going to get caught," +growled Willy. + +"He might starve to death." + +This suggestion persuaded Willy, who could not bear to have anything +suffer. + +So they sauntered down toward the swamp. + +As they approached it, a squirrel ran up a tree, and both boys were +after it in a second. They were standing, one on each side of the +tree, gazing up, trying to get a sight of the little animal among the +gray branches, when a sound came to the ears of both of them at the +same moment. + +"What's that?" both asked together. + +"It's hogs, grunting." + +"No, they are fighting. They are in the swamp. Let's run," said Willy. + +"No; we'll scare them away. They may be near the trap," was Frank's +prudent suggestion. "Let's creep up." + +"I hear young pigs squealing. Do you think they are ours?" + +The squirrel was left, flattened out and trembling on top of a large +limb, and the boys stole down the hill toward the pen. The hogs were +not in sight, though they could be heard grunting and scuffling. They +crept closer. Willy crawled through a thick clump of bushes, and +sprang to his feet with a shout. "We've got 'em! We've got 'em!" he +cried, running toward the pen, followed by Frank. + +Sure enough! There they were, fast in the pen, fighting and snorting +to get out, and tearing around with the bristles high on their round +backs, the old sow and seven large young hogs; while a litter of eight +little pigs, as the boys ran up, squeezed through the rails, and, +squealing, dashed away into the grass. + +The hogs were almost frantic at the sight of the boys, and rushed +madly at the sides of the pen; but the boys had made it too strong to +be broken. + +After gazing at their capture awhile, and piling a few more outriders +on the corners of the pen to make it more secure, the two trappers +rushed home. They dashed breathless and panting into their mother's +room, shouting, "We've got 'em!--we've got 'em!" and, seizing her, +began to dance up and down with her. + +In a little while the whole plantation was aware of the capture, and +old Balla was sent out with them to look at the hogs to make sure they +did not belong to some one else,--as he insisted they did. The boys +went with him. It was quite dark when he returned, but as he came in +the proof of the boys' success was written on his face. He was in a +broad grin. To his mistress's inquiry he replied, "Yes'm, they's got +'em, sho' 'nough. They's the beatenes' boys!" + +For some time afterward he would every now and then break into a +chuckle of amused content and exclaim, "Them's right smart chillern." +And at Christmas, when the hogs were killed, this was the opinion of +the whole plantation. + + + + +CHAPTER XII. + + +The gibes of Lucy Ann, and the occasional little thrusts of Hugh about +the "deserter business," continued and kept the boys stirred up. At +length they could stand it no longer. It was decided between them that +they must retrieve their reputations by capturing a real deserter and +turning him over to the conscript-officer whose office was at the +depot. + +Accordingly, one Saturday they started out on an expedition, the +object of which was to capture a deserter though they should die in +the attempt. + +The conscript-guard had been unusually active lately, and it was said +that several deserters had been caught. + +The boys turned in at their old road, and made their way into +Holetown. Their guns were loaded with large slugs, and they felt the +ardor of battle thrill them as they marched along down the narrow +roadway. They were trudging on when they were hailed by name from +behind. Turning, they saw their friend Tim Mills, coming along at the +same slouching gait in which he always walked. His old single-barrel +gun was thrown across his arm, and he looked a little rustier than on +the day he had shared their lunch. The boys held a little whispered +conversation, and decided on a treaty of friendship. + +"Good-mornin'," he said, on coming up to them. "How's your ma?" + +"Good-morning. She's right well." + +"What y' all doin'? Huntin' d'serters agin?" he asked. + +"Yes. Come on and help us catch them." + +"No; I can't do that--exactly;--but I tell you what I _can_ do. I can +tell you whar one is!" + +The boys' faces glowed. "All right!" + +"Let me see," he began, reflectively, chewing a stick. "Does y' all +know Billy Johnson?" + +The boys did not know him. + +"You _sure_ you don't know him? He's a tall, long fellow, 'bout forty +years old, and breshes his hair mighty slick; got a big nose, and a +gap-tooth, and a mustache. He lives down in the lower neighborhood." + +Even after this description the boys failed to recognize him. + +"Well, he's the feller. I can tell you right whar he is, this minute. +He did me a mean trick, an' I'm gwine to give him up. Come along." + +"What did he do to you?" inquired the boys, as they followed him down +the road. + +"Why--he--; but 't's no use to be rakin' it up agin. You know he +always passes hisself off as one o' the conscrip'-guards,--that's his +dodge. Like as not, that's what he's gwine try and put off on y' all +now; but don't you let him fool you." + +"We're not going to," said the boys. + +"He rigs hisself up in a uniform--jes' like as not he stole it, +too,--an' goes roun' foolin' people, meckin' out he's such a soldier. +If he fools with me, I'm gwine to finish him!" Here Tim gripped his +gun fiercely. + +The boys promised not to be fooled by the wily Johnson. All they asked +was to have him pointed out to them. + +"Don't you let him put up any game on you 'bout bein' a +conscrip'-guard hisself," continued their friend. + +"No, indeed we won't. We are obliged to you for telling us." + +"He ain't so very fur from here. He's mighty tecken up with John +Hall's gal, and is tryin' to meck out like he's Gen'l Lee hisself, an' +she ain't got no mo' sense than to b'lieve him." + +"Why, we heard, Mr. Mills, she was going to marry _you_." + +"Oh, no, _I_ ain't a good enough soldier for her; she wants to marry +_Gen'l Lee_." + +The boys laughed at his dry tone. + +As they walked along they consulted how the capture should be made. + +"I tell you how to take him," said their companion. "He is a monstrous +coward, and all you got to do is jest to bring your guns down on him. +I wouldn't shoot him--'nless he tried to run; but if he did that, when +he got a little distance I'd pepper him about his legs. Make him give +up his sword and pistol and don't let him ride; 'cause if you do, +he'll git away. Make him walk--the rascal!" + +The boys promised to carry out these kindly suggestions. + +They soon came in sight of the little house where Mills said the +deserter was. A soldier's horse was standing tied at the gate, with a +sword hung from the saddle. The owner, in full uniform, was sitting on +the porch. + +"I can't go any furder," whispered their friend; "but that's +him--that's 'Gen'l Lee'--the triflin' scoundrel!--loafin' 'roun' here +'sted o' goin' in the army! I b'lieve y' all is 'fraid to take him," +eyeing the boys suspiciously. + +"No, we ain't; you'll see," said both boys, fired at the doubt. + +"All right; I'm goin' to wait right here and watch you. Go ahead." + +The boys looked at the guns to see if they were all right, and marched +up the road keeping their eyes on the enemy. It was agreed that Frank +was to do the talking and give the orders. + +They said not a word until they reached the gate. They could see a +young woman moving about in the house, setting a table. At the gate +they stopped, so as to prevent the man from getting to his horse. + +The soldier eyed them curiously. "I wonder whose boys they is?" he +said to himself. "They's certainly actin' comical! Playin' soldiers, I +reckon." + +"Cock your gun--easy," said Frank, in a low tone, suiting his own +action to the word. + +Willy obeyed. + +"Come out here, if you please," Frank called to the man. He could not +keep his voice from shaking a little, but the man rose and lounged out +toward them. His prompt compliance reassured them. + +They stood, gripping their guns and watching him as he advanced. + +"Come outside the gate!" He did as Frank said. + +"What do you want?" he asked impatiently. + +"You are our prisoner," said Frank, sternly, dropping down his gun +with the muzzle toward the captive, and giving a glance at Willy to +see that he was supported. + +"Your _what_? What do you mean?" + +"We arrest you as a deserter." + +How proud Willy was of Frank! + +"Go 'way from here; I ain't no deserter. I'm a-huntin' for deserters, +myself," the man replied, laughing. + +Frank smiled at Willy with a nod, as much as to say, "You see,--just +what Tim told us!" + +"Ain't your name Mr. Billy Johnson?" + +"Yes; that's my name." + +"You are the man we're looking for. March down that road. But don't +run,--if you do, we'll shoot you!" + +As the boys seemed perfectly serious and the muzzles of both guns were +pointing directly at him, the man began to think that they were in +earnest. But he could hardly credit his senses. A suspicion flashed +into his mind. + +"Look here, boys," he said, rather angrily, "I don't want any of your +foolin' with me. I'm too old to play with children. If you all don't +go 'long home and stop giving me impudence, I'll slap you over!" He +started angrily toward Frank. As he did so, Frank brought the gun to +his shoulder. + +"Stand back!" he said, looking along the barrel, right into the man's +eyes. "If you move a step, I'll blow your head off!" + +The soldier's jaw fell. He stopped and threw up his arm before his +eyes. + +"Hold on!" he called, "don't shoot! Boys, ain't you got better sense +'n that?" + +"March on down that road. Willy, you get the horse," said Frank, +decidedly. + +The soldier glanced over toward the house. The voice of the young +woman was heard singing a war song in a high key. + +"Ef Millindy sees me, I'm a goner," he reflected. "Jes' come down the +road a little piece, will you?" he asked, persuasively. + +"No talking,--march!" ordered Frank. + +He looked at each of the boys; the guns still kept their perilous +direction. The boys' eyes looked fiery to his surprised senses. + +"Who is y' all?" he asked. + +"We are two little Confederates! That's who we are," said Willy. + +"Is any of your parents ever--ever been in a asylum?" he asked, as +calmly as he could. + +"That's none of your business," said Captain Frank. "March on!" + +The man cast a despairing glance toward the house, where "The years" +were "creeping slowly by, Lorena," in a very high pitch,--and then +moved on. + +"I hope she ain't seen nothin'," he thought. "If I jest can git them +guns away from 'em----" + +Frank followed close behind him with his old gun held ready for need, +and Willy untied the horse and led it. The bushes concealed them from +the dwelling. + +As soon as they were well out of sight of the house, Frank gave the +order: + +"Halt!" They all halted. + +"Willy, tie the horse." It was done. + +"I wonder if those boys is thinkin' 'bout shootin' me?" thought the +soldier, turning and putting his hand on his pistol. + +As he did so, Frank's gun came to his shoulder. + +"Throw up your hands or you are a dead man." The hands went up. + +"Willy, keep your gun on him, while I search him for any weapons." +Willy cocked the old musket and brought it to bear on the prisoner. + +"Little boy, don't handle that thing so reckless," the man +expostulated. "Ef that musket was to go off, it might kill me!" + +"No talking," demanded Frank, going up to him. "Hold up your hands. +Willy, shoot him if he moves." + +Frank drew a long pistol from its holster with an air of business. He +searched carefully, but there was no more. + +The fellow gritted his teeth. "If she ever hears of _this_, Tim's got +her certain," he groaned; "but she won't never hear." + +At a turn in the road his heart sank within him; for just around the +curve they came upon Tim Mills sitting quietly on a stump. He looked +at them with a quizzical eye, but said not a word. + +The prisoner's face was a study when he recognized his rival and +enemy. As Mills did not move, his courage returned. + +"Good mornin', Tim," he said, with great politeness. + +The man on the stump said nothing; he only looked on with complacent +enjoyment. + +"Tim, is these two boys crazy?" he asked slowly. + +"They're crazy 'bout shootin' deserters," replied Tim. + +"Tim, tell 'em I ain't no deserter." His voice was full of entreaty. + +"Well, if you ain't a d'serter, what you doin' outn the army?" + +"You know----" began the fellow fiercely; but Tim shifted his long +single-barrel lazily into his hand and looked the man straight in the +eyes, and the prisoner stopped. + +"Yes, I know," said Tim with a sudden spark in his eyes. "An' _you_ +know," he added after a pause, during which his face resumed its usual +listless look. "An' my edvice to you is to go 'long with them boys, if +you don't want to git three loads of slugs in you. They _may_ put 'em +in you anyway. They's sort of 'stracted 'bout d'serters, and I can +swear to it." He touched his forehead expressively. + +"March on!" said Frank. + +[Illustration: FRANK AND WILLY CAPTURE A MEMBER OF THE +CONSCRIPT-GUARD.] + +The prisoner, grinding his teeth, moved forward, followed by his +guards. + +As the enemies parted each man sent the same ugly look after the +other. + +"It's all over! He's got her," groaned Johnson. As they passed out of +sight, Mills rose and sauntered somewhat briskly (for him) in the +direction of John Hall's. + +They soon reached a little stream, not far from the depot where the +provost-guard was stationed. On its banks the man made his last stand; +but his obstinacy brought a black muzzle close to his head with a +stern little face behind it, and he was fain to march straight through +the water, as he was ordered. + +Just as he was emerging on the other bank, with his boots full of +water and his trousers dripping, closely followed by Frank brandishing +a pistol, a small body of soldiers rode up. They were the +conscript-guard. Johnson's look was despairing. + +"Why, Billy, what in thunder----? Thought you were sick in bed!" + +Another minute and the soldiers took in the situation by instinct--and +Johnson's rage was drowned in the universal explosion of laughter. + +The boys had captured a member of the conscript-guard. + +In the midst of all, Frank and Willy, overwhelmed by their ridiculous +error, took to their heels as hard as they could, and the last sounds +that reached them were the roars of the soldiers as the scampering +boys disappeared in a cloud of dust. + +Johnson went back, in a few days, to see John Hall's daughter; but the +young lady declared she wouldn't marry any man who let two boys make +him wade through a creek; and a month or two later she married Tim +Mills. + +To all the gibes he heard on the subject of his capture, and they were +many, Johnson made but one reply: + +"Them boys's had parents in a a--sylum, _sure_!" + + + + +CHAPTER XIII. + + +It was now nearing the end of the third year of the war. Hugh was +seventeen, and was eager to go into the army. His mother would have +liked to keep him at home; but she felt that it was her duty not to +withhold anything, and Colonel Marshall offered Hugh a place with him. +So a horse was bought, and Hugh went to Richmond and came back with a +uniform and a sabre. The boys truly thought that General Lee himself +was not so imposing or so great a soldier as Hugh. They followed him +about like two pet dogs, and when he sat down they stood and gazed at +him adoringly. + +When Hugh rode away to the army it was harder to part with him than +they had expected; and though he had left them his gun and dog, to +console them during his absence, it was difficult to keep from crying. +Everyone on the plantation was moved. Uncle Balla, who up to the last +moment had been very lively attending to the horse, as the young +soldier galloped away sank down on the end of the steps of the office, +and, dropping his hands on his knees, followed Hugh with his eyes +until he disappeared over the hill. The old driver said nothing, but +his face expressed a great deal. + +The boys' mother cried a great deal, but it was generally when she was +by herself. + +"She's afraid Hugh'll be kilt," Willy said to Uncle Balla, in +explanation of her tears,--the old servant having remarked that he +"b'lieved she cried more when Hugh went away, than she did when Marse +John and Marse William both went." + +"Hi! warn't she 'fred they'll be kilt, too?" he asked in some scorn. + +This was beyond Willy's logic, so he pondered over it. + +"Yes, but she's afraid Hugh'll be kilt, as _well_ as them," he said +finally, as the best solution of the problem. + +It did not seem to wholly satisfy Uncle Balla's mind, for when he +moved off he said, as though talking to himself: + +"She sutn'ey is 'sot' on that boy. He'll be a gen'l hisself, the first +thing she know." + +There was a bond of sympathy between Uncle Balla and his mistress +which did not exist so strongly between her and any of the other +servants. It was due perhaps to the fact that he was the companion and +friend of her boys. + +That winter the place where the army went into winter quarters was +some distance from Oakland; but the young officers used to ride over, +from time to time, two or three together, and stay for a day or two. + +Times were harder than they had been before, but the young people were +as gay as ever. + +The colonel, who had been dreadfully wounded in the summer, had been +made a brigadier-general for gallantry. Hugh had received a slight +wound in the same action. The General had written to the boy's mother +about him; but he had not been home. The General had gone back to his +command. He had never been to Oakland since he was wounded. + +One evening, the boys had just teased their Cousin Belle into reading +them their nightly portion of "The Talisman," as they sat before a +bright lightwood fire, when two horsemen galloped up to the gate, +their horses splashed with mud from fetlocks to ears. In a second, +Lucy Ann dashed headlong into the room, with her teeth gleaming: + +"Here Marse Hugh, out here!" + +There was a scamper to the door--the boys first, shouting at the tops +of their voices, Cousin Belle next, and Lucy Ann close at her heels. + +"Who's with him, Lucy Ann?" asked Miss Belle, as they reached the +passage-way, and heard several voices outside. + +"The Cunel's with 'im." + +The young lady turned and fled up the steps as fast as she could. + +"You see I brought my welcome with me," said the General, addressing +the boy's mother, and laying his hand on his young aide's shoulder, as +they stood, a little later, "thawing out" by the roaring log-fire in +the sitting-room. + +"You always bring that; but you are doubly welcome for bringing this +young soldier back to me," said she, putting her arm affectionately +around her son. + +Just then the boys came rushing in from taking the horses to the +stable. They made a dive toward the fire to warm their little chapped +hands. + +"I told you Hugh warn't as tall as the General," said Frank, across +the hearth to Willy. + +"Who said he was?" + +"You!" + +"I didn't." + +"You did." + +They were a contradictory pair of youngsters, and their voices, +pitched in a youthful treble, were apt in discussion to strike a +somewhat higher key; but it did not follow that they were in an +ill-humor merely because they contradicted each other. + +"What _did_ you say, if you didn't say that?" insisted Frank. + +"I said he _looked_ as if he _thought_ himself as tall as the +General," declared Willy, defiantly, oblivious in his excitement of +the eldest brother's presence. There was a general laugh at Hugh's +confusion; but Hugh had carried an order across a field under a hot +fire, and had brought a regiment up in the nick of time, riding by its +colonel's side in a charge which had changed the issue of the fight, +and had a sabre wound in the arm to show for it. He could therefore +afford to pass over such an accusation with a little tweak of Willy's +ear. + +"Where's Cousin Belle?" asked Frank. + +"I s'peck she's putting on her fine clothes for the General to see. +Didn't she run when she heard he was here!" + +"Willy!" said his mother, reprovingly. + +"Well, she did, Ma." + +His mother shook her head at him; but the General put his hand on the +boy, and drew him closer. + +"You say she ran?" he asked, with a pleasant light in his eyes. + +"Yes, sirree; she did _that_." + +Just then the door opened, and their Cousin Belle entered the room. +She looked perfectly beautiful. The greetings were very cordial--to +Hugh especially. She threw her arms around his neck, and kissed him. + +"You young hero!" she cried. "Oh, Hugh, I am so proud of +you!"--kissing him again, and laughing at him, with her face glowing, +and her big brown eyes full of light. "Where were you wounded? Oh! I +was so frightened when I heard about it!" + +"Where was it? Show it to us, Hugh; please do," exclaimed both boys at +once, jumping around him, and pulling at his arm. + +"Oh, Hugh, is it still very painful?" asked his cousin, her pretty +face filled with sudden sympathy. + +"Oh! no, it was nothing--nothing but a scratch," said Hugh, shaking +the boys off, his expression being divided between feigned +indifference and sheepishness, at this praise in the presence of his +chief. + +"No such thing, Miss Belle," put in the General, glad of the chance to +secure her commendation. "It might have been very serious, and it was +a splendid ride he made." + +"Were you not ashamed of yourself to send him into such danger?" she +said, turning on him suddenly. "Why did you not go yourself?" + +The young man laughed. Her beauty entranced him. He had scars enough +to justify him in keeping silence under her pretended reproach. + +"Well, you see, I couldn't leave the place where I was. I had to send +some one, and I knew Hugh would do it. He led the regiment after the +colonel and major fell--and he did it splendidly, too." + +There was a chorus from the young lady and the boys together. + +"Oh, Hugh, you hear what he says!" exclaimed the former, turning to +her cousin. "Oh, I am so glad that he thinks so!" Then, recollecting +that she was paying him the highest compliment, she suddenly began to +blush, and turned once more to him. "Well, you talk as if you were +surprised. Did you expect anything else?" + +There was a fine scorn in her voice, if it had been real. + +"Certainly not; you are all too clever at making an attack," he said +coolly, looking her in the eyes. "But I have heard even of _your_ +running away," he added, with a twinkle in his eyes. + +"When?" she asked quickly, with a little guilty color deepening in her +face as she glanced at the boys. "I never did." + +"Oh, she did!" exclaimed both boys in a breath, breaking in, now that +the conversation was within their range. "You ought to have seen her. +She just _flew_!" exclaimed Frank. + +The girl made a rush at the offender to stop him. + +"He doesn't know what he is talking about," she said, roguishly, over +her shoulder. + +"Yes, he does," called the other. "She was standing at the foot of the +steps when you all came, and--oo--oo--oo--" the rest was lost as his +cousin placed her hand close over his mouth. + +"Here! here! run away! You are too dangerous. They don't know what +they are talking about," she said, throwing a glance toward the young +officer, who was keenly enjoying her confusion. Her hand slipped from +Willy's mouth and he went on. "And when she heard it was you, she just +clapped her hands and ran--oo--oo--umm." + +"Here, Hugh, put them out," she said to that young man, who, glad to +do her bidding, seized both miscreants by their arms and carried them +out, closing the door after them. + +Hugh bore the boys into the dining-room, where he kept them, until +supper-time. + +After supper, the rest of the family dispersed, and the boys' mother +invited them to come with her and Hugh to her own room, though they +were eager to go and see the General, and were much troubled lest he +should think their mother was rude in leaving him. + + + + +CHAPTER XIV. + + +The next day was Sunday. The General and Hugh had but one day to stay. +They were to leave at daybreak the following morning. They thoroughly +enjoyed their holiday; at least the boys knew that Hugh did. They had +never known him so affable with them. They did not see much of the +General, after breakfast. He seemed to like to stay "stuck up in the +house" all the time, talking to Cousin Belle; the boys thought this +due to his lameness. Something had occurred, the boys didn't +understand just what; but the General was on an entirely new footing +with all of them, and their Cousin Belle was in some way concerned in +the change. She did not any longer run from the General, and it seemed +to them as though everyone acted as if he belonged to her. The boys +did not altogether like the state of affairs. That afternoon, however, +he and their Cousin Belle let the boys go out walking with them, and +he was just as hearty as he could be; he made them tell him all about +capturing the deserter, and about catching the hogs, and everything +they did. They told him all about their "Robbers' Cave," down in the +woods near where an old house had stood. It was between two ravines +near a spring they had found. They had fixed up the "cave" with boards +and old pieces of carpet "and everything," and they told him, as a +secret, how to get to it through the pines without leaving a trail. He +had to give the holy pledge of the "Brotherhood" before this could be +divulged to him; but he took it with a solemnity which made the boys +almost forgive the presence of their Cousin Belle. It was a little +awkward at first that she was present; but as the "Constitution" +provided only as to admitting men to the mystic knowledge, saying +nothing about women, this difficulty was, on the General's suggestion, +passed over, and the boys fully explained the location of the spot, +and how to get there by turning off abruptly from the path through the +big woods right at the pine thicket,--and all the rest of the way. + +"'Tain't a 'sure-enough' cave," explained Willy; "but it's 'most as +good as one. The old rock fire-place is just like a cave." + +"The gullies are so deep you can't get there except that one way," +declared Frank. + +"Even the Yankees couldn't find you there," asserted Willy. + +"I don't believe anybody could, after that; but I trust they will +never have to try," laughed their Cousin Belle, with an anxious look +in her bright eyes at the mere thought. + +That night they were at supper, about eight o'clock, when something +out-of-doors attracted the attention of the party around the table. It +was a noise,--a something indefinable, but the talk and mirth stopped +suddenly, and everybody listened. + +There was a call, and the hurried steps of some one running, just +outside the door, and Lucy Ann burst into the room, her face ashy +pale. + +"The yard's full o' mens--Yankees," she gasped, just as the General +and Hugh rose from the table. + +"How many are there?" asked both gentlemen. + +"They's all 'roun' the house ev'y which a-way." + +The General looked at his sweetheart. She came to his side with a cry. + +"Go up stairs to the top of the house," called the boys' mother. + +"We can hide you; come with us," said the boys. + +"Go up the back way, Frank 'n' Willy, to you-all's den," whispered +Lucy Ann. + +"That's where we are going," said the boys as she went out. + +"You all come on!" This to the General and Hugh. + +"The rest of you take your seats," said the boys' mother. + +All this had occupied only a few seconds. The soldiers followed the +boys out by a side-door and dashed up the narrow stairs to the +second-story just as a thundering knocking came at the front door. It +was as dark as pitch, for candles were too scarce to burn more than +one at a time. + +"You run back," said Hugh to the boys, as they groped along. "There +are too many of us. I know the way." + +But it was too late; the noise down stairs told that the enemy was +already in the house! + +As the soldiers left the supper-room, the boys' mother had hastily +removed two plates from the places and set two chairs back against the +wall; she made the rest fill up the spaces, so that there was nothing +to show that the two men had been there. + +She had hardly taken her seat again, when the sound of heavy footsteps +at the door announced the approach of the enemy. She herself rose and +went to the door; but it was thrown open before she reached it and an +officer in full Federal uniform strode in, followed by several men. + +The commander was a tall young fellow, not older than the General. The +lady started back somewhat startled, and there was a confused chorus +of exclamations of alarm from the rest of those at the table. The +officer, finding himself in the presence of ladies, removed his cap +with a polite bow. + +"I hope, madam, that you ladies will not be alarmed," he said. "You +need be under no apprehension, I assure you." Even while speaking, his +eye had taken a hasty survey of the room. + +"We desire to see General Marshall, who is at present in this house +and I am sorry to have to include your son in my requisition. We know +that they are here, and if they are given us, I promise you that +nothing shall be disturbed." + +"You appear to be so well instructed that I can add little to your +information," said the mistress of the house, haughtily. "I am glad to +say, however, that I hardly think you will find them." + +"Madam, I know they are here," said the young soldier positively, but +with great politeness. "I have positive information to that effect. +They arrived last evening and have not left since. Their horses are +still in the stable. I am sorry to be forced to do violence to my +feelings, but I must search the house. Come, men." + +"I doubt not you have found their horses," began the lady, but she was +interrupted by Lucy Ann, who entered at the moment with a plate of +fresh corn-cakes, and caught the last part of the sentence. + +"Come along, Mister," she said, "I'll show you myself," and she set +down her plate, took the candle from the table, and walked to the +door, followed by the soldiers. + +"Lucy Ann!" exclaimed her mistress; but she was too much amazed at the +girl's conduct to say more. + +"I know whar dey is!" Lucy Ann continued, taking no notice of her +mistress. They heard her say, as she was shutting the door, "Y' all +come with me; I 'feared they gone; ef they ain't, I know whar they +is!" + +"Open every room," said the officer. + +"Oh, yes, sir; I gwine ketch 'em for you," she said, eagerly opening +first one door, and then the other, "that is, ef they ain' gone. I +mighty 'feared they gone. I seen 'em goin' out the back way about a +little while befo' you all come,--but I thought they might 'a' come +back. Mister, ken y' all teck me 'long with you when you go?" she +asked the officer, in a low voice. "I want to be free." + +"I don't know; we can some other time, if not now. We are going to set +you all free." + +"Oh, glory! Come 'long, Mister; let's ketch 'em. They ain't heah, but +I know whar dey is." + +The soldiers closely examined every place where it was possible a man +could be concealed, until they had been over all the lower part of the +house. + +Lucy Ann stopped. "Dey's gone!" she said positively. + +The officer motioned to her to go up stairs. + +"Yes, sir, I wuz jes' goin' tell you we jes' well look up-stairs, +too," she said, leading the way, talking all the time, and shading the +flickering candle with her hand. + +The little group, flat on the floor against the wall in their dark +retreat, could now hear her voice distinctly. She was speaking in a +confidential undertone, as if afraid of being overheard. + +"I wonder I didn't have sense to get somebody to watch 'em when they +went out," they heard her say. + +"She's betrayed us!" whispered Hugh. + +The General merely said, "Hush," and laid his hand firmly on the +nearest boy to keep him still. Lucy Ann led the soldiers into the +various chambers one after another. At last she opened the next room, +and, through the wall, the men in hiding heard the soldiers go in and +walk about. + +They estimated that there were at least half-a-dozen. + +"Isn't there a garret?" asked one of the searching party. + +"Nor, sir, 'tain't no garret, jes' a loft; but they ain't up there," +said Lucy Ann's voice. + +"We'll look for ourselves." They came out of the room. "Show us the +way." + +"Look here, if you tell us a lie, we'll hang you!" + +The voice of the officer was very stern. + +"I ain' gwine tell you no lie, Mister. What you reckon I wan' tell you +lie for? Dey ain' in the garret, I know,----Mister, please don't +p'int dem things at me. I's 'feared o' dem things," said the girl in a +slightly whimpering voice; "I gwine show you." + +She came straight down the passage toward the recess where the +fugitives were huddled, the men after her, their heavy steps echoing +through the house. The boys were trembling violently. The light, as +the searchers came nearer, fell on the wall, crept along it, until it +lighted up the whole alcove, except where they lay. The boys held +their breath. They could hear their hearts thumping. + +Lucy Ann stepped into the recess with her candle, and looked straight +at them. + +"They ain't in here," she exclaimed, suddenly putting her hand up +before the flame, as if to prevent it flaring, thus throwing the +alcove once more into darkness. "The trap-door to the garret's 'roun' +that a-way," she said to the soldiers, still keeping her position at +the narrow entrance, as if to let them pass. When they had all passed, +she followed them. + +The boys began to wriggle with delight, but the General's strong hand +kept them still. + +Naturally, the search in the garret proved fruitless, and the +hiding-party heard the squad swearing over their ill-luck as they came +back; while Lucy Ann loudly lamented not having sent some one to +follow the fugitives, and made a number of suggestions as to where +they had gone, and the probability of catching them if the soldiers +went at once in pursuit. + +"Did you look in here?" asked a soldier, approaching the alcove. + +"Yes, sir; they ain't in there." She snuffed the candle out suddenly +with her fingers. "Oh, oh!--my light done gone out! Mind! Let me go in +front and show you the way," she said; and, pressing before, she once +more led them along the passage. + +"Mind yo' steps; ken you see?" she asked. + +They went down stairs, while Lucy Ann gave them minute directions as +to how they might catch "Marse Hugh an' the Gen'l" at a certain place +a half-mile from the house (an unoccupied quarter), which she +carefully described. + +A further investigation ensued downstairs, but in a little while the +searchers went out of the house. Their tone had changed since their +disappointment, and loud threats floated up the dark stairway to the +prisoners still crouching in the little recess. + +In a few minutes the boys' Cousin Belle came rushing up stairs. + +"Now's your time! Come quick," she called; "they will be back +directly. Isn't she an angel!" The whole party sprang to their feet, +and ran down to the lower floor. + +"Oh, we were so frightened!" "Don't let them see you." "Make haste," +were the exclamations that greeted them as the two soldiers said their +good-byes and prepared to leave the house. + +"Go out by the side-door; that's your only chance. It's pitch-dark, +and the bushes will hide you. But where are you going?" + +"We are going to the boys' cave," said the General, buckling on his +pistol; "I know the way, and we'll get away as soon as these fellows +leave, if we cannot before." + +"God bless you!" said the ladies, pushing them away in dread of the +enemy's return. + +"Come on, General," called Hugh in an undertone. The General was +lagging behind a minute to say good-bye once more. He stooped suddenly +and kissed the boys' Cousin Belle before them all. + +"Good-bye. God bless you!" and he followed Hugh out of the window into +the darkness. The girl burst into tears and ran up to her room. + +A few seconds afterward the house was once more filled with the enemy, +growling at their ill-luck in having so narrowly missed the prize. + +"We'll catch 'em yet," said the leader. + + + + +CHAPTER XV. + + +The raiders were up early next morning scouring the woods and country +around. They knew that the fugitive soldiers could not have gone far, +for the Federals had every road picketed, and their main body was not +far away. As the morning wore on, it became a grave question at +Oakland how the two soldiers were to subsist. They had no provisions +with them, and the roads were so closely watched that there was no +chance of their obtaining any. The matter was talked over, and the +boys' mother and Cousin Belle were in despair. + +"They can eat their shoes," said Willy, reflectively. + +The ladies exclaimed in horror. + +"That's what men always do when they get lost in a wilderness where +there is no game." + +This piece of information from Willy did not impress his hearers as +much as he supposed it would. + +"I'll tell you! Let me and Frank go and carry 'em something to eat!" + +"How do you know where they are?" + +"They are at our Robber's Cave, aren't they, Cousin Belle? We told +the General yesterday how to get there, didn't we?" + +"Yes, and he said last night that he would go there." + +Willy's idea seemed a good one, and the offer was accepted. The boys +were to go out as if to see the troops, and were to take as much food +as they thought could pass for their luncheon. Their mother cooked and +put up a luncheon large enough to have satisfied the appetites of two +young Brobdingnagians, and they set out on their relief expedition. + +The two sturdy little figures looked full of importance as they strode +off up the road. They carried many loving messages. Their Cousin Belle +gave to each separately a long whispered message which each by himself +was to deliver to the General. It was thought best not to hazard a +note. + +They were watched by the ladies from the portico until they +disappeared over the hill. They took a path which led into the woods, +and walked cautiously for fear some of the raiders might be lurking +about. However, the boys saw none of the enemy, and in a little while +they came to a point where the pines began. Then they turned into the +woods, for the pines were so thick the boys could not be seen, and the +pine tags made it so soft under foot that they could walk without +making any noise. + +They were pushing their way through the bushes, when Frank suddenly +stopped. + +"Hush!" he said. + +Willy halted and listened. + +"There they are." + +From a little distance to one side, in the direction of the path they +had just left, they heard the trampling of a number of horses' feet. + +"That's not our men," said Willy. "Hugh and the General haven't any +horses." + +"No; that's the Yankees," said Frank. "Let's lie down. They may hear +us." + +The boys flung themselves upon the ground and almost held their breath +until the horses had passed out of hearing. + +"Do you reckon they are hunting for us?" asked Willy in an awed +whisper. + +"No, for Hugh and the General. Come on." + +They rose, went tipping a little deeper into the pines, and again made +their way toward the cave. + +"Maybe they've caught 'em," suggested Willy. + +"They can't catch 'em in these pines," replied Frank. "You can't see +any distance at all. A horse can't get through, and the General and +Hugh could shoot 'em, and then get away before they could catch 'em." + +They hurried on. + +"Frank, suppose they take us for Yankees?" + +Evidently Willy's mind had been busy since Frank's last speech. + +"They aren't going to shoot _us_," said Frank; but it was an +unpleasant suggestion, for they were not very far from the dense clump +of pines between two gullies, which the boys called their cave. + +"We can whistle," he said, presently. + +"Won't Hugh and the General think we are enemies trying to surround +them?" Willy objected. The dilemma was a serious one. "We'll have to +crawl up," said Frank, after a pause. + +And this was agreed upon. They were soon on the edge of the deep gully +which, on one side, protected the spot from all approach. They +scrambled down its steep side and began to creep along, peeping over +its other edge from time to time, to see if they could discover the +clearing which marked the little green spot on top of the hill, where +once had stood an old cabin. The base of the ruined chimney, with its +immense fire-place, constituted the boys' "cave." They were close to +it, now, and felt themselves to be in imminent danger of a sweeping +fusillade. They had just crept up to the top of the ravine and were +consulting, when some one immediately behind them, not twenty feet +away, called out: + +"Hello! What are you boys doing here? Are you trying to capture us?" + +They jumped at the unexpected voice. The General broke into a laugh. +He had been sitting on the ground on the other side of the declivity, +and had been watching their manoeuvres for some time. + +He brought them to the house-spot where Hugh was asleep on the ground; +he had been on watch all the morning, and, during the General's turn, +was making up for his lost sleep. He was soon wide awake enough, and +he and the General, with appetites bearing witness to their long fast, +were without delay engaged in disposing of the provisions which the +boys had brought. + +The boys were delighted with the mystery of their surroundings. Each +in turn took the General aside and held a long interview with him, and +gave him all their Cousin Belle's messages. No one had ever treated +them with such consideration as the General showed them. The two men +asked the boys all about the dispositions of the enemy, but the boys +had little to tell. + +"They are after us pretty hotly," said the General. "I think they are +going away shortly. It's nothing but a raid, and they are moving on. +We must get back to camp to-night." + +"How are you going?" asked the boys. "You haven't any horses." + +"We are going to get some of their horses," said the officer. "They +have taken ours--now they must furnish us with others." + +It was about time for the boys to start for home. The General took +each of them aside, and talked for a long time. He was speaking to +Willy, on the edge of the clearing, when there was a crack of a twig +in the pines. In a second he had laid the boy on his back in the soft +grass and whipped out a pistol. Then, with a low, quick call to Hugh, +he sprang swiftly into the pines toward the sound. + +"Crawl down into the ravine, boys," called Hugh, following his +companion. The boys rolled down over the bank like little ground-hogs; +but in a second they heard a familiar drawling voice call out in a +subdued tone: + +"Hold on, Cunnel! it's nobody but me; don't you know me?" And, in a +moment, they heard the General's astonished and somewhat stern reply: + +"Mills, what are you doing here? Who's with you? What do you want?" + +"Well," said the new-comer, slowly, "I 'lowed I'd come to see if I +could be o' any use to you. I heard the Yankees had run you 'way from +Oakland last night, and was sort o' huntin' for you. Fact is, they's +been up my way, and I sort o' 'lowed I'd come an' see ef I could help +you git back to camp." + +"Where have you been all this time? I wonder you are not ashamed to +look me in the face!" + +The General's voice was still stern. He had turned around and walked +back to the cleared space. + +The deserter scratched his head in perplexity. + +"I needn' 'a' come," he said, doggedly. "Where's them boys? I don' +want the boys hurted. I seen 'em comin' here, an' I jes' followed 'em +to see they didn't get in no trouble. But----" + +This speech about the boys effected what the offer of personal service +to the General himself had failed to bring about. + +"Sit down and let me talk to you," said the General, throwing himself +on the grass. + +Mills seated himself cross-legged near the officer, with his gun +across his knees, and began to bite a straw which he pulled from a +tuft by his side. + +The boys had come up out of their retreat, and taken places on each +side of the General. + +"You all take to grass like young partridges," said the hunter. The +boys were flattered, for they considered any notice from him a +compliment. + +"What made you fool us, and send us to catch that conscript-guard?" +Frank asked. + +"Well, you ketched him, didn't you? You're the only ones ever been +able to ketch him," he said, with a low chuckle. + +"Now, Mills, you know how things stand," said the General. "It's a +shame for you to have been acting this way. You know what people say +about you. But if you come back to camp and do your duty, I'll have it +all straightened out. If you don't, I'll have you shot." + +His voice was as calm and his manner as composed as if he were +promising the man opposite him a reward for good conduct. He looked +Mills steadily in the eyes all the time. The boys felt as if their +friend were about to be executed. The General seemed an immeasurable +distance above them. + +The deserter blinked twice or thrice, slowly bit his shred of straw, +looked casually first toward one boy and then toward the other, but +without the slightest change of expression in his face. + +"Cun'l," he said, at length, "I ain't no deserter. I ain't feared of +bein' shot. Ef I was, I wouldn' 'a' come here now. I'm gwine wid you, +an' I'm gwine back to my company; an' I'm gwine fight, ef Yankees gits +in my way; but ef I gits tired, I's comin' home; an' 'tain't no use to +tell you I ain't, 'cause I _is_,--an' ef anybody flings up to me that +I's a-runnin' away, I'm gwine to kill 'em!" + +He rose to his feet in the intensity of his feeling, and his eyes, +usually so dull, were like live coals. + +The General looked at him quietly a few seconds, then himself arose +and laid his hand on Tim Mills' shoulder. + +"All right," he said. + +"I got a little snack M'lindy put up," said Mills, pulling a +substantial bundle out of his game-bag. "I 'lowed maybe you might be +sort o' hongry. Jes' two or three squirrels I shot," he said, +apologetically. + +"You boys better git 'long home, I reckon," said Mills to Willy. "You +ain' 'fraid, is you? 'Cause if you is, I'll go with you." + +His voice had resumed its customary drawl. + +"Oh, no," said both boys, eagerly. "We aren't afraid." + +"An' tell your ma I ain' let nobody tetch nothin' on the Oakland +plantation; not sence that day you all went huntin' deserters; not if +I knowed 'bout it." + +"Yes, sir." + +"An' tell her I'm gwine take good keer o' Hugh an' the Cunnel. +Good-bye!--now run along!" + +"All right, sir,--good-bye." + +"An' ef you hear anybody say Tim Mills is a d'serter, tell 'em it's a +lie, an' you know it. Good-bye." He turned away as if relieved. + +The boys said good-bye to all three, and started in the direction of +home. + + + + +CHAPTER XVI. + + +After crossing the gully, and walking on through the woods for what +they thought a safe distance, they turned into the path. + +They were talking very merrily about the General and Hugh and their +friend Mills, and were discussing some romantic plan for the recapture +of their horses from the enemy, when they came out of the path into +the road, and found themselves within twenty yards of a group of +Federal soldiers, quietly sitting on their horses, evidently guarding +the road. + +The sight of the blue-coats made the boys jump. They would have crept +back, but it was too late--they caught the eye of the man nearest +them. They ceased talking as suddenly as birds in the trees stop +chirruping when the hawk sails over; and when one Yankee called to +them, in a stern tone, "Halt there!" and started to come toward them, +their hearts were in their mouths. + +"Where are you boys going?" he asked, as he came up to them. + +"Going home." + +"Where do you belong?" + +"Over there--at Oakland," pointing in the direction of their home, +which seemed suddenly to have moved a thousand miles aways. + +"Where have you been?" The other soldiers had come up now. + +"Been down this way." The boys' voices were never so meek before. Each +reply was like an apology. + +"Been to see your brother?" asked one who had not spoken before--a +pleasant-looking fellow. The boys looked at him. They were paralyzed +by dread of the approaching question. + +"Now, boys, we know where you have been," said a small fellow, who +wore a yellow chevron on his arm. He had a thin moustache and a sharp +nose, and rode a wiry, dull sorrel horse. "You may just as well tell +us all about it. We know you've been to see 'em, and we are going to +make you carry us where they are." + +"No, we ain't," said Frank, doggedly. + +Willy expressed his determination also. + +"If you don't it's going to be pretty bad for you," said the little +corporal. He gave an order to two of the men, who sprang from their +horses, and, catching Frank, swung him up behind another cavalryman. +The boy's face was very pale, but he bit his lip. + +"Go ahead," continued the corporal to a number of his men, who started +down the path. "You four men remain here till we come back," he said +to the men on the ground, and to two others on horseback. "Keep him +here," jerking his thumb toward Willy, whose face was already burning +with emotion. + +"I'm going with Frank," said Willy. "Let me go." This to the man who +had hold of him by the arm. "Frank, make him let me go," he shouted, +bursting into tears, and turning on his captor with all his little +might. + +"Willy, he's not goin' to hurt you,--don't you tell!" called Frank, +squirming until he dug his heels so into the horse's flanks that the +horse began to kick up. + +"Keep quiet, Johnny; he's not goin' to hurt him," said one of the men, +kindly. He had a brown beard and shining white teeth. + +They rode slowly down the narrow path, the dragoon holding Frank by +the leg. Deep down in the woods, beyond a small branch, the path +forked. + +"Which way?" asked the corporal, stopping and addressing Frank. + +Frank set his mouth tight and looked him in the eyes. + +"Which is it?" the corporal repeated. + +"I ain't going to tell," said he, firmly. + +"Look here, Johnny; we've got you, and we are going to make you tell +us; so you might just as well do it, easy. If you don't, we're goin' +to make you." + +The boy said nothing. + +[Illustration: THE BOY FACED HIS CAPTOR, WHO HELD A STRAP IN ONE +HAND.] + +"You men dismount. Stubbs, hold the horses." He himself dismounted, +and three others did the same, giving their horses to a fourth. + +"Get down!"--this to Frank and the soldier behind whom he was riding. +The soldier dismounted, and the boy slipped off after him and faced +his captor, who held a strap in one hand. + +"Are you goin' to tell us?" he asked. + +"No." + +"Don't you know?" He came a step nearer, and held the strap forward. +There was a long silence. The boy's face paled perceptibly, but took +on a look as if the proceedings were indifferent to him. + +"If you say you don't know"--said the man, hesitating in face of the +boy's resolution. "Don't you know where they are?" + +"Yes, I know; but I ain't goin' to tell you," said Frank, bursting +into tears. + +"The little Johnny's game," said the soldier who had told him the +others were not going to hurt Willy. The corporal said something to +this man in an undertone, to which he replied: + +"You can try, but it isn't going to do any good. I don't half like it, +anyway." + +Frank had stopped crying after his first outburst. + +"If you don't tell, we are going to shoot you," said the little +soldier, drawing his pistol. + +The boy shut his mouth close, and looked straight at the corporal. The +man laid down his pistol, and, seizing Frank, drew his hands behind +him, and tied them. + +"Get ready, men," he said, as he drew the boy aside to a small tree, +putting him with his back to it. + +Frank thought his hour had come. He thought of his mother and Willy, +and wondered if the soldiers would shoot Willy, too. His face twitched +and grew ghastly white. Then he thought of his father, and of how +proud he would be of his son's bravery when he should hear of it. This +gave him strength. + +"The knot--hurts my hands," he said. + +The man leaned over and eased it a little. + +"I wasn't crying because I was scared," said Frank. + +The kind looking fellow turned away. + +"Now, boys, get ready," said the corporal, taking up his pistol. + +How large it looked to Frank. He wondered where the bullets would hit +him, and if the wounds would bleed, and whether he would be left alone +all night out there in the woods, and if his mother would come and +kiss him. + +"I want to say my prayers," he said, faintly. + +The soldier made some reply which he could not hear, and the man with +the beard started forward; but just then all grew dark before his +eyes. + +Next, he thought he must have been shot, for he felt wet about his +face, and was lying down. He heard some one say, "He's coming to," and +another replied, "Thank God!" + +He opened his eyes. He was lying beside the little branch with his +head in the lap of the big soldier with the beard, and the little +corporal was leaning over him throwing water in his face from a cap. +The others were standing around. + +"What's the matter?" asked Frank. + +"That's all right," said the little corporal, kindly. "We were just +a-foolin' a bit with you, Johnny." + +"We never meant to hurt you," said the other. "You feel better now?" + +"Yes, where's Willy?" He was too tired to move. + +"He's all right. We'll take you to him." + +"Am I shot?" asked Frank. + +"No! Do you think we'd have touched a hair of your head--and you such +a brave little fellow? We were just trying to scare you a bit and +carried it too far, and you got a little faint,--that's all." + +The voice was so kindly that Frank was encouraged to sit up. + +"Can you walk now?" asked the corporal, helping him and steadying him +as he rose to his feet. + +"I'll take him," said the big fellow, and before the boy could move, +he had stooped, taken Frank in his arms, and was carrying him back +toward the place where they had left Willy, while the others followed +after with the horses. + +"I can walk," said Frank. + +"No, I'll carry you, b-bless your heart!" + +The boy did not know that the big dragoon was looking down at the +light hair resting on his arm, and that while he trod the Virginia +wood-path, in fancy he was home in Delaware; or that the pressure the +boy felt from his strong arms, was a caress given for the sake of +another boy far away on the Brandywine. A little while before they +came in sight Frank asked to be put down. + +The soldier gently set him on his feet, and before he let him go +kissed him. + +"I've got a curly-headed fellow at home, just the size of you," he +said softly. + +Frank saw that his eyes were moist. "I hope you'll get safe back to +him," he said. + +"God grant it!" said the soldier. + +When they reached the squad at the gate, they found Willy still in +much distress on Frank's account; but he wiped his eyes when his +brother reappeared, and listened with pride to the soldiers' praise +of Frank's "grit," as they called it. When they let the boys go, the +little corporal wished Frank to accept a five-dollar gold piece; but +he politely declined it. + + + + +CHAPTER XVII. + + +The story of Frank's adventure and courage was the talk of all the +Oakland plantation. His mother and Cousin Belle both kissed him, and +called him their little hero. Willy also received a full share of +praise for his courage. + +About noon there was great commotion among the troops. They were far +more numerous than they had been in the morning, and instead of riding +about the woods in small bodies, hunting for the concealed soldiers, +they were collecting together and preparing to move. + +It was learned that a considerable body of cavalry was passing down +the road by Trinity Church, and that the depot had been burnt again +the night before. Somehow, a rumor got about that the Confederates +were following up the raiders. + +In an hour most of the soldiers went away, but a number still stayed +on. Their horses were picketed about the yard feeding; and they +themselves lounged around, making themselves at home in the house, and +pulling to pieces the things that were left. They were not, however, +as wanton in their destruction as the first set, who had passed by the +year before. + +Among those who yet remained were the little corporal, and the big +young soldier who had been so kind to Frank. They were in the +rear-guard. At length the last man rode off. + +The boys had gone in and out among them, without being molested. Now +and then some rough fellow would swear at them, but for the most part +their intercourse with the boys was friendly. When, therefore, they +rode off, the boys were allowed by their mother to go and see the main +body. + +Peter and Cole were with them. They took the main road and followed +along, picking up straps, and cartridges, and all those miscellaneous +things dropped by a large body of troops as they pass along. + +Cartridges were very valuable, as they furnished the only powder and +shot the boys could get for hunting, and their supply was out. These +were found in unusual numbers. The boys filled their pockets, and +finally filled their sleeves, tying them tightly at the wrist with +strings, so that the contents would not spill out. One of the boys +found even an old pistol, which was considered a great treasure. He +bore it proudly in his belt, and was envied by all the others. + +It was quite late in the afternoon when they thought of turning toward +home, their pockets and sleeves bagging down with the heavy +musket-cartridges. They left the Federal rear-guard feeding their +horses at a great white pile of corn which had been thrown out of the +corn-house of a neighbor, and was scattered all over the ground. + +They crossed a field, descended a hill, and took the main road at its +foot, just as a body of cavalry came in sight. A small squad, riding +some little distance in advance of the main body, had already passed +by. These were Confederates. The first man they saw, at the head of +the column by the colonel, was the General, and a little behind him +was none other than Hugh on a gray roan; while not far down the column +rode their friend Tim Mills, looking rusty and sleepy as usual. + +"Goodness! Why, here are the General and Hugh! How in the world did +you get away?" exclaimed the boys. + +They learned that it was a column of cavalry following the line of the +raid, and that the General and Hugh had met them and volunteered. The +soldiers greeted the boys cordially. + +"The Yankees are right up there," said the youngsters. + +"Where? How many? What are they doing?" asked the General. + +"A whole pack of 'em--right up there at the stables, and all about, +feeding their horses and sitting all around, and ever so many more +have gone along down the road." + +"Fling the fence down there!" The boys pitched down the rails in two +or three places. An order was passed back, and in an instant a stir +of preparation was noticed all down the line of horsemen. + +A courier galloped up the road to recall the advance-guard. The head +of the column passed through the gap, and, without waiting for the +others, dashed up the hill at a gallop--the General and the colonel a +score of yards ahead of any of the others. + +"Let's go and see the fight!" cried the boys; and the whole set +started back up the hill as fast as their legs could carry them. + +"S'pose they shoot! Won't they shoot us?" asked one of the negro boys, +in some apprehension. This, though before unthought of, was a +possibility, and for a moment brought them down to a slower pace. + +"We can lie flat and peep over the top of the hill." This was Frank's +happy thought, and the party started ahead again. "Let's go around +that way." They made a little detour. + +Just before they reached the crest they heard a shot, "bang!" +immediately followed by another, "bang!" and in a second more a +regular volley began, and was kept up. + +They reached the crest of the hill in time to see the Confederates +gallop up the slope toward the stables, firing their pistols at the +blue-coats, who were forming in the edge of a little wood, over beyond +a fence, from the other side of which the smoke of their carbines was +rolling. They had evidently started on just as the boys left, and +before the Confederates came in sight. + +The boys saw their friends dash at this fence, and could distinguish +the General and Hugh, who were still in the lead. Their horses took +the fence, going over like birds, and others followed,--Tim Mills +among them,--while yet more went through a gate a few yards to one +side. + +"Look at Hugh! Look at Hugh!" + +"Look! That horse has fallen down!" cried one of the boys, as a horse +went down just at the entrance of the wood, rolling over his rider. + +"He's shot!" exclaimed Frank, for neither horse nor rider attempted to +rise. + +"See; they are running!" + +The little squad of blue-coats were retiring into the woods, with the +grays closely pressing them. + +"Let's cut across and see 'em run 'em over the bridge." + +"Come on!" + +All the little group of spectators, white and black, started as hard +as they could go for a path they knew, which led by a short cut +through the little piece of woods. Beyond lay a field divided by a +stream, a short distance on the other side of which was a large body +of woods. + +The popping was still going on furiously in the woods, and bullets +were "zoo-ing" over the fields. But the boys could not see anything, +and they did not think about the flying balls. + +They were all excitement at the idea of "our men" whipping the enemy, +and they ran with all their might to be in time to see them "chase 'em +across the field." + +The road on which the skirmish took place, and down which the Federal +rear-guard had retreated, made a sharp curve beyond the woods, around +the bend of a little stream crossed by a small bridge; and the boys, +in taking the short cut, had placed the road between themselves and +home; but they did not care about that, for their men were driving the +others. They "just wanted to see it." + +They reached the edge of the field in time to see that the Yankees +were on the other side of the stream. They knew them to be where puffs +of smoke came out of the opposite wood. And the Confederates had +stopped beyond the bridge, and were halted, in some confusion, in the +field. + +The firing was very sharp, and bullets were singing in every +direction. Then the Confederates got together, and went as hard as +they could right at them up to the wood, all along the edge of which +the smoke was pouring in continuous puffs and with a rattle of shots. +They saw several horses fall as the Confederates galloped on, but the +smoke hid most of it. Next they saw a long line of fire appear in the +smoke on both sides of the road, where it entered the wood; then the +Confederates stopped, and became all mixed up; a number of horses +galloped away without their riders, another line of white and red +flame came out of the woods, the Confederates began to come back, +leaving many horses on the ground, and a body of cavalry in blue coats +poured out of the wood in pursuit. + +"Look! look! They are running--they are beating our men!" exclaimed +the boys. "They have driven 'em back across the bridge!" + +"How many of them there are!" + +"What shall we do? Suppose they see us!" + +"Come on, Mah'srs Frank 'n' Willy, let's go home," said the colored +boys. "They'll shoot us." + +The fight was now in the woods which lay between the boys and their +home. But just then the gray-coats got together, again turned at the +edge of the wood, and dashed back on their pursuers, and--the smoke +and bushes on the stream hid everything. In a second more both emerged +on the other side of the smoke and went into the woods on the further +edge of the field, all in confusion, and leaving on the ground more +horses and men than before. + +"What's them things 'zip-zippin' 'round my ears?" asked one of the +negro boys. + +"Bullets," said Frank, proud of his knowledge. + +"Will they hurt me if they hit me?" + +[Illustration: "LOOK! LOOK! THEY ARE RUNNING! THEY ARE BEATING OUR +MEN!" EXCLAIMED THE BOYS.] + +"Of course they will. They'll kill you." + +"I'm gwine home," said the boy, and off he started at a trot. + +"Hold on!--We're goin', too; but let's go down this way; this is the +best way." + +They went along the edge of the field, toward the point in the road +where the skirmish had been and where the Confederates had rallied. +They stopped to listen to the popping in the woods on the other side, +and were just saying how glad they were that "our men had whipped +them," when a soldier came along. + +"What in the name of goodness are you boys doing here?" he asked. + +"We're just looking on an' lis'ning," answered the boys meekly. + +"Well, you'd better be getting home as fast as you can. They are too +strong for us, and they'll be driving us back directly, and some of +you may get killed or run over." + +This was dreadful! Such an idea had never occurred to the boys. A +panic took possession of them. + +"Come on! Let's go home!" This was the universal idea, and in a second +the whole party were cutting straight for home, utterly stampeded. + +They could readily have found shelter and security back over the hill, +from the flying balls; but they preferred to get home, and they made +straight for it. The popping of the guns, which still kept up in the +woods across the little river, now meant to them that the victorious +Yankees were driving back their friends. They believed that the +bullets which now and then yet whistled over the woods with a long, +singing "zoo-ee," were aimed at them. For their lives, then, they ran, +expecting to be killed every minute. + +The load of cartridges in their pockets, which they had carried for +hours, weighed them down. As they ran they threw these out. Then +followed those in their sleeves. Frank and the other boys easily got +rid of theirs, but Willy had tied the strings around his wrists in +such hard knots that he could not possibly untie them. He was falling +behind. + +Frank heard him call. Without slacking his speed he looked back over +his shoulder. Willy's face was red, and his mouth was twitching. He +was sobbing a little, and was tearing at the strings with his teeth as +he ran. Then the strings came loose one after the other, the +cartridges were shaken out over the ground, and Willy's face at once +cleared up as he ran forward lightened of his load. + +They had passed almost through the narrow skirt of woods where the +first attack was made, when they heard some one not far from the side +of the road call, "Water!" + +The boys stopped. "What's that?" they asked each other in a startled +undertone. A groan came from the same direction, and a voice said, +"Oh, for some water!" + +A short, whispered consultation was held. + +"He's right up on that bank. There's a road up there." + +Frank advanced a little; a man was lying somewhat propped up against a +tree. His eyes were closed, and there was a ghastly wound in his head. + +"Willy, it's a Yankee, and he's shot." + +"Is he dead?" asked the others, in awed voices. + +"No. Let's ask him if he's hurt much." + +They all approached him. His eyes were shut and his face was ashy +white. + +"Willy, it's _my_ Yankee!" exclaimed Frank. + +The wounded man moved his hand at the sound of the voices. + +"Water," he murmured. "Bring me water, for pity's sake!" + +"I'll get you some,--don't you know me? Let me have your canteen," +said Frank, stooping and taking hold of the canteen. It was held by +its strap; but the boy whipped out a knife and cut it loose. + +The man tried to speak; but the boys could not understand him. + +"Where are you goin' get it, Frank?" asked the other boys. + +"At the branch down there that runs into the creek." + +"The Yankees'll shoot you down there," objected Peter and Willy. + +"_I_ ain' gwine that way," said Cole. + +The soldier groaned. + +"_I'll_ go with you, Frank," said Willy, who could not stand the sight +of the man's suffering. + +"We'll be back directly." + +The two boys darted off, the others following them at a little +distance. They reached the open field. The shooting was still going on +in the woods on the other side, but they no longer thought of it. They +ran down the hill and dashed across the little flat to the branch at +the nearest point, washed the blood from the canteen, and filled it +with the cool water. + +"I wish we had something to wash his face with," sighed Willy, "but I +haven't got a handkerchief." + +"Neither have I." Willy looked thoughtful. A second more and he had +stripped off his light sailor's jacket and dipped it in the water. The +next minute the two boys were running up the hill again. + +When they reached the spot where the wounded man lay, he had slipped +down and was flat on the ground. His feeble voice still called for +water, but was much weaker than before. Frank stooped and held the +canteen to the man's lips, and he drank. Then Willy and Frank, +together, bathed his face with the still dripping cotton jacket. This +revived him somewhat; but he did not recognize them and talked +incoherently. They propped up his head. + +"Frank, it's getting mighty late, and we've got to go home," said +Willy. + +The boys' voice or words reached the ears of the wounded man. + +"Take me home," he murmured; "I want some water from the well by the +dairy." + +"Give him some more water." + +Willy lifted the canteen. "Here it is." + +The soldier swallowed with difficulty. + +He could not raise his hand now. There was a pause. The boys stood +around, looking down on him. "I've come back home," he said. His eyes +were closed. + +"He's dreaming," whispered Willy. + +"Did you ever see anybody die?" asked Frank, in a low tone. + +Willy's face paled. + +"No, Frank; let's go home and tell somebody." + +Frank stooped and touched the soldier's face. He was talking all the +time now, though they could not understand everything he said. The +boy's touch seemed to rouse him. + +"It's bedtime," he said, presently. "Kneel down and say your prayers +for Father." + +"Willy, let's say our prayers for him," whispered Frank. + +"I can say, 'Now I lay me.'" But before he could begin, + +"'Now I lay me down to sleep,'" said the soldier tenderly. The boys +followed him, thinking he had heard them. They did not know that he +was saying--for one whom but that morning he had called "his +curly-head at home"--the prayer that is common to Virginia and to +Delaware, to North and to South, and which no wars can silence and no +victories cause to be forgotten. + +The soldier's voice now was growing almost inaudible. He spoke between +long-drawn breaths. + +"'If I should die before I wake.'" + +"'If I should die before I wake,'" they repeated, and continued the +prayer. + +"'And this I ask for Jesus' sake,'" said the boys, ending. There was a +long pause. Frank stroked the pale face softly with his hands. + +"'And this I ask for Jesus' sake,'" whispered the lips. Then, very +softly, "Kiss me good-night." + +"Kiss him, Frank." + +The boy stooped over and kissed the lips that had kissed him in the +morning. Willy kissed him, also. The lips moved in a faint smile. + +"God bless----" + +The boys waited,--but that was all. The dusk settled down in the +woods. The prayer was ended. + +"He's dead," said Frank, in deep awe. + +"Frank, aren't you mighty sorry?" asked Willy in a trembling voice. +Then he suddenly broke out crying. + +"I don't want him to die! I don't want him to die!" + + + + +CHAPTER XVIII. + + +When the boys reached home it was pitch-dark. They found their mother +very anxious about them. They gave an account of the "battle," as they +called it, telling all about the charge, in which, by their statement, +the General and Hugh did wonderful deeds. Their mother and Cousin +Belle sat and listened with tightly folded hands and blanched faces. + +Then they told how they found the wounded Yankee soldier on the bank, +and about his death. They were startled by seeing their Cousin Belle +suddenly fall on her knees and throw herself across their mother's lap +in a passion of tears. Their mother put her arms around the young +girl, kissed and soothed her. + +Early the next morning their mother had an ox-cart (the only vehicle +left on the place), sent down to the spot to bring the body of the +soldier up to Oakland, so that it might be buried in the grave-yard +there. Carpenter William made the coffin, and several men were set to +work to dig the grave in the garden. + +It was about the middle of the day when the cart came back. A sheet +covered the body. The little cortege was a very solemn one, the +steers pulling slowly up the hill and a man walking on each side. Then +the body was put into the coffin and reverently carried to the grave. +The boys' mother read the burial service out of the prayer-book, and +afterward Uncle William Slow offered a prayer. Just as they were about +to turn away, the boys' mother began to sing, "Abide with me; fast +falls the eventide." She and Cousin Belle and the boys sang the hymn +together, and then all walked sadly away, leaving the fresh mound in +the garden, where birds peeped curiously from the lilac-bushes at the +soldier's grave in the warm, light of the afternoon sun. + +A small packet of letters and a gold watch and chain, found in the +soldier's pocket, were sealed up by the boys' mother and put in her +bureau drawer, for they could not then be sent through the lines. +There was one letter, however, which they buried with him. It +contained two locks of hair, one gray, the other brown and curly. + + * * * * * + +The next few months brought no new incidents, but the following year +deep gloom fell upon Oakland. It was not only that the times were +harder than they had ever been--though the plantation was now utterly +destitute; there were no provisions and no crops, for there were no +teams. It was not merely that a shadow was settling down on all the +land; for the boys did not trouble themselves about these things, +though such anxieties were bringing gray hairs to their mother's +temples. + +The General had been wounded and captured during a cavalry fight. The +boys somehow connected their Cousin Belle with the General's capture, +and looked on her with some disfavor. She and the General had +quarrelled a short time before, and it was known that she had returned +his ring. When, therefore, he was shot through the body and taken by +the enemy, the boys could not admit that their cousin had any right to +stay up-stairs in her own room weeping about it. They felt that it was +all her own fault, and they told her so; whereupon she simply burst +out crying and ran from the room. + +The hard times grew harder. The shadow deepened. Hugh was wounded and +captured in a charge at Petersburg, and it was not known whether he +was badly hurt or not. Then came the news that Richmond had been +evacuated. The boys knew that this was a defeat; but even then they +did not believe that the Confederates were beaten. Their mother was +deeply affected by the news. + +That night at least a dozen of the negroes disappeared. The other +servants said the missing ones had gone to Richmond "to get their +papers." + +A week or so later the boys heard the rumor that General Lee had +surrendered at a place called Appomattox. When they came home and told +their mother what they had heard, she turned as pale as death, arose, +and went into her chamber. The news was corroborated next day. During +the following two days, every negro on the plantation left, excepting +lame old Sukey Brown. Some of them came and said they had to go to +Richmond, that "the word had come" for them. Others, including even +Uncle Balla and Lucy Ann, slipped away by night. + +After that their mother had to cook, and the boys milked and did the +heavier work. The cooking was not much trouble, however, for +black-eyed pease were about all they had to eat. + +One afternoon, the second day after the news of Lee's surrender, the +boys, who had gone to drive up the cows to be milked, saw two +horsemen, one behind the other, coming slowly down the road on the far +hill. The front horse was white, and, as their father rode a white +horse, they ran toward the house to carry the news. Their mother and +Cousin Belle, however, having seen the horsemen, were waiting on the +porch as the men came through the middle gate and rode across the +field. + +It was their father and his body-servant, Ralph, who had been with him +all through the war. They came slowly up the hill; the horses limping +and fagged, the riders dusty and drooping. + +It seemed like a funeral. The boys were near the steps, and their +mother stood on the portico with her forehead resting against a +pillar. No word was spoken. Into the yard they rode at a walk, and up +to the porch. Then their father, who had not once looked up, put both +hands to his face, slipped from his horse, and walked up the steps, +tears running down his cheeks, and took their mother into his arms. It +_was_ a funeral--the Confederacy was dead. + +A little later, their father, who had been in the house, came out on +the porch near where Ralph still stood holding the horses. + +"Take off the saddles, Ralph, and turn the horses out," he said. + +Ralph did so. + +"Here,--here's my last dollar. You have been a faithful servant to me. +Put the saddles on the porch." It was done. "You are free," he said to +the black, and then he walked back into the house. + +Ralph stood where he was for some minutes without moving a muscle. His +eyes blinked mechanically. Then he looked at the door and at the +windows above him. Suddenly he seemed to come to himself. Turning +slowly, he walked solemnly out of the yard. + + + + +CHAPTER XIX. + + +The boys' Uncle William came the next day. The two weeks which +followed were the hardest the boys had ever known. As yet nothing had +been heard of Hugh or the General, though the boys' father went to +Richmond to see whether they had been released. + +The family lived on corn-bread and black-eyed pease. There was not a +mouthful of meat on the plantation. A few aged animals were all that +remained on the place. + +The boys' mother bought a little sugar and made some cakes, and the +boys, day after day, carried them over to the depot and left them with +a man there to be sold. Such a thing had never been known before in +the history of the family. + +A company of Yankees were camped very near, but they did not interfere +with the boys. They bought the cakes and paid for them in greenbacks, +which were the first new money they had at Oakland. One day the boys +were walking along the road, coming back from the camp, when they met +a little old one-horse wagon driven by a man who lived near the depot. +In it were a boy about Willy's size and an old lady with white hair, +both in deep mourning. The boy was better dressed than any boy they +had ever seen. They were strangers. + +The boys touched their limp little hats to the lady, and felt somewhat +ashamed of their own patched clothes in the presence of the +well-dressed stranger. Frank and Willy passed on. They happened to +look back. The wagon stopped just then, and the lady called them: + +"Little boys!" + +They halted and returned. + +"We are looking for my son; and this gentleman tells me that you live +about here, and know more of the country than any one else I may +meet." + +"Do you know where any graves is?--Yankee graves?" asked the driver, +cutting matters short. + +"Yes, there are several down on the road by Pigeon Hill, where the +battle was, and two or three by the creek down yonder, and there's one +in our garden." + +"Where was your son killed, ma'am? Do you know that he was killed?" +asked the driver. + +"I do not know. We fear that he was; but, of course, we still hope +there may have been some mistake. The last seen of him was when +General Sheridan went through this country, last year. He was with his +company in the rear-guard, and was wounded and left on the field. We +hoped he might have been found in one of the prisons; but there is no +trace of him, and we fear----" + +[Illustration: THE BOYS SELL THEIR CAKES TO THE YANKEES.] + +She broke down and began to cry. "He was my only son," she sobbed, "my +only son--and I gave him up for the Union, and----" She could say no +more. + +Her distress affected the boys deeply. + +"If I could but find his grave. Even that would be better than this +agonizing suspense." + +"What was your son's name?" asked the boys, gently. + +She told them. + +"Why, that's our soldier!" exclaimed both boys. + +"Do you know him?" she asked eagerly. "Is--? Is----?" Her voice +refused to frame the fearful question. + +"Yes'm. In our garden," said the boys, almost inaudibly. + +The mother bent her head over on her grandson's shoulder and wept +aloud. Awful as the suspense had been, now that the last hope was +removed the shock was terrible. She gave a stifled cry, then wept with +uncontrollable grief. + +The boys, with pale faces and eyes moist with sympathy, turned away +their heads and stood silent. At length she grew calmer. + +"Won't you come home with us? Our father and mother will be so glad to +have you," they said hospitably. + +After questioning them a little further, she decided to go. The boys +climbed into the back of the wagon. As they went along, the boys told +her all about her son,--his carrying Frank, their finding him wounded +near the road, and about his death and burial. + +"He was a real brave soldier," they told her consolingly. + +As they approached the house, she asked whether they could give her +grandson something to eat. + +"Oh, yes, indeed. Certainly," they answered. Then, thinking perhaps +they were raising her hopes too high, they exclaimed apologetically: + +"We haven't got much. We didn't kill any squirrels this morning. Both +our guns are broken and don't shoot very well, now." + +She was much impressed by the appearance of the place, which looked +very beautiful among the trees. + +"Oh, yes, they're big folks," said the driver. + +She would have waited at the gate when they reached the house, but the +boys insisted that they all should come in at once. One of them ran +forward and, meeting his mother just coming out to the porch, told who +the visitor was. + +Their mother instantly came down the steps and walked toward the gate. +The women met face to face. There was no introduction. None was +needed. + +"My son----" faltered the elder lady, her strength giving out. + +The boys' mother put her handkerchief to her eyes. + +"I have one, too;--God alone knows where he is," she sobbed. + +Each knew how great was the other's loss, and in sympathy with +another's grief found consolation for her own. + + + + +CHAPTER XX. + + +The visitors remained at Oakland for several days, as the lady wished +to have her son's remains removed to the old homestead in Delaware. +She was greatly distressed over the want which she saw at Oakland--for +there was literally nothing to eat but black-eyed pease and the boys' +chickens. Every incident of the war interested her. She was delighted +with their Cousin Belle, and took much interest in her story, which +was told by the boys' mother. + +Her grandson, Dupont, was a fine, brave, and generous young fellow. He +had spent his boyhood near a town, and could neither ride, swim, nor +shoot as the Oakland boys did; but he was never afraid to try +anything, and the boys took a great liking to him, and he to them. + +When the young soldier's body had been removed, the visitors left; +not, however, until the boys had made their companion promise to pay +them a visit. After the departure of these friends they were much +missed. + +But the next day there was a great rejoicing at Oakland. Every one was +in the dining-room at dinner, and the boys' father had just risen from +the table and walked out of the room. A second later they heard an +exclamation of astonishment from him, and he called eagerly to his +wife, "Come here, quickly!" and ran down the steps. Every one rose and +ran out. Hugh and the General were just entering the yard. + +They were pale and thin and looked ill; but all the past was forgotten +in the greeting. + + * * * * * + +The boys soon knew that the General was making his peace with their +Cousin Belle, who looked prettier than ever. It required several long +walks before all was made right; but there was no disposition toward +severity on either side. It was determined that the wedding was to +take place very soon. The boys' father suggested, as an objection to +an immediate wedding, that since the General was just half his usual +size, it would be better to wait until he should regain his former +proportions, so that all of him might be married; but the General +would not accept the proposition for delay, and Cousin Belle finally +consented to be married at once. + +The old place was in a great stir over the preparations. A number of +the old servants, including Uncle Balla and Lucy Ann, had one by one +come back to their old home. The trunks in the garret were ransacked +once more, and enough was found to make up a wedding trousseau of two +dresses. + +Hugh was to be the General's best man, and the boys were to be the +ushers. The only difficulty was that their patched clothes made them +feel a little abashed at the prominent roles they were to assume. +However, their mother made them each a nice jacket from a striped +dress, one of her only two dresses, and she adorned them with the +military brass buttons their father had had taken from his coat; so +they felt very proud. Their father, of course, was to give the bride +away,--an office he accepted with pleasure, he said, provided he did +not have to move too far, which might be hazardous so long as he had +to wear his spurs to keep the soles on his boots. + + * * * * * + +Thus, even amid the ruins, the boys found life joyous, and if they +were without everything else, they had life, health, and hope. The old +guns were broken, and they had to ride in the ox-cart; but they hoped +to have others and to do better, some day. + +The "some day" came sooner than they expected. + +The morning before the wedding, word came that there were at the +railroad station several boxes for their mother. The ox-cart was sent +for them. When the boxes arrived, that evening, there was a letter +from their friend in Delaware, congratulating Cousin Belle and +apologizing for having sent "a few things" to her Southern friends. + +[Illustration: SOME OF THE SERVANTS CAME BACK TO THEIR OLD HOME.] + +The "few things" consisted not only of necessaries, but of everything +which good taste could suggest. There was a complete trousseau for +Cousin Belle, and clothes for each member of the family. The boys had +new suits of fine cloth with shirts and underclothes in plenty. + +But the best surprise of all was found when they came to the bottom of +the biggest box, and found two long, narrow cases, marked, "For the +Oakland boys." These cases held beautiful, new double-barrelled guns +of the finest make. There was a large supply of ammunition, and in +each case there was a letter from Dupont promising to come and spend +his vacation with them, and sending his love and good wishes and +thanks to his friends--the "Two Little Confederates." + +THE END. + + + + + * * * * * + + + + +Transcriber's Notes + +Original spelling, hyphenation, capitalization, and punctuation have +been retained except for the following changes: + +Page 20: oe in Coeur was originally a ligature (C[oe]ur de Lion.) + +Page 20: hen-roots changed to hen-roosts (hen-roots were robbed). + +Page 86: litttle changed to little (looked a litttle rustier). + +Page 107: throughly changed to thoroughly (throughly enjoyed their +holiday;). + +Page 121: oe in manoeuvres was originally a ligature (their +man[oe]uvres for some time.). + + + +***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TWO LITTLE CONFEDERATES*** + + +******* This file should be named 26725.txt or 26725.zip ******* + + +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: +https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/6/7/2/26725 + + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://www.gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: +https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + diff --git a/26725.zip b/26725.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b5da59b --- /dev/null +++ b/26725.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0059033 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #26725 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/26725) |
